Division.;. Section No F2.S08 .E 5 I Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2016 https://archive.org/details/empireofbrazilat00braz_2 THE EMPIRE OE BRAZIL PHILADELPHIA RiO BE JANEIRO TYPOGRAPHIA E LITHOGRAPHIA 00 IMPERIAL INSTITUTO ARTISTICO 61 — Rua d'Ajuda, Chacara da Floresta — 61 1876 p: If, as yet, Brazil has not appeared as a competitor at Universal Exhibitions, it will be admitted, that they have afforded to the country opportunities of becoming known, and estimated as an agricultural region, possessing an extremely fertile soil, and to its inhabitants the occasion of appearing as a peaceful, intelligent, and laborious people. < In the absence of more complete works, this knowledge has been partly transmitted by the scrupulous and reliable information, contained in the books which, with the titles Breve Noticia, and 0 Imperio do Brazil, were published for the Paris exhibition of 1867, and for that of Vienna of 1873. Not only the important commercial relations existing between the United States of North America, and Brazil, but the old, and constant, friendship which link the s two nations, call for fresh information, and for the more recent studies, now added, in order that this work may be less incomplete than the two former. Again the compilers of the Noticia, have had in mind to proffer only «plain truths. » rasas PAGE. General description 1 Animal kingdom 26 Vegetable kingdom 44 Mineral kingdom 63 Mineral waters 77 Population 87 ■»» Constitution of Brazil 90 Division of the Empire 110 Public force 123 War Arsenals 126 Presidial and Military Colonies 133 Brazilian Navy 142 Large light-houses 150 Small light-houses 157 ) '•Intellectual culture 162 Museums of natural history 210 Libraries 214 The Press 225 Scientific, Literary and Industrial Societies 241 Theatres 246 Docks 249 Weights and measures 250 Agriculture 256 Agricultural Institutes 273 'Industry 280 Post Office 290 Electric telegraphs 293 PAGE. VI Moans of communication Immigration and Colonization Catechisation of Indians Foreigners Naturalization Finance Public debt Monetary system Mint ''Commerce Exchanges Banking establishments Limited liability Companies Charitable establishments Charitable and benevolent societies Annuities Societies Houses of Correction Public illumination Municipal district of the capital of the Empire Industrial Exhibitions Board of Directors of the National Exhibition Committee representing the Empire of Brazil at the Universal Exhibition of 18*6, in Philadephia 299 352 374 382 384 387 396 399 402 405 433 435 443 445 ) 451 460 462 464 466 485 488 493 THE EMPIRE HE BRAZIL GENERAL DESCRIPTION SITUATION AND EXTENT The Empire of Brazil is situated in the most eastern portion of South America. It extends from 5.° 10.’ N. Lat. to 33.° 46.’ 10.” S. Lat. and from 8.° 21.’ 24.” E. Long, to 32.° W. Long, of Rio de Janeiro. Ponta de Pedras, in the province of Pernambuco, the most eastern point of the Empire, is in 37.° 7. ’24.” W. Long, of Paris, and 34.° 47.’ 15.” W. Long. ofGreenwich ; and the last boundary mark, on the right bank of the river Javary, the most western point, is in 76.° 27.’ 14.” W. Long, of Paris, and 74.° 7.’ 5.” W. Long, of Greenwich. It has a sea-board of 7.920 kilometres. Brazil covers 1/15 of the terrestrial surface of the globe, 1/5 of the New World, and more than 3/7 of South Ame- rica. The city of S. Sebastiao do Rio de Janeiro, the capital of the Empire, is in 43.° 7.’ 6.” W. Long. ofGreenwich, and in 45.° 27.’ 15.” W. Long, of Paris. AREA According to the estimates of the committee appointed to organize the general chart, the area of the Empire comprises 8.337.218 square kilometres, including the ter- ritories on the boundaries of the Guianas, of Columbia and of the Argentine Conferation, which still depend on the conclusion of treaties. As yet, it is impossible to determine with exactitude the area of each province, as the limits of some of them still depend on resolutions of the legislative assembly. Approximately, however, the following results have been arrived at : PROVINCES AREA IN SQUARE KILOMETRES Amazonas 1.897.020 P?ra 1.149.712 Maranhao 459.884 Piauhy 301.797 Ceara 104.250 Rio Grande do Norte 57.485 Parahvba 74.731 Pernambuco 128.395 Alagoas 58.491 Sergipe. 39.090 Bahia 426.427 Espirito Santo 41.839 Rio de Janeiro 68.982 Municipio da C6rte 1.394 S. Paulo 290.876 ParanA 221.319 Santa-Catharina 74. 156 S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul 236.553 Minas-Geraes • 574.855 Goyaz 747.311 Matto-Grosso 1.379.651 8.337.218 GENERAL ASPECT The soil of Brazil, in general, is mountainous, though less so towards the extreme South. It contains vast plains, extensive valleys and large rivers. In the interior are extensive highlands, and many mountain ranges in different directions. The four highest and most extensive mountain ranges are the following : The Central, Espinhago, or Mantiqueira range ; the Eastern, Maritime or Sea range ; the Wes- tern, Yertentes, or Water shed range; and the Northern Ghauts, comprehending the Paracayma and Tumucuraque ranges, which bound the Empire to the North. The first three, from which originate other ranges, constitute the mountain formation of Brazil ; as those of the Parima formation only cross the northern boundary line in some points. The Central is the most important of the four ranges. Its nuclei and culminating points are in the pro- vince of Minas-Geraes, and, without passing the limits of 10°. and 23°. 10’. S. Lat, it extends from the banks of the river S. Francisco to the Cantareira range, near the capital of the province of S. Paulo, its southernmost boundary. This is the highest of the three ranges, and the summit of the Itatiaia mountain is now acknowledge to bethe loftiest ? MOUNTAINS point, not only of the range but of Brazil ; according to some it is 2,994 metres and according to others 3, 140 metres above the level of the sea. The sources of the rivers S. Francisco, Jequitinhonha, Parana and others are in these mountains. The Eastern chain, from the 6lh to the 30th degree S. Lat, nearly parallel to the sea-board, reaches, in a northerly direction, capeS. Roque, without throwing out any important spur : gradually, though with large interruptions up to the 15th degree S. Lat, it extends through the territories of the maritime provinces situated between those parallels, increasing in bulk from the 16th degree forward, where it approaches most to the coast. The rivers Parahyba do Sul, Tiete, Paranapanema and Uruguay rise in this range. The Western is the most extensive but is also the lowest; it reaches from the provinces of Ceara and Piauhy to the confines of Matto Grosso, throwing out two spurs ; one to the west and the other to the south ; the former reaches the boundary line between the Empire and Bolivia, and the latter the limits with Paraguay. This great chain seperates the waters of the affluents of the rivers Amazon and Tocantins from those of the rivers S. Francisco and Plate. From it spring the rivers Tocantins, Araguaya, Par- naliyba, Xingu and Tapajos. The Northern range, comprizes the Paracayma, the Tumucuraque mountains and a part of those whence the river Oyapock rises, and which, to the north, form the boundary line between the Empire and the Guianas and the Republic of Venezuela. The affluents of the left banks of the Amazon and Rio Negro, and the rivers which flow into the sea between cape Raso, at the mouth of the Amazon, and the Orinoco, have their head waters in this range. All these chains have different names in the several provinces which they cross. CAPES The principal capes of Brazil are: Orange, Norte, Raso, S. Roque ; Santo Agostinho, S. Thome, Frio and Santa Martha. SEA PORTS With the exception of Amazonas, Minas-Geraes, Goyaz and Matto-Grosso, all the other provinces are maritime. Though inland, those provinces enjoy the advantage of water communication, by rivers which fall into others that flow into the sea ; they have therefore fluvial ports, such as Manaos on the Amazon, and Corumba in Matto- Grosso accessible to vessels of deep draught. There are 42 sea ports on the coast of Brazil, the most important of which, being the largest and the most shel- tered, is that of the capital of the Empire, with a circum- ference of 198 kilometres. Then, from north to south, come those of Para, Maranhao, Parahyba, Pernambuco, Maceio, Aracaju, Bahia, Ilheos, Santa Cruz, Porto Seguro, Victoria, Santos, Paranagua, Santa Catharina, Rio Grande do Sul, and others. LAKES Though numerous, the lakes in general are of no great extent. The principal are : Lakes dos Patos and Mirim, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul ; the former is 303 kil. m 600ra in length, by 66 kil. m in width and the latter 171 k i 1 . m 600m by 46 kil. m 200m ; Laguna in the province of Santa Catharina ; Maceid, Saquarema, Ara- ruama and Feia, in that of Rio de Janeiro ; Jiquia, do Norte, and Manguaba, which are to be connected by a canal 36 kilometres in length navigable by steamers, in the province of Alagoas ; the Lago Grande de Villa Franca in the district of Santarem, province of Para, measuring 100 kilometres in its greatest length, and containing many islands covered with large trees ; it abounds in tortoises, land birds and water fowl ; the Saraca, which communi- cates with the river Amazon through nine channels; it is, strictly speaking, only a widening of the river Urubu, after receiving the Annibb, its most important affluent, and others which, in the dry season, become extremely shallow; lakes Campinas, Urubucuara, Nhamunda, and others in the valley of the Amazon and in the province of Para ; Jany, Uberaba, and Gahyba, which are navigable, on the boundaries of Bolivia ; and lakes Mandiore, Caceres or Tamengos, and Bahia Negra, which partly belong to that Republic, in the province of Matto-Grosso. Lake Xaraes, commonly known as the periodical sea, on account of its disappearance in the dry season, is also in this province. On the island of Bananal or Santa Anna, in the province of Goyaz, there is a lake measuring more than 158 kilometres from N. to S. and 39 kilm C00m from E. to W. ; and also lake Formosa with a perimeter of 36 kilo”. ISLANDS There are many islands on the coast, the most consi- derable of which are : Marajd, 275 kil.” 795“ in length, by 173 kil.m 904m in breadth; Mexiana and Caviana, at the mouth of the Amazon ; Maranhao, on which is built the capital of the province of the same name ; Ita- maraca in that of Pernambuco ; Itaparica and Tinhare in Bahia ; Governador, in the bay of Nitheroy ; Ilha Grande in the province of Rio de Janeiro ; S. Sebastiao and S. Vicente, in that of S. Paulo; and Santa Catharina, on which the city of Desterro, capital of the province of that name, is built. At a distance from the coast, there are the islands : Fernando de Noronha, belonging to the province of Pernam- buco, 3G0 kil. m TOO™ from cape S. Roque in a north-easterly direction ; Santa Barbara in the archipelago of the Abrolhos, and Trindade, to the east of the coast of the province of Espirito Santo, and distant 1. 1 12 kil.™ 800™. There are also some important islands in the great rivers, specially the isle of Sant’ Anna or Bananal, 396 kilometres long, in the centre of Brazil, between the provinces of Goyaz and Matto-Grosso, formed by the two branches of the river Araguaya. RIVERS Brazil has four great fluvial basins, besides others less important. The most remarkable is that of the Amazon ; then, those of the Tocantins and Parana, and lastly, that of the S. Fqancisco. The majestic Amazon has a course of 3,828 kil.™ through the territory of the Empire. The surface it occupies is estimated at 26,400 square kilometres, and during the floods it rises 16,4™ above the usual level. This river empties into the ocean with so prodigious a velocity that ^ at a distance of 1,320“ from the coast, its current is still equal to G kil.m G00ra an hour, and navigators after losing sight of land may yet drink of its waters. In its course it receives 18 first class tributaries, namely : The Xingu, the Tapajoz, the Madeira, the Purus, the Coary, the Teffe, the Jurua, the Jutahy, and the Javary, on the right bank ; the Jary, the Paru, the Trombetas, the Nhamunda, the Uataman, the Urubu, the Negro, the Japurd, and the I qh, on the left bank, some of which have a course of more than 3,300 kilometres. Beyond the frontier of Brazil, the Amazon continues to be navigable by steamers for upwards of 1,980 kilometres in the territory of Peru, where it receives the important abluents Napo, Morona and, Pastaza on the left bank, and the Ucayali and Uallaga, on the right. These rivers are freely navigable as far as the Andes, and offer easy means of communication with those portions of the Republics of Peru and Equador, which are situated to east of that range, and which are the most important. The Amazon and its affluents are navigable by steamers for upwards of 43,250 kilometres as shewn by the fol- lowing table : Kilom. | Amazon 3,828 Basins of its chief affluents 32,822 ( Lesser affluents and lakes 6,600 ! 43,250 The Republics of Bolivia, Peru, Equador, Columbia and ) Venezuela, communicate with the port of Pard, and with / the Brazilian provinces of Maranhao, Goyaz, Matto-Grosso, and Amazonas, by the waters of the Amazon and its tri— \ butaries. The basin of the Tocantins comprehends the vast terri- ( tory between 1° and 19° S. Lat, from the mouth of the Para to the sources of the Araguaya, its most powerful af- fluent on account of its length and of the volume of its waters ; this basin embraces in its greatest breadtli more than 8 degrees from east to west. The Tocantins, has, besides the Araguaya, the following great affluents : on the right bank, the Somno, and the Parana ; and on the left bank the Tacanhumas, and the Santa Thereza ; the Mara- nhao is its confluent. The Tocantins has a course of about 2,640 kilometres ; that of the Araguaya extends over 2,627 kilometres. Steam navigation, subsidized by Government, has l eon established on the 3,828 kilometres of the Brazilian Ama- zon, and on 1,320 kilometres of the Tocantins, and other rivers. In 1867, subsidies were granted to two other companies, which undertook to navigate by steam, 1,584 kilometres of the Purus; 792 of the Negro; 1,228 of the Madeira; 330 of the Tapajoz; and 660 of the lower Tocantins; there are, now, therefore, 9,742 kilometres navigated by steam in the basins of the Amazon and Tocantins. The above mentioned companies have lately amalga- mated. Above the falls, the Madeira and its affluents have 6,600 kilometros of continous navigation, which affords means of conveyance to the whole of the Republic of Bolivia and to the western part of the province of Mato Grosso. In order to connect the navigation of the upper to that of the lower portion of this river, and to facilitate com- munications between the centre of South America and the port of Para, Government has subsidized a foreign company^ that undertook to build an important marginal 2 10 — railroad, as the only means ol' advantageously avoidin nr D the said falls. To connect in like manner the 1,518 kilometres of navigation of the Araguaya to the navigable part of the lower Tocantins, Government ordered a road 391 ki- lometres in length, to be built, by means of which the falls in that river will be avoided. This road will serve the provinces of Goyaz and Maranhao, and Para comprizing an extension of 2,640 kilometres and, for the future, will be connected with the capital of the Empire by the D. Pedro II railway, and with Ihe navigable portion of the river Paraguay by a road 264 kilometres in length. The Parana, formed by the junction of the Rio Grande and the Paranahyba in 19.° 40’ S. Lat., drains, to the east, the Brazilian provinces of S. Paulo and Parana and the Argentine provinces of Missdes and Corrientes, and to the west, Mato Grosso, in Brazil; the Republic of Paraguay, and that part of t lie Argentine territory which is situated beyond the confluence of the river Paraguay. The river Parana, has, besides the Rio Grande and the Paranahyba, numerous other affluents ; some are noti- ceable as being navigable, others for their length, and all for the fertility of their valleys. Of all these affluents, the Paraguay is undoubtedly the most important; rising in the province of Mato Grosso, in 13.° 30’ S. Lat., it traverses the territory of Brazil and that of the Republic whose name its bears. It is navigable by small vessels from 14.° 30’ to 16.° S. Lat., and thence forward by steamers. It has several navigable tributaries, among which, in the Brazilian territory, are the Sipotuba, the Jauru, the Taquary, the Miranda or Mondego, and the Sao Lourenco, by which, and by the Cuyaba, steamers go up as far as the capital of Mato Grosso. From this province the Parana receives the rivers Pardo, Ivinheima, Nhanduhy, and Iguatemy, and from the pro- vinces of S. Paulo and Parana, the Tiete, the Paranapa- nema, the Ivahy, the Piquiry, and the Iguassu, which are more or less navigable. The navigation of the Parana, offers no impediment, from a short distance above the confluence of the Iguassu, to the river Plate ; but it is interrupted by the foils of Sete Quedas or Guayra cataract, from beyond which, commences the navigable section of the Upper Parana, in Brazilian territory, for about 528 kilometres to the falls of Urubupunga. When these obstructions shall have been overcome, by the construction of marginal roads, the Parana will become most serviceable to future commercial relations between the provinces of Goyaz, Mato Grosso, Minas Geraes, S. Paulo, Parana, and Buenos Ayres and Montevideo. Sete Quedas, is one of the most important falls known, and may be compared to Niagara, if not in height, in the volume of its waters, which, having a breadth of 2,200 metres in the upper section, fall in an incline plane, at an angle of 50 degrees, from a height of 17 metres, ; after being compressed in a narrow channel 70 metres wide. The mist produced by the fall of the waters on the banks of this granitic channel, and on the rocks which rise in the midst of the stream, says Azara, who visited ? it at the end of the last century, «forms columns of vapor, which are seen from a distance of many leagues and in which the sun reflects numberless rainbows. The roar of 12 the cataract is heard at a distance of 5 leagues®, — do kilo- metres. To give an idea of the magnitude of this natural marvel of Brazil, we also quote the words of M. Hunt, an engineer employed on the survey of the railway from Coritiba to Miranda; he says: « at a distance of 100 kilo- metres from the falls of Sete Quedas, the bed of the river is 1,500 metres wide, the depth of the water in the rainy season 12 metres, the velocity of the current being one metre; consequently the volume of water which falls in one second is equal to 18,000 cubic metres.® Besides this, there is also the famous cataract of Sipotuba, formed by the large river with the same name, a tributary of the Paraguay, whose waters fall perpen- dicularly from a height of 132 metres, according to Joao de Souza e Azevedo the first back-woodsman, who, in 174G, crossed from the head waters of that river to those of the Juruema; there are also the Augusto Falls, the Itapura, the Avanhandava, and the Itu, on the river Tiete, in the province of S. Paulo, and others also remarkable ; not to speak of that of the river S. Francisco, which will be mentioned hereafter. The course of the river S. Francisco is through the central part of Brazil, it waters the provinces of Minas Geraes, Bahia, Pernambuco, Alagoas and Sergipe. The most note worthy of its affluents are the Para, the Paraopeba, the Rio das Vellias, the Paracatu, the Cor- rente, the Carinhanha, the Rio Verde Grande, and the Rio Grande. Beyond the grand and majestic falls of Paulo Affonso, there is noMbstruction to navigation, in any season of the year, along the 1,270 kilometres which separate the village — 13 of Guaicuhy, in Minas Geraes, from the hamlet of Riacho da Casa Nova, in Bahia. The cataract of Paulo Affonso has seven falls, three of which are in the middle of the river, and the other four between steep rocks on the bank belonging to the province of Sergipe ; the height of the greatest fall is 80 metres ; those of Angiquinho and Dons Amores are of admirable effect. Below the rapids is the Furna dos Morcegos (Vam- pires Grotto), the descent to which is very precipitous; the entrance is more than G metres high and 1,5 wide; the grotto is 48 metres long and 88 in height, and can shelter 2,000 persons. Below the rapids, 2G4 kilometres are navigated by steamers from Piranhas down to the mouth of the river, below the city of Penedo, in the province of Alagoas ; there is sufficient water for vessels drawing 3,3 metres. Besides the four largest rivers, others, also important, empty into the sea, namely : the Gurupy, the Tury-Assu, the Mearim, the Itapicuru, the Parnahyba, the Vasa-barris, the Paraguassu, the Contas, the Jequitinhonha or Bel- monte, t lie Pardo, the Mucury, the S. Matheus, the Doce, the Parahyba do Sul, the Itajahy, the Tubarao, and the Ribeira de Iguape. Some of these are navigable by steamers for upwards of GGO kilometres. Government being convinced of the great advantages, which are to be derived from surveys of the more im- portant rivers of Brazil, whereby to ascertain which parts of them are navigable, what obstacles impede the navigation as well as the means of removing these impe- diments, continue to devote serious attention to the subject. The following surveys were made in the few years $ prior to 1867. By Dr. Jose Vieira Couto de Magalhaes and by the engineer Ernesto Yallee, that of the rivers Tocantins and Araguaya, which resulted in the establishment of regular river navigation between the provinces of Goyaz and Para. A report and plan of these studies were laved before Government. By the engineer Joao Martins da Silva Coutinho, that of the rivers Purus and Ituxy, tributaries of the Amazon. The result of this exploration is also consigned in a detailed report. By the same engineer, of the rivers Japura, and Madeira. By the engineer M. Chandless, that of the river Aquiry, affluent of the Purus. IBv the engineer Gustavo Dodt, that of the river Ceara- mirim in the province of Rio Grande do Norte, in which some works have been executed, in order to give free egress to the waters, which, during the floods, completely destroy the plantations, from near its mouth up to Pedre- gullio, a distance of nearly 59 kil.m 400m. By the engineer Newton Burlamaque, that of the river Parnahyba, in the province of Piauhy. By the engineer Ferdinand Halfeld, that of the river S. Francisco, from the falls of Pirapora to the Ocean. By Dr. Em. Liais, aided by the engineers Eduardo Jose de Moraes, and Dr. Ladislao Netto, that of the same river between those falls and its sources. These explorers also surveyed the river das Velhas, in the province of Minas Geraes, an important tributary of the river S. Francisco. The engineers Jose and Francisco Keller, surveyed the river Parahyba do Sul, from Pirahy, in the province of ( Rio de Janeiro, as far as Cachoeira, in that of S. Paulo, and the river Pomba, in the province of Minas Geraes, one of the tributaries of the Parahyba. The same gentlemen, with the engineer Rumbelsperger, the river Ivaliy, in the province of Parana. The former also studied a portion of the river Parana, between ihe Ivahy and the Paranapanema, and the rivers Ivinheima, Paranapanema, and Tibagy. The engineer Eusebio Stevaux studied the means of cutting canals in the rivers Pomonga and Japaratuba, and the engineer Vignolles did the same for the rivers Poxim and Santa Maria, all in the province of Sergipe; these latter works have already been commenced. The engineer Charles Demoly made a survey for a canal between lake dos Patos and the port of Laguna, in the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and Santa Catharina. The chart of the river Amazon was drawn up by Captain Jose da Costa Azevedo; and that of the whole of the river Paraguay and its affluents, by Rear Admiral Baron of Melgaco. Professor Agassiz also explored the Amazonian region, and the lectures which lie delivered on the subject were published in the news-papers of the capital of the Empire. The Upper Uruguay, and the Upper Parana, have both been studied by several engineers and naval officers. All these studies are highly interesting not only to Brazil but to the navigation and commerce of the whole world. Since the year 1867 the following surveys were made : The part of the river Madeira where the rapids exist, between a place named Santo Antonio and the hamlet of Exaltacion in Bolivia, some distance bej'ond the mouth of the Mamore, was surveyed by the engineers Jose and Francisco Keller, who, by Government’s order, drew up plans for improving this important land and fluvial way between the provinces of Para and Mato Gros.so and the Republic of Bolivia. With the view of improving the means of communication between the provinces of Mato Grosso and ParA by way of the river Tapajoz and of a road, estimated at 01 kilm 200m in length, along the banks of this river, avoiding the falls of Salto Grande and others less dangerous, the president of the latter province commissioned the engineers Juliao Ilonorato Correa de Miranda and Antonio Manoel Gon- < waives Tocantins to make the necessary surveys. In order to practically verify if the river S. Francisco, and the Rio das Yelhas, from the place called Sumidouro, are navigable by steamers, Government ordered an expe- rimental voyage to be made by Francisco Manoel Alvares de Araujo, a first lieutenant in the navy, who took the vessel as far as the village of Boa Vista, in the province | of Pernambuco. Then for the first time were the waters of the Upper S. Francisco ploughed by a steamer. A committee of engineers surveyed those sections of the rivers Araguaya and Tocantins where navigation is obstructed by falls and rapids, in order, to enable them to propose adequate means of avoiding them, or, that being impossible, to plan a marginal road. The river Iguassu, in the province of ParanA, was ex- plored by the engineer Eduardo Jose Moraes. The surveys of the rivers Carinhanha, Grande, Preto and Somno are well advanced ; they will shew those sections navigable bv steamers, which may be serviceable to the projected railway between the basin of the S. Francisco and that of the Tocantins. The studies of the rivers Ivahy, ParanA, Ivinheima, Brilhante, and Mondego are 17 — concluded, and are to be availed of in the projected line of communications between Coritiba, in the province of Parana, and Miranda, in that of Mato Grosso. In the chapter relative to railroads, more will be said with reference to these important surveys. Still we must mention here that the engineer William Lloyd ascertained the existence of a vast net of fluvial navigation, for vessels drawing one metre, without any need of excavations, namely : In the river Ivaliy 250 ki loins. » » Parana 600 » » » Tiete 500 » » » Ivinheima 203 » » » Brilhante 231 » » » Paranapanema. . . . 300 » 2,084 » The river Parnahyba was again explored by the en- gineer Gustavo Dodt , from its mouth to the sources, ; according to his report. The naturalist Joao Barbosa Rodrigues studied the river Urubu, in the province of Amazonas, up to its sources, as well as the Uatuma up to the first rapids, and the Jatapu as far as the confluence of the Caremary and Uassahy. The same naturalist also explored in the province of Parh, the following rivers : the Nhamunda up to the second rapids ; the Trombetas, as far as Mocambos, and the Capim, as far as Tembes. With a view of promoting the aggrandizement of the Empire, by offering greater facilities for international relations, for the encouragement of commerce and navi- gation on the river Amazon and its affluents, as well as on — IS — the Tocantins and S. Francisco, the following rivers were opened to merchant vessels of all nations on the 7th of Sep- tember 18G7 : the Amazon as far as t lie Brazilian frontier; the Tocantins, np to Cameta ; the Tapajoz, up to Santarem; the Madeira, up to Borba ; the Negro, up to Mam'ios; and the S. Francisco, up to the city of Penedo. The navigation of those portions of the affluents of the Amazon, of which only one of the banks belong to Brazil, depends on boundary treaties and police and fiscal regu- lations, to be settled with (he neigboring States. The promulgation of these measures, in no way altered the observance of the existing treaties of navigation and commerce with the Republics of Peru and Venezuela, in accordance with the regulations already published. The engineer Fernando G. de Rocheville was lately commissioned to survey the rivers Andira, Jatapu, Frubu, Coary, Teffe and Jutahy. Augusto Jose de Souza Soares de Andrea, first lieute- nant in the navy, was employed by the Amazon Steam Navigation Company, to explore the river Purus, partly surveyed before by the engineer Chandless, with the special object of ascertaining the existence of a communication, supposed to exist, between that river and the Madre de Deos. If this undertaking be successful, the rich and populous department of Cuzco, in Peru, will have easy issue to the Atlantic, to the advantage of those nations which navigate, and entertain commercial relations with, the Amazon. Raphael Reyes, a Columbian, on his own account, and as a representative of the firm of Elias Reyes and Brother, of the city of Popayan, belonging to the United States of Columbia, explored the fluvial line between the city of Pasto and the capital of Para. Descending the lea or Putumayo, which has a course ef 1,500 kilometres with 30 tributaries, some of which are navigable, he ascertained that this river is easily navigable by steamers from the new port of S. Jose dos Guamues, distant 900 kilometres from the frontier of the Empire, to the point where the steamers of the Amazon Company at present reach. He also ascertained that, by opening a road 125 kilo- metres in length, the journey from the mouth of the lea to the city of Pastos can be made in 14 days. This city which already numbers 12,000 inhabitant, will then become an important commercial emporium for the depart- ments on that side of the Republic of Columbia, and for those of Equador, as far as Quito, besides a portion of Peru; by which means the production and the consump- tion of 500,000 inhabitants will be increased. The Government of Brazil granted him permission to export and import goods, in Brazilian sailing or steam vessels, during three years, between the ports of the Amazon, and those of the interior of the Republic of Columbia, through the river I qk or Putomayo, with the exemptions and clauses contained in the instructions then published. Joaquim Thomaz da Silva Coelho, first lieutenant in the navy, explored the river Jaupery ; after six days journey, having descended an important rapid, he arrived at Moura and thence proceeded to lake Airao. According to the explorer, this river runs N. E. by E., varying in breadth, along 2,200 kilometres of its course, flooding extensive islands in the rainy season. The Para nut tree, sarsaparilla, copahiba and other interesting plants, grow on its banks. The same officer explored the river Amanaii as far as the rapids of the same name, which he was unable to cross. — 20 — < He informs that this river runs N. N. E., with but little velocity, having an almost uniform breadth throughout its length. This is one of the rivers most frequented by the aborigines, and lieutenant Silva Coellio verified that they do not use, as others do, a kind of canoe called uba, to come down to the banks of the Rio Negro, but walk down in the dry season to the banks of the Cariau, crossing to the other side by the rapids. Dr. Antonio Affonso de Aguiar Whitaker, judge of the district of Corumba, in 1874 during the dry season, des- cended from Anicuns, 79 kil.m, 200m distant from the capital of Goyaz, down to the falls of S. Simao and confirms that between those two places, no important obstacle impedes steam navigation. As the river Mogy-guassu, in the province of S. Paulo, has already steam navigation, and the obstructions at its mouth may be avoided by a road from the first rapids of the Rio Grande to the above named falls, a line of communication between the two provinces may be thus established, and the journey from the capital of the Empire to that of the province, may be reduced to 15 or 16 days via Santos ; whereas at present the post takes 35 days, troops of mules 60 to 70, and carts drawn by oxen three months. ) CLIMATE AND TEMPERATURE The Empire of Brazil enjoys two very distinct climates: In the intertropical zone it is hot, and damp during the rainy season ; beyond these limits it is temperate and dry. In the interior of Ceara, Pernambuco, Parahyba and Rio Grande do Norte, the absence of rains in some }^ears pro- duces such extraordinary droughts as to cause a psychro- metrical difference of 10°. In many places situated in fhe intertropical zone, how- ever t lie climate is very mild, being modified by the vege- tation, by the prevailing winds, and by fhe elevation of the soil. In those places where the greatest heat is felt, the ther- mometer, (Centigrade), does not, as a rule, rise above 3Gn, and only exceptionally does it fall, in the coldest places, to 3°, 2 below 0 ; this sometimes happens on the Itatiaia range, where in the month of Jume 1858 and 1859 it fell to 6° below 0, whilst the daily maximum did not exceed 13°. There, it often snows and small pools of water freeze to the depth of 0m.055. On the prairies of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, the thermometer sometimes marks 0, and now and then 2°5 below zero. In the valley of the Amazon, the mean temperature is 27° ; the heat however is not much felt owing to the east- erly winds wicli completely sweep that region. Between the temperature during the day time and that of night, there is sometimes a difference of 12®, but the mean does not exceed 9° ; and between summer and winter the difference is only 3°. Nights are always cool. These circumstances become gradually modified down to Ceara and Rio Grande do Norte, where the annual mean is 26°. 7, the maximum of the mean of 24 hours being 30°, 4. and the minimum 23°, 1. During some hours of the day, in summer, 36° is fre- quently seen, but owing to the dryness of the air the heat is not much felt. In the wet season, at the same hours, the thermometer marks 20° and the heat becomes oppres- sive. The mean summer heat exceeds by 3° that of winter, as in the province of Amazonas ; the difference between day and night being only 7°. A series of observations taken with Dollond’s meteoro- graph, during a period of five years, give 27°, 13 as the mean of t lie day maxima', and 19°, G3 as the mean mi- nima ; and 23°, 42 as the average mean. Very rarely does the thermometer rise above 32° or fall below 10°. The minimum is almost always in July, and the ma- ximum in February. From Rio de Janeiro to the Amazon, the mean tempera- ture in the iritertropical zone is 20°. From the capital to the extreme south of the Empire, the heat decreases sensibly and the climate becomes cool. It is so in the provinces of S. Paulo, Parana, Santa Catharina, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and part of Minas Geraes. The difference of temperature is very sen- sible, between this last province, situated in the central plateau of the Empire, as well as the mountainous regions of the others, and the seaboard in corresponding latitudes. Dr. Em. Liais, by means o*f comparative observations, ascertained that every 203 metres of altitude correspond to a fall of 1" in the temperature. In general the climate of Brazil is very healthy. With the exception of the banks of some rivers, and of Hie low swampy lands, where, in certain seasons of the year, intermittent fevers are prevalent, Brazil does not suffer in any considerable degree from those severe deseases which commonly thin populous countries. This was the opinion of the author of the important work Da climat el cles maladies du Bresil, who considered Brazil one of the most healthy regions of the globe, regar- ding it, with respect to the two Americas, in the same conditions, as part of Italy is with regard to Europe. This agrees with Lind’s opinion, which is warranted by expe- rience. He maintained that in the torrid zone, the air is gene- rally pure; and of the many gifts, which this American region owes to the Creator, its salubrity is unquestion- ably the most valuable. At the sea-board, and at some neighboring places in the maritime provinces, yellow fever has appeared as an epi- demic since 1850, and cholera-morbus after 1855, ill omened foreign visitors. Fortunately, however, the Asiatic plague has not again reappeared with the same intensity. The statistics of Rio de Janeiro and of other populous cities of the Empire, shew that, comparatively speaking, their salubrity exceeds that of many European capitals. Cases of longevity are numerous in Brazil. The climate, according to the latitude and the peculiar circumstances of the localities, offer all the advantages which European immigrants can desire. Besides these favorable conditions, they will here meet with a most fruitful soil offering every clement for the acquisition of wealth and independence. RAINS As a rule the rainy season commences in November and lasts till June; these limits, however, vary according to localities. From the river Amazon to the Parnahyba, it rains a great deal; thence to S. Francisco but little ; and more again to the South. The immense valley of this river, embraces the regions which the natives call the sertdo, and has two very distinct seasons : the dry and the wet season ; the former lasts, from January to May aud the latter from June to December. In June vegetation completely ceases, all seeds ripen ; in July the leaves commence to turn yellow and to fall ; in August thousands of kilometres of land present the aspect of an European winter without snow ; with the exception of a few joaseiros ( Zizyphus ), and oiticicas ( Moquilea ), the trees are completely stript of leaves. The gramineous and other trailing plants, which grow in prodigious abundance in the open lands and among the trees, become dry and make good fodder for numerous herds of cattle. It is the most favorable season for the preparation of the coffee cultivated on the mountains. Being gathered, it is spread on the ground which has no moisture to exhale, but on the contrary absorbs it ; surrounded by an atmosphere in the same conditions, it dries rapidly without fermenting. From December to January the wet season sets in, and with the first rainfalls, the rivers, which until then had been almost dry, with only here and there a few pools, which served as watering places for cattle or as a refuge for fish, swell immensely. Plants, in a few days, as by charm, reacquire their verdancy ; the soil is covered with party-colored flowers ; alimentary plants grow quickly and produce abundantly. The annual average rainfall on the coast of Brazil is 2 metres, but this is sometimes exceeded in Pernam- VI buco, where, according to the observations of Dr. Sar- mento, quoted by Dr. Em. Liais, it attains 2,62 metres. Thunderstorms are not frequent. In Rio de Janeiro 26 is the average number of days in the year in which this phenomenon is observed. WINDS Along the extensive coast of Brazil, S. E. and N. E. winds generally prevail ; the former from April to August and the latter from September to March. In the same way the currents vary along the coast. Near the sea-board, the land breeze lasts from 4 till 9 in the morning, and the sea breeze, in a contrary direction, from 10 in the morning till 6 in the evening; this last is more or less felt in the interior of the continent, according to the topography of the coast, > going far into the interior of the level regions, as hap- pens in the north, being however modified in mount- ainous places. In the basin of the Amazon, entirely free from mountains, the easterly wind penetrates 3,300 kilometres into the interior, principally from July to November. During this season, vessels easily sail up the great river from Para to Manaos, a distance of 1,980 kilometres, in 25 or 30 days. In the interior of Brazil the southerly wind gene- rally prevails in winter and the northerly in summer. ANIMAL KINGDOM In Brazil the animal kingdom is extremely rich. The vast territory of Brazil embracing, so to say, every climate; with immense forests, the greater part of which are still virgin, and extensive prairies, contains numerous species, many of which are excellent food, such as : the tapir, deer, the suslik, the agouti, the peccary, and the ar- madillo, among the mammifers; and of birds: the partridge, the quail, the job, several kinds of curassow and penelope, the macuco, the nambu and a great variety of pigeons. The coast and numerous rivers abound in excellent fish: the mero, the comorupim, the bijupird, the garoupa the badejo, the cavalla, the tainha, and many other, sea-fish ; besides cetaceans, such as the whale, and the porpoise which yield oil. The river fish are : the jaliu, the largest known, the piranha, the suruby, the dou- rado, the pirarucu, the robalo, the tambaqui, the tucumare, the poraque, the pacu, besides many others. Large quantities of fresh, salt, and preserved fish are consumed by the population, and if the fish trade be properly managed it must become an important branch of commerce in Brazil. Shrimps, prawns, lobsters and other crustaceans are very abundant, as well as oysters and many other species of testaceans, which in some places on the sea-board are the almost exclusive food of the poor inhabitants. — 27 — Some fishing companies have been organized in the ca- pital of the Empire, one of which the «Guanabara» with a capital of 600:000$ has rendered good service to the inhabitants of Rio de Janeiro. The law grants the following favors to fishing com- panies : A guarantee of 5 % interest, for a period not exceeding five years, on the capital really invested in vessels and tackle, and in the establishment of fishing stations for salting and drying fish, houses and stores for the servants and plant of the companies. The cession of public grounds, on the coast or on islands, for stations. Exemption during 10 or 20 years: 1st, of import duties on the materials indispensable to the service of the com- panies; 2nd, of import and inland duties on salt and dried fish, caught and prepared by the company; 3rd from recruiting for the army the servants of the companies ; 4th, from recruiting for the navy, in time of war, the masters of vessels, apprentices under 18 years of age, and the foremen of the stations. Although, for the present, the sale of game does not constitute a trade, nevertheless, is is exported from one province to the other in brine or preserved. The breeds of domestic animals have not improved in Brazil, as much as could be desired. Attempts, however, continue to be made to ameliorate them. The breed of horses has somewhat improved in the province of Minas Geraes, and at the exhibition of 1856 as well as at the School of Agriculture of Juiz de Fora, prizes were obtained by some breeders who exhited horses bred from foreign stalions. In the provinces of Parana, and S. Pedro do Rio Grande — 28 — do Sul, as well as at Nova Friburgo, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, sheep rearing, with high bred foreign rams, appears to prosper ; from this stock, and from the old, very good wool has been prepared and exported ; besides which great quantities are consumed in the ma- nufacture of woollen stuffs in the province of Minas Geraes. The Brazilian fauna is extraordinarily rich, specially in some classes ; its different and numerous specific types, however, are not yet well known. That a general idea may be formed, however, mention may be made of the more important species, which have been studied, according to classes and orders, and which form part of the zoological collections of the National Museum. CLASS MAMMALIA ORDER QUADRUMANA Of this groups Brazil possesses species of the genus Sten- tor, Ateles, Lagotlirix, Cebus, Pithecia, Jacchus, Midas and Callithrix. The largest and most remarkable animals of this order which inhabit Brazilian forests are the guaribas or howling monkeys, of the genus Stentor. The following species have been described : Stentor fuscus, S. seniculus, S. ursinus, S. niger, S. fiavimanus, S. palliatus, S. flavicaudatus, S. discolor, S. streminius, S. chrysurus. The coaitas, or prehensile monkeys, belong to the genus Ateles, the principal species are: Ateles mar ginatus, and A. paniscus. The barrigudos, belong to the genus Lagotlirix, discove- red by Baron Humboldt, and are represented by the follo- wing species: Lagothvix Humboldtii, L. Castelnavii, and L. canus. Of the genus Cebus, sapajous, many species inhabit Bra- zil, of these the following may be mentioned : Cebus robus- tus, C. cirriper, C. xanthocephalus, C. gracilis, C. cucul- latus, C. libidinosus. The marmosets, which are the most delicate representa- tives of this order, belong to the genera Jacchus, Midas and Caliithrix. The following pertain to the genus Jacchus : the com- mon marmoset (Jacchus vidgaris) an animal from 20 to 30 centimetres in length, exclusive of the tail, which is marked with black and ash-colored rings ; the Para marmoset (J . humeralifer) silver-colored back; the long-eared marmoset (J. auritus) black mixed with brown ; the Bahia marmoset (J. penicillatus) , with a brush of long black hair above the ears ; the Rio de Janeiro marmoset (J. leucocephalus) red, with head and breast white. Of the genus Midas, the following species are known: the Maranhao marmoset or silky tamarin (M. rosalias), of a beautiful gold color ; the hairy marmoset of Para (M. ursulus) body covered with black hair, red and wavy on the back ; M. labiatus, black head and white nose ; M. chrysomelas, black with forehead and upper part of the tail gold color ; M. bicolor, breast, neck and arms covered with long white hair. The following species are of the genus Caliithrix : the black marmoset (C. amictus), the masqued marmoset ( C . personatus), and the red marmoset ( C . moloch) discovered by Hoffmansegg in the forests of Para. There are some species of the genus Pitliecia : the black parauassu ( P . nigra), that lives in the forests of Para and on the banks of the Orenoco; the P. Saturnina, a beautiful black monkey described by Dr. Emilio Maia ; and the P. hirsuta, a monkey resembling the sloth. ORDER CHEIROPTERA I Of this order Brazil possesses a great number of species of bats belonging principally to the genera Vampirus, Ves- pertilio, Plecotus and Phylostoma. Among others the following may be noticed : Phylostoma lineatum, P. perspicillatum, P. rotundum, P. lilium,Ves- pertilio naso, V. pollitrix, V. braziliensis, V. levis, V. Hilarii, and Plecotus velatus. The Phyllostoma liastatum is the largest bat said to exist in Brazil, in some localities it is known by the com- mon name of Andir& on GuandirA This group of mammifers consists of animals which cannot but be considered, to a certain extent, useful, for they destroy an immense number of insect destructive to agri- culture. ORDER CARNIVORA This group has seven representatives of the genus Felis : thejaguar (Felis onga) an animal, as big and as tierce as the I royal Asiatic tiger, which is found in all South America and principally in the forests of the south, and on the mountains of the interior of Brazil ; the black ounce ( Felis nigra), which some naturalists regard as a variety of Felis onga ; the puma (F. concolor ) ; the ocelot ( F . Pardalis ) of small size ; the F. macrura ; the F. Azaroe, and the wild cat (F. jaguarandy) a smaller species than any of the preceding. The first four cause great losses to stock-breeders ; the other three hunt almost exclusively in the woods and in the recesses of the open lands of the interior, and are ex- tremely timid. Of the genus Canis, most of the provinces of Brazil have the guard or red-wolf {Canis jubatus) an animal of the size of the European wolf, but much less savage and more slim and wary. It feeds on the different fruits of the prairies, and principally on that known by the popular name of fruta de lobo (wolf-fruit) or lobolobo. The Bra- zilian fox or wild dog ( Canis braziliensis) smaller than the European species, but not less cunning and mischie- vous, it lives on the prairies of the interior, or on thinly wooded plateaux, in the province of Rio Grande do Sul ; it is known by the name of Guaraxaim. The guaxinim (. Procijon cancrivorus) an animal indi- genous to South America, is very common on the coast of Brazil. It is a plantigrade resembling the racoon of North America, it usually feeds on crustaceans and molluscs. The coatis or cuatys, or, as they are called in some loca- lities, ursos narigudos (long nosed bears), Nasua rufa, N. fusca, and N. solitaria, or cuaty-munde; they live, with the excepcion of the last species, in numerous bands, and are very mischievous. The night monkey {Cercoleptes noc- turnus) a nocturnal plantigrade, during the day hides in the hollow of trees. It feeds on fruit, and its habits are scarcily known as it is rather rare, and only leaves its hiding place at night. Of the Irhra, or sable, more commonly called the cachor- rinho do mato (wild puppy), there are two species {Mustela barbara, and M. vittata ) which are becoming rare in the neighborhood of populated regions ; they feed on small animals, eggs, and fruit. There are otters of various species, the best known being the Lutra brasiliensis much prized on account of the beauty of the fur. ORDER RODENTIA Of this order many species are peculiar to Brazil : the water-hog (Hydrochcerus capibara) is the largest of the rodents known, it lives in herds on the banks of the lakes and rivers of all the provinces; the susliks, of which there are two distinct species (Ccelogenis fulvus and Coelogenis sub- niger), the flesh is much esteemed ; the agouti ( Chloromys aguti), the mocd ( Kerodon Moco), the squirrel ( Macroxus variabilis), the cuandu (II istrix insidiosus ), the cavy ; (Cavia Cobay a ), the rabbit ( Lepus brasiliensis), the only Brazilian species of this genus or even of the family to which this rodent belongs, the flesh is very good. ORDER PACHYDERMATA \ ) ( This order is represented by two species of tapir ( Tapir us Americanus ) the largest mammifers indigenous to the country; by the peccary, and the wild hog (Dicotyles labiatus, and D. torquatus) considered good game. The flesh of the tapir is by some compared to veal, the animal is chaced for the hide, the durability and resistance of which are proverbial. It inhabits forest and feeds exclusi- vely on plants ; it is inoffensive, and is easily domesticated. The Dicotyles labiatus and D. torquatus live in herds of, ; sometimes, as many as 60 individuals, they are very des- tructive to maize and manioc plantations, but the flesh is one of the best of Brazilian game. ORDER RUMINANTIA To this group belong several species of deer, which live in the forests and open lands of Brazil from north to south ; the following may be noticed : Cerous campestris, C. pa - licstris, G. nemorivagus, C. rufus . ORDER EDENTATA To this group belongs, the genus, Dasypus, which comprises, among others, the following species : the tatu canastra {Dasypus gigas), found in almost all the interior of Brazil ; the D. sctosus, the D. gummurus and tlieD. lon- gicaudatus, which commonly feed on decomposed animal matter and plants. Some species are very destructive to the seed in maize fields. The tamanduas, ant-eaters, also belong to the same group ; of these there are three species : the ant-bear or great ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata) the largest and the finest of the species, whose hide is much esteemed ; the tamandua-cavallo (M. tetradactyla) ; and the small ant-eater (M. didactyla), the smallest and the rarest. These animals are very useful, as they feed exclusively on insects destructive to plants and specially on ants and termites. Of sloths, also representatives of the order of edentates, there are two species : the Bradypus torquatus and the B. tridactylus, three-toed sloth, which generally feed on the young shoots of the imbauba, of the genus Cecropia, and other trees. All these edentates are considered as good eating, but the flesh'of the armadillo is preferred. ORDER MARSUPIALIA Only one family of this curious order of mammifers is known in Brazil, that of the opossums represented by 5 34 seven species, the best known of which are: the Diclelphis marsupialis, the D. aurila, the D. my soar us, the D. ci- nerea, and the D. murina. These nocturnal animals are very destructive to hen- neries and orchards. Many like their flesh, but the axil- lary glands must be extracted. To this order belongs the manatee (Manatus ameri- canus) a herbivorous cetacean which attains a great size and lives in the waters of the Amazon or in the neighbo- ring lakes. Besides whales, which at certain seasons of the year, frequent the coast of Brazil on their way to the Southern waters ; large shoals of porpoises ( Delpliinus roslratus or Solatia braziliensis, and D. macroccplialus ) some of which are more than two metres long, live in the bays and coves of the coast. ( Rapacious birds, in Brazil, form a large proportion of | this class ; they present, in general, the same features \ as European birds of proy. As a rule the plumage is \ of sober colors, the loud hoarse cry resembles a groan ;> or a scream of anguish. These birds live indistinctly in \ the woods or in the open lands ; they feed on reptiles nicopterus, may be mentioned. ORDERS PALMIPEDES In the family of the Longipennales, to which belong the birds of the longest flight, such as the Procellarice, some species of the genera Larus and Sterna are met with. The family of the Totipalmate, is represented by only a few species of the genus Plotas by some of the genus Carbo, aud by one species of the genus Pelicanus, the P. brasiliensis. In the farady of the LameUirostrals , there are many species of ducks (Anas), such as the ireres (A. viduata), — 38 — which might be domesticated ; and a species of goose found in the valley of the Amazon. Of the genus Mergus, there is one species, the M. brasiliensis ; and another of the swan, the Cygnus ny- grocollis. CLASS REPTILIA ORDER CHELONIA This order comprises aquatic and land tortoises, repre- sented by many species, some of which have been as yet imperfectly studied. Among the best known, mention may be made of the species belonging to the genera: Emys, Testuclo,Chelonia. and Carreta, and specially of the curious tortoise mata- mata ( Testudo fimbriata). On the banks of the Amazon and its affluents the flesh of the turtle constitutes an important item in the food of the population. From the eggs of the chelonice which in- habit those regions turtle butter is made, and constitutes an important article of commerce in the province of Ama- zonas. ORDER SAURIA Among the many species inhabiting Brazil, the following may be mentioned : the common alligator ( Alligator cy- nocephalus), which attains to three metres in length, and lives in nearly all the rivers of Brazil; the A. palpebrosus, smaller than the preceding, but not less dangerous ; the teju-assu ( Tupinambus nigropunctatus), the Iguana de- licatissirna, the Lacerta marmorata, or Poly citrus marmo- ratus, the Lacerta scincus, the A. striata, the Tupinambus ) Many species of ophidians, of all sizes and colors, live in $ the Brazilian forests. Some are venomous, specially those ) of the genus Trigonocephalus, to which the surucucus, ? the jararacas and the jararacussus belong ; and the Cro- ( / talus represented by the rattle-snake. > Of the genus Coluber there are many species perfectly ' harmless : the coral snakes ( Coluber formosus), C. venus- tissumus and others; the caninanas ( C . pTcillostoma) > ) besides other species belonging to the genera Elaps, ? ^ Scijtale, Cophias and others. > Of the genus Boa, to which belong the largest serpents, l we may mention the giboia ( Boa concliria ) the sucuriu or su- ) curiuba ( B . anaconda), whose skins are used for boots and \ \ shoes and other purposes. j :: CLASS BATRACHIA | In Brazil there are several species of the genera Bufo, ) Ceratrophys, Crossoclactylus, Brachycephalus, Trachice- < ; ph'dus, Ilyla, Rana, and others. | CLASS PISCES So great is the number of species of fish met with in the j j seas and rivers of Brazil that it is impossible to make even < a simple enumeration of them, as the greater part have l not yet been studied. / Professor Agassiz, in his voyage to Brazil, collected ’ thousands of species in the valley of Amazon, many of them quite new. Among the best known of that region mention may be made of four species of the genus Vastres, the most remarkable of which is the pirarucii of the Amazon ( Vastres Cuvierii), a fish that grows to a large size and serves as food for the greater part of the inhabitants of the provinces of Pari and Amazonas ; the Phractocephalus j hemiliopterus, the Doras niger, the electric-eel (Gym- ; ) notus electricus), the Osteoglossum Vandelii, the only species known of this genus, and others of the genus Lepisosteus. The genus Salmo is represented by only one species, the Salmo pirapitanga, which lives in the waters of the river Cuiabh. CLASS MOLLUSCA < Class Cephalopocles : To this class belongs a species of the genus Argonauta. Of the class Gasteporocles there are several species belonging to the genera: Patella, Dentalium, Siphonaria, F issurella,Crepidula, Helicinoea, Bulla, Helix, Clausilia Bulimus, Panorbis, Paladina, Ampullar ia, Natica, Jan- thina, Sc at aria, Trochus, Murex, Triton, Cassis, Cassi - daria, Purpura and many others. Of the order Acephala, there are different species of the genera: Ostrea, Serpula, Pecten, Limax, Pinna ; Mytilus, Solen, Lustraria, Crassatella, Petricola, San- guinolaria, Donax, Capsa, Cardium, Venus, Area, Unio, Anodonta and many others. — 41 — CLASS CRUSTACEA In the section of the Decapodee Macruros there are several species of shrimps and prawns ( Paloemon ), and ) some of the genera Scyllarics, Pence us, and Squilla, besides i others as yet undetermined. In the section of the Decapodes Brachyurus, which embraces sea and land crabs, there are a great number of species belonging to the genera: Xanthus, Mala, Peri- cera, Lap a, Eripliia, Trichodactylus , Gaaia, Gelasimus, Grapsus, Sesanna and Uca. This class contains numberless species of every genus; some are hurtful, many are perfectly inoffensive and others are remarkably useful. Mention will only be made of the last. The order of Hymenopters contains many species of melliponce, which make not only delicious honey, but also soft wax much employed in industry. Of these melliponce, commonly called bees, some are cultivated, others are wild, not having been as yet do- mesticated. The exotic bee (Apis mellifera), from Europe, is also reared and is so well acclimatized as to live in the woods spontaneously. In some places and specially in the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, S. Paulo and Rio de Janeiro, the products of this bee constitute an CLASS INSECTA important and very lucrative trade. 6 — 42 — In the order Lepidopters there aro ten species of the silkworm, and among these the Saturnia aurota, which make excellent cocoons, as shewn by the specimens exhi- bited at the National Exhibition of 1873. These cocoons and the silk presented at the Bacchologic Exhibition of Roveredo in 1872 by Dr. Linger, commissioned by the Brazilian Government, were acknowledged to be very good. From the report presented by Dr. Linger it appears that this insect was the object of special attention, the value of the cocoons being calculated at from 40 to 50 francs, and the silk at from 80 to 400 francs per 459 grammes. No less satisfactory is the information furnished to Government by Mr. Elisee Deandreis, delegate of Brazil, at the fourth section of the International Sericultural Congress, which met at Montpellier, in October of last year. The advantages which may accrue from the culture of the silk of the Brazilian Bombix, as Mr. Deandreis styles it in his memoir, were recognized at the congress. A small sample of the silk was much appreciated, and attention was called to the fact, that from its low price large quantities could find buyers, and to the facility with which the insect can be reared in the provinces of Brazil, as well as to its acclimation in the south of Europe and in Algiers. Further and more positive information which will be furnished by Brazil at the Congress of Milan, announced for 1876, and the accurate report of the Attacus, Sa- turnia aurota, which will go to Philadelphia, will doubtless enable those who take an interest in sericulture to form an opinion on this important subject. Perhaps the day is not far distant when this new industry will constitute another source of wealth for the Empire. The exotic species Bonibix mori has also been reared and thrives very well in the southern provinces. The cocoons produced in the province of S. Pedro do ; Rio Grande do Sul are becoming an article of exportation. By order of the « Imperial Instituto Fluminense de Agri- cultura », in connexion with Government, an impulse is now being given to sericulture ; as will be seen in another chapter. The sericultural establishment, which formerly existed on an estate called Santa Thereza, in the municipality of Itaguahy, 16 kilometres distant from the Belem statiou of i the D. Pedro II railway, is now being reorganized. The entablishment has 12 hectares of land under mul- berry trees, 1.5 hectares with buildings for rearing the worm, and 1.5 with those for the fabric, and dwelling houses. These buildings are solidly constructed and can harbor 100 persons. In the order of the coleopters there are insects which on account of their metallic lustre and variegated colors ; are employed in the manufacture of the most beautiful ornaments, flowers, chaplets, necklaces, ear-rings and many other fancy articles. The province of Santa Catha- rina excels in the manufacture of these objects. VEGETABLE KINGDOM Vegetation in Brazil is most wonderful. In the fields, ; on the mountains, on the loftiest ranges, even on the coast, - and on its sands, among steep rocks, almost every where, it flourishes vigorously in an almost constant spring. The flora of Brazil is considered by all the botanists who have studied it as one of the most splendid of the world, on account of its abundance, and of its variety of very interesting species, of which about 20,000 are already known. Many of these are described in Dr. Martius’ work, Flora Brasiliensis ; others are to be found in the great herbaria of the Empire and of some European capitals. If, on the one hand, it has attracted the attention of scholars from a purely technical motive, on the other hand, with relation to industry, to medicine, to food and orna- mentation, it occupies one of the first places, if not the first place, in the world. Besides the indigenous species, a great number of exotic plants have been acclimatized, and this number is daily increasing. As, in the narrow limits of this notice, it would be im- possible to give a complete catalogue of the greater num- ber of useful plants, only those most generally known will be mentioned. BUILDING TIMBERS Of all the products of Brazilian forests, the ligneous plants are those which ought most to interest persons who understand the subject. In the exhibitions of 1867 and 1873 they were justly appreciated, and they will now be apprai- sed by no less competent judges. To give an approximate idea of the most important woods, preferred by engineers, cabinet makers and architects, for civil and ship building, the following common and bota- nical nomenclature is given : Of the Apocinece: the peroba (Aspidosperma Gomcsia- num), the piquia (A. olwaceum), pau setim (A. sp.) Of the Artocarpacece, the oiticica ( Soaresia niticla), the yelow oiti ( Brosinmm lute um), the conduru ( B . conduru), the tatajuba ( Maclurci , sp. var), and the muirapinima ( Brosimum discolor). Of the Leguminosoe : the angico (Acacia angico), the vinhatico (A. maleolens), the jurema (A. jarema) ; the pa- racahuba (Andira), the bitter-angelim (A. antlielmintica), the angelim (A. vermifuga), the stony angelim (A. specta- bilis), the sweet angelim (A. rosea), the angelim-cdco (A. stipulacea), the acapu (Vouacapoua americana), which may the called the Brazilian teak, the grapeapunha (Apuleia prcecox) , pau-ferro (A. ferrea), the sucupira parda (Bowdichia virg lioides), the juca, or common pau-ferro (Coesalpima ferrea), the pau Brazil ( C . echinata), the Ca- nella Marcanahyba ( Cassia Marcanahyba), the pau rainha (Centrolobiuoi paraense), the eririba ( C . robustam, and its varieties), the Copahiba (Capaifera gujanensis) the black jacaranda or cabiuna ( Dalbergia nigra), the rose jacaranda — 46 — | tico (E chyrospermum Baltliasarii), the cabuhi-vinhatico <; ( Enterolobium lutescens), the yellow sucupira (F erreirea \ spectabilis), the jatoba (Hymencea courbaril), the jataliy (II. stilbocarpa), the thorny jacaranda ( Macliarium leu- \ copterum), the purple jacaranda (M. fir mum), the ja- ; caranda tan (M. Allemani ), the pan de mocd (M. auricu- latum ), the violet jacaranda (M. violaceum), the brauna | (Melanoxylon brauna), the guaracahi (Molderihauera Ifloribunda), the cabriuva (Myrocarpus frondosus), the brown oleo (M. fastigiatus), the red oleo, ( Myrochylon peruiferum), the guarabi'i ( Pcltogyne discolor), the rose angelim (Peraltea erytliinea folia), the red angico ( Pithe - colobium gummiferum), the white jacaranda (Plalipodium clegans), the bacurubu ( Schizolobium excelsum), the bar- batimao ( Stryphnodendron barbatimdo), the jacaranda- banana ( Swartz ia Langsdorfii), and the mocitahiba (Zol- lernia Mocitahiba). Among the Terebinthaceoe: the Goncalo-Alves (Astro- < nium fraxinifolium), the aroeira (A. urundeuva), the j1 chibatan (A. commune), the imburana (Bursera leplo- !phcvos), and the almecegueira (Idea icicariba). Among the Laurineoe : the tapinhoan (Sylvia na valium), the black canella (N eclandra mollis), the white canella (N. alba), the canella do brejo (N. leucothirsus), the sweet smelling canella (Oreodaphne opifera), the broad leaved canella (Nectandra pollyphyla), the Itauba (Acro- diclidium and Oreadaphne), the casca preciosa (Mespilo- daphne preciosa), and others. Among the Meliacem : the red cedar (Cedrela brasi- < liensis), the white cedar (C. adorata), the cangerana | (Cabralia cangerana). Among the Protcacece : the cutucanhem (Rhopala bra - • siliensis), and other species. — 47 — Among the M yristicacece : the bicuibas ( Myristica offi- cinales), (4/. bicuiba and M. sebifera ). Among the Iiubiacece: the red arariba ( Pincknea ru- bcscens ), the white arariba ( P . viridiflora and Genipa Brasiliensis). Among the Cordiacece : the brown louro ( Cordia ex- celsa), the yellow louro (C. alliadora), and pau branco do Ceara ( C . oncocalix). Among the Combretacece : the Merindiba (Ferminalia merindiba), and theguarajuba ( T . acuminata). Among the Bignoneaceoe : the purple ipe ( Fccona curia- lis), the tobacco ipe ( T . ipe), the ipe or pau d’arco ( T . spc- ) ciosa). Among the Rulacece : the arapoca ( Galipsa alba), the tinguaciba [Zantoxilum spinosum), rnarupa (Sfimaruba offi- cinalis), and Parahyba (S. versicolor). Among the Erythrocilacece : the arco de pipa ( Erythro - xilon utilissimum), the sobragy or sobrazil ( E . aureo- latum ?) Among the Myrtacece: the castanheir j (Bertliollec'a ex- \ celsa), the rose jequitiba ( Couratari legalis), the red jequitiba ) (C. strellensis), the tauari ( C . tauar ), thesapucaia ( Lccytliis i lanceolata, L. pisonis, and A. gand i-flora) the iriribA-rana i (L. ang ustifoli^ the matamata (A. coriacea), andthegua- biroba ( Abbevilea mascalhantha). Among the Guttifferece : the bacuri ( Platonia insignis), and the gulandim, jacareuba or landim ( Calopliylum brasi- liensis). Among the M alpighiaceoe : the murici ( Byrsonima chry- sophyla, and others species. Among the Sapotacex: the white peroba (Sapota cono- carpa), the macaranduba (Mimusops elata), the white magaranduba ( Lucuma procera), and the buranhem or 48 guaranhem (Chrysophyllum glycyphloeum), the juca ( Lucu - ma gigantea), the Abiurana ( L . lasiocarpa), and Cain ti Among the Conifer re : the fir (Araucaria brasiliana) and the wild fir ( Codocarpus sp. var). No less rich is Brazil in plants of this class : of those known, the following are the most noteworthy : the pias- saba, two species ( Atlalea funifera, and Leopoldinia Piassava), and the coqueiro da India ( Cocos nucifera); these species furnish an excellent fibre for cables, ropes and brooms. The tucum ( Badris setosa), the tucuman (As- trocaryumT ucunian), much resembling wood in appearance and as strong as flax ; and the macahuba, macahyba or mucaja (Acrocomia sclerocarpa). The fibres of the leaves of these species are employed principally in the manufacture of swing beds, and of fishing lines, as they resist the action of salt water. The sapucaia ( Lecythis sp. var.), and the bacuri (Pla- tonia insignis), which give excellent vegetable oakum for caulking purposes. In the families of the Bromeliacex, Malvacece, Ur- ticece Amaryllideoz, Musace v, and Tiliacece, of the genus Corchorus, there are several species, congeners of Indian jute, and others, remarkable for their excellent fibres, from which the finest tissues can be manufactured. Of these, special mention may be made of the pine-apple ( Ananassa sativa), and the American aloe (F ourcroya gigantea), and the white gravata ( Bilbergia tinctoria). The bark of the Couratari, and of some Tecoma, is much used as wrappers for cigaretes ; and those of the ) Bertholletia excelsa, and Lecythis for caulking vessels. (C h rysoph yllum cainito) TEXTILE PLANTS From the liber of the guaxima (Urena lobata) are made excellent paper and the cordage and the vegetable wool, mentioned in another place, which did not pass unobserved at the exhibition of Vienna. It is also to be supposed that the vegetable silk extracted from the fruit of the barriguda, of Parana, of the genus Echytes, and the fibres of the liber of the pan de embira (. Xilopia frutecens), and that of the pindahyba or pan de anzol (X. sericea), will attract attention at the exhibition of Philadelphia. Flax ( Linum usitatissimum ), an exotic plant, thrives very well in the southern provinces, specially in those of Paranfi, Santa Catharina, and Rio Grande do Sul. OLEAGINOUS PLANTS As such are known, and are more generally employed in industry, numerous indigenous and exotic species which vegetate spontaneously, and among these the cocoa-nut tree, commonly called coqueiro da Bahia ( Cocos nuci- fera), the coqueiro de Dende ( Elae'is guineensis), a native of Africa ; the Caiaue ( E . melanococca), the Indaia ( Attalea compta) which contains 44 % of an oil superior to olive-oil ; the pataua (CEnocarpus Pataud), the bacaba ( CEnocarpus Bacaba ), the airy or brejahuba (Astrocaryum Ayri) containing 18 % of vegetable butter; the macahuba, macahiba, or mucaja ( Acrocomia sclero- carpa), the baba de boi ( Cocos gommosa) containing 36 % of fixed oil ; the jeriba ( C . coronata) with 38% of oil ; the Lent cocoa ( Cocos flexuosa ) which produces 69 % of oil fit for culinary purposes; the pati ( Syagrus botryopliora), the pindoba ( Altalea sp.), the batiput k (Gompliia parvi- flora), the jabots ( Anisosperma passiflora ), the copahiba (Copaifera sp. var), the jandiroba ( Feuillea trilobata), the ; andiroba (Carapa gujanensis), the palma christi ( Ricinus communis), the mamoneira do mato ( Mabea fistuligera), < the nogueira da India ( Aleurites triloba), the anda-assu j ( .Johanesia principes), the bicuiba (Myristica officinalis) ‘ the ucuuba (M. sebifera), the sapucainha ( Corpotroche ; brasiliensis), which affords 09 % of excellent oil of a peculiar and very agreable smell, which must not be confounded with the sapucainha ( Mainea brasil'ens's of \ Yelloso); the cotton plant ( Gossipuim sp. var), the pea \ nut ( Arachis hypo gee a), the pindahyba ( Xylopia sp. var.), j which, from 10 kilograms, yields 130 grams of an aromatic \ oil fit for culinary purposes. GUMS AND RESINS All the following plants, are deserving of notice, on ) account of the gums and resins which they afford to industy. The seringueira ( Siphonia elastica), the mangabeira ( Ilan - - cornia speciosa), the agoniada (Plumeria land folia), the ) white macaranduba (Lucouma procera), the figueira da \ India ( Ficus elastica), the cashew tree ( Anacardium occi- dentale), the jatoba (Hymencea courbaril), and others, which afford copal for the manufacture of varnish; the angico ( Pithecollobium gummiferum), the red angico (Aca- ) cia Angico), a gum which has the same properties as gum I arabic, the pan debreu (Amyris elemifera), the anani (S/'n- \ phon'a global f era), the macaranduba (Mimosops elata), ) from its milky juice gutta perclia is extracted, as also from > other species of the sanies genus ; the almecegueira ( Idea icicariba), the caja ( Sponclias sp. var.), the paina femea ) ( Chorisia Pecholtiana), the embirussu (Bombax carolinurn), the pau de lagrima or pan de brincos ( Strukeria oppugnata), the bagre (Machcerium), the sweet angelim (Andira rosea), the Brazilian fir tree ( Araucaria brasiliana), the game- — 51 — leira ( Urostigma doliaria), and the cabriuva (Myrocarpus frondosus). DYE WOODS In Brazil there are many species of plants which afford valuable dyes, of these the most generally employed are the following ; For red : Brazil wood ( Casalpinia echinata), barbatimao (Stryphnodendron Barbatimao), dragons blood ( Croton erythrina), the guarabu ( Peltogyne Guaraba), the carajuru ( Bignon'ci chica), thecatigua ( Tricliilia catigud), the urucu ( Bixa Orellana), the mangrove tree ( Rhizophora mangle), also the white mangrove-tree (Avicennia nitida), and se- veral other kinds of mangroves from the sea-board, which are also advantageously employed for tanning, and are suc- cedanea of the bark of the angico (Acacia), and of the can- nafistulas (Cassia). For blue: indigo (Indigofer a, sp. var), the climbing in- digo (Cissus iinctoria), and the fruit of the genipapo tree (Genipa, sp. var.) For black : mate (Ilex par aguariensis), the macucu (Ilex macoucoua ), the tinhorao (Lasiandra, sp. var.). For yellow : the tatajuba, or tatajiba (Maclura, sp. var.), the dye gravata (Bilbergia tinc.toria), and others. AROMATIC PLANTS From among the many in which Brazil abounds, the fol- lowing deserve special mention : The craveiro da terra (Calyptranthes aromatica), and another species, (Eugenia pseudo caryophyllus), the cra- veiro do Maranhao, or pau-cravo (Dicypellium cariophyl- laturn) this plant has an aromatic taste similar to that of the Indian clove; the lourinho (Myrtacea), the vanilla ( Vanilla , sp. var.), the cumaru ( Dipterix,sp . var.), the puxuri ( Nectandra Puchuri), the Brazilian nut-meg (Cryptocarya moschata), the canella de cheiro ( Oreo - daphne opifera), the cujumary ( Aydendron cujumary), the sassafraz ( Nectandra cymbarum), and the red einbira, (Xylopia sp). Besides these, some exotic plants have been acclima- tized, and their culture is more or less important, such are : The India clove-tree ( Caryophyllus aromatieus), the Cey- lon cinnamon (C innamomum zeylanicum ), the camphor tree ( C . camphora), the Jamaica pepper tree (Eugenia pi- mento), the Indian or black pepper-tree (Piper nigrum), the anise plant (Illicium anisatum), and the Moluca nut- meg (Myristica fragans). FRUIT TREES AND OTHER ECONOMICAL PLANTS The flora of Brazil, besides the industrial plants already named, abounds in numberless alimentary products of im- mense value. As it is impossible to give a complete list of them, for reasons already alluded to, mention is made only of those indigenous trees and shrubs most remarkable for their fruit. The family of the Myrtacee afford us in the genus Psi- dium various species of guavas, araqas, guabirobas, guabi- rabas, and campinhaes many of which are used for making excellent sweet-meats; in the genus Myrciaria, many species of jabuticabas, and two of cambucas ; in the genus Stenocalix, several species of pitangas, grumixamas, the Rio Grande cherry, and other fruits; in the genus Eugenia, the uvaia, the guabiju, the cabelluda, the guaiquica, the camburi, the ameixa do Pard, and others ; in the genus Marlierea, the species known by the name of guapurunga; — 53 — in the genus BerthoUetia, the Castanha do Maranhao (the Brazil nut) an important article of exportation in Parh ; in the genus Lecythis, several kinds of sapucaia (monkey- pot-tree) affording a very oleaginous and nutritious fruit. The family of the Sapotaceoe, yields fruit, generally esteemed and known by the common names of sapota, (the mammee) saputi, abio, abiorana, cotitiriba, cupan, guaca, magaranduba, guapeba, and many others. The family of the Anonaceoe, produces excellent fruit, such are : of the genus Anona, the custard apple, the ata, the chirimoia, the graviola ; and of the genus RoUinia, the biriba, and many others, included in the general denomi- nation of araticu. The family of the Terebinthacece contains: in the genus Anacardium several species of cashew; and in the genus Sponclias, the umbu, and the cajas much esteemed for their refreshing qualities. The family of the Passifloraceoe, also affords a great number of fruits, the granadilla, commonly known in Brazil by the name of maracuja, most of them very agreeable. The family of the Rabiaceoe, affords : in the genus Genipa various species of genipapo, an acid fruit supposed to possess medicinal properties. In the genus Gardenia there are also some esteemed fruits. The family of the Verbenacece has : in the genus Vitex, the taruman, much commended for its therapeutic virtues. In the family of the Ampelideoe, there are thirty five species of the Vitis already technically studied, and ex- periments are being made to the end of utilizing some of them like the common grape. In the family of the Cor diace there ore some species — 54 — of the Corel ' a and among them the fruta do gallo, jurute, and piapana. In the family of the Cactacece, the fruit commonly known in Brazil by the name of cardo, the prickly-pear, usually found growing on the rocks and sands of the sea-coast. In the family of the Rosace on, different species of the genus Rubas, a fruit of very agreeable taste and employed in the manufacture of excellent vinegar. In the family of the Solanacece, various species of Sola- tium, the egg-plant, commonly called juas ; and of Physalis , called in Para camapu. In the family of the Lcguminosa, some species of the genus Inga, and in the genus Cassia, the marimari, found in Para, and of the genus Hymencea, the jatoba. In the family of the M alpigh iace e, various species of mu- rids, belonging to the genus Byrsonima. Of the family of the Sapindacece, in the genus Sapindus there are two species of pitombas. In the family of the Gutti ferae, in the genus Platonia there is the bacuri, one of the most apreciated fruits, and in the genus Garcinia, sundry species ofbacuparis: In the family of the Chrysobalanece, the oiticoro of the genus Couepia, and the beach oiti of the genus Moquilca, and the guajuru, of the genus Clirysolanus. In the family of the Sferculiacece, the cocoa, and the cu- puassu of the genus Theobroma, and the chicha ( Sterculia ). In the family of the Laurinacece, two varieties of the al- ligator-pear, of the genus Persea. In the family of the Olacinece, the native plum (Ximenea araericana ). In the family of the Cameliacecv, some species of piquis ( Cariocar ) an oily or nutritive fruit. The family of the Coniferce, contains a species of the — 55 — genus Araucaria and two of the genus Poclocarpus. The Araucaria or Brazilian fir-tree affords fruit called pinhoes, pine tops, much used as food both for man and for pigs ; they are an article of exportation. The family of the Papayacece contains different species of the genus Carica, commonly called jaracatia, and mamao — the papaw. The family of the Apocinece, the mangaba ( Hancornia speciosa) and the muguge of Bahia, of a genus which appears not to have been studied yet, and the sorva ( Couma ulilis ). The family of the Melastomacece, yeilds different kinds of fruit, among which the pussa ( Mouriria ). The family of the Bromeliacece, has, in the genus Ana- nassa, the abacaxi, and many species or varieties of the pine-apple. The family of the Musaceoe, contains, besides many exotic species, two or three of indigenous bananas. The family of the Palmes, afford an unlimited number of edible fruits, many of them also utilized for the ex- traction of oil, as already said. Among the most useful trees of Brazil the carnauba palm ( Copernicia cerifera ), deserves special mention, it grows uncultured in the provinces of Ceara, Rio-Grande do Norte, and Piauliy, and in some of the neighboring provinces. Perhaps in no other region is a tree to be found, which can be employed for so many and varied purposes. It resists intense and protracted droughts, always green and vigorous. Its roots produce the same medicinal effects as sarsapa- rilla. The stem affords strong and light fibres, which acquire a beautiful lustre; and also serves for joists, rafters and other materials for building purposes, as well as stakes for fences. From the palmetto, or palm-cabbage, which, when young, is much esteemed as a nutritious vegetable, wine and vinegar are made, and a saccharine substance is extracted, as also a large quantity of starch resembling, and posses- sing the same properties and taste as, sago, and which has often served as food for the inhabitants of those pro- vinces in times of extreme dearth. The fruit serves as food for cattle. From the wood of the stem musical instruments, water tubes and pumps are made. The tender and fibrous substance from the core of the stem is a perfect substitute for cork. The pulp of the fruit lias an agreeable taste, and the nut, considerably oleaginous and emulsive, roasted and powdered, is used as coffee, by some persons of the interior. From the stem a kind of flour, resembling maizena, and a white liquid, similar to the milk of the cocoa-nut, are extracted. From the straw, salt, and alkali employed in the manu- facture of common soap, are extracted, and mats, hats, baskets, and brooms are made ; a considerable quantity of this straw is exported to Europe where it is employed in the manufacture of fine hats, some of which come to Brazil ; the value of the exports and the home consumption is estimated at about 1,000:000$000. Finally, the leaves give wax, employed in the manu- facture of candles, extensively consumed in the northern provinces ; from two municipal districts, of that of Rio Grande do Norte alone, about 300:000 kilograms are annually exported, over and above the home consumption; — 57 — it is also an important branch of commerce in Ceara, where in some years more than 2,000,000 kilogrammes of wax have been harvested. The yearly exports of this province are estimated at 1,500,000 kilogrammes, and the consumption at over 850,000 kilogrammes, the annual production being valued at 2,200:000$000. The following list of foreign fruit and other economical plants, which are acclimatized and thrive well in Brazil, will complete this article. In the family of the Rubiacee — coffee (Coffea) of Afri- can origin was introduced into Brazil in the last cen- tury and now constitutes its chief source of wealth. Of the genus Cinchona, besides indigenous species, the culture of the Peruvian quina is now commencing. In the family of the Apocynacea) the ameixa of Porto Natal ( Carissa Karanclas). In the family of the Sesamum — the gergilim ( Sesamum orientale). In the family Ebenaceoe - two species of Diospyrus, com- monly called pecegos da India, Indian peaches, and Sa- pota da India. In the familly of the Oxal clece, the Carambola, and the Bilimbi ( Averrhoa ). There are besides : In the family of the Oleacex — the olive tree ( Olea europea), and the flor do imperador ( Olea fragrans). The former has borne fruit in Rio Grande do Sul, S. Paulo and near the Mantiqueira range, in Minas Geraes. The latter, which in China is used to scent tea, in Brazil is a. merely ornamental plant. In the family of the Ampelidacece — various species of the vine ( Vitis ) imported from Europe and the United 8 — 58 — States. They thrive in all the climates of Brazil and more particularly in the provinces of Minas-Geraes, Pa- rand, S. Paulo and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, where they are cultivated for wine. In the family of the Myrtacece — some species of the jam- beiro ( Jcimbosa ), and the jambolao (Syzygium), of Asiatic origin, and sundry species of the Eucalyptus of Australia. In the family of the Granatex — many varieties of the pomegranate ( Punica ). In the family of the Rosacecc — the pear-tree (Pyrus), the apple-tree (Malus), the quince-tree ( Cidonia ), the plum-tree (Prunus), the almond-tree ( Amygdalus ), the peach-tree (Persica), the apricot-tree (Armeniaca), the cherry-tree (Cerasus), various species of strawberries, the Rabies rosos- folius, improperly called framboesa, or Chinese strawberry. All these plants, imported from Europe, grow excellently well in the province of Rio Grande do Sul, and in the up-lands of the provinces of Santa Catharina, Parana, S. Paulo and Rio de Janeiro ; considerable quantities being also cultivated in the southern part of Minas Ge- raes. The ameixieira do Japao, Japanese plum ( Eriobotrya japonica ) thrives so well in Brazil tliai it grows spon- taneouly. In the family of the Lcguminosx — the tamarind-tree (T amar Indus indicus), not only is its fruit medicinal, but from it sweet-meats and sirops are made, as well as vine- gar; the acclimatization of the corob-tree ( Ceratonia Si- I'qua), the pods of which are called St. John’s bread, com- mences now. In the family of the Tcrebinthacece the mango-tree (Man- gifera inclica), and the cajh-manga ( Sponclias dulcis), the former of Asiatic origin, the latter from the islands of the Pacific Ocean. In the family of the Aurantiacece, various species of the genus Citrus, the orange, the lemon-tree ; in the genus Cooliia, two or tree species, and among these the vampi (Cookia punctata), whose fruit is prized. In the family of the Sapindaceos, thelexia and the longan belonging to the genus Nephelium, both deserving cultiva- tion from the excellence of their fruit. Of the family of the Guttifferce, the mammee-apple (Mam- mea Americana ) grows abundantly in Para, and is being acclimatized in other provinces. In the family of the Camelliace^c, besides the ornamental plants of the genus Carnell a, natives of Japan, the Chinese tea shrub ( Thea ) is cultivated, though on a reduced scale, in the provinces of Paranh, S. Paulo, Rio de Janeiro and Minas-Geraes. In the family of the Malvaceae, in the genus Hibiscus — the quiabo, or quimgombd, from Africa, whence came also the boabab ( Aclansonia digitata), the fruits of which are valued for their medicinal and refreshing qualities ; besides the duriao ( Duris zibetliinus) of Asiatic origin and as }ret very slightly disseminated in Brazil. In the family of the Ciccurbitacece, different indigenous species of pumpkins ( Cucurbita ) and others, exotic, of va- rious genera, such as the water melon ( Citrullus ), the me- lon and the cucumber ( Cucumis ), the water pumpkin (La- genaria), and the chuchu (Sechium), are all generally cultivated in great abundance all over Brazil. In the family of the Eupliorbiacecv, the nogueira da In- dia from the Moluca (Aleurites triloba), and in the genus Cicca, the species called in Brazil indifferently, pitanga branca, vinagreira, or groselha. — 60 — In the family of the Piparace o the black pepper ( Piper nigrum). In the family of the Artocarpace % sundry species of the mulberry tree (Moms), cultivated for the silk-worm ; the fig-tree ( Ficus carica), the jack-fruit-tree (Artocarpus in- tegrifolio), and the bread-fruit tree (A. incisa). In the family of the Juglandeoe, the European walnut ( Juglans regia). This tree thrives very well in the provinces of Minas-Geraes, Parana, S. Paulo and in some districts of Rio de Janeiro. In the family of the Cupuliferoe, the culture of the chestnut tree has been advantageously tried in those pro- vinces. In the family of the Conjlacece, the filbert ( Corijlus avelana), as yet but little cultivated, but appears to adapt itself very well to the climate. In the family of the Casuarinacev, two species of beef wood (Casuarina), from Australia, which afford good timber. Iu the family of the Conifer r, there are exotic species of the genera Pinus, Araucaria and Cupressus, also planted as ornaments. In the family of the Cgcadacece, some species of the Cycas, commonly called sago, are cultivated. In the family of the M usacece, besides the indigenous spe- ' cies of bananas already mentioned, there are many others of ' the genus Musa from Africa, Asia and Australia, which \ yield excellent fruit. As ornamental plants there are, the Ravenala of Madagascar, the Strelitzia from Africa, the ) Urania from Asia, and many others. In the family of the Gramineoe there are many species of the Asiatic bamboo, which grow with great facility in almost all the provinces. In the family of the Palms, in which Brazil is already 61 — so rich, several exotic species are being cultivated not only as useful but as ornamental plants; among them the date palm (Ph nis dactylif era) which thrives very well on the sea-board and particulary in Pernambuco, where it yelds excellent fruit. ALIMENTARY ROOTS Among these roots the following deserve mention : in the genus Maniliot, the manioc or cassava of different species, and among these, which have already been noted, the aipim ; in the genus Ipomea several species of sweet- pota- toes ; in the genus Colocasia various species of yams ; in the genus Caladium the mangarito, and the tayoba ; in the genus Dioscaria many species of card ; in the genus Pachyrrhizus the jacatupe. Besides these indigenous species, there are many exotic ones, which not only are cultivated but also grow spontaneously. MEDICINAL PLANTS The medicinal plants of Brazil most remarkable for their commercial importance are : sarsaparilla (Smilax), ipeca- cuanha (Cephodis Borreria, and Richardsonia), copahiba (< Copal f era ), and others already mentioned, which yield resins and oils. Besides these, the Brazilian materia medica contains a gre ter number of plants than perhaps any other in the world, among them the following deserve mention : the carobas ( Jacarandd of the Bignonace c) the roots of the caincas ( Cliicoca anguifida), the pau-pereira of Rio de Ja- neiro (Geissospcrmum Vellosii), the pau-pereira of Ceard (Aspidosperma sp.), the bark of the Catigod ( Trechilia ), the root of the cabralea-cangerana, the wild vines, of the genus Cissampelos, the fruit of the guarand ( Paidinea — 62 — sorbilis ), the false quinas ( Eivodea febrifuga, Solanum), pseudo-quina, and Strychnos, pseudo-quina, the jabo- Irandis ( Pipe r and Ottonia), the leaves and roots of which have various therapeutic virtues ; and espelina ( Perian - thopoclos tomba) whose roots powdered, have an emeto- cathartic effect, and have lately proved very efficacious in cases of poisoning and epilepsy ; butua or abutua ( Coculus cineranses), vellame do matto ( Solanum cernimm of Veil), , and mil-homens ( Aristolocliia rigens trilobata). £ In the special work — Systema raaterice meclicce vegeta- ' bilia brasiliensis — of the naturalist Martius, h: mentions all those which, owing to their therapeutic virtues, are ; applied by Brazilian and foreign physicians. < MINERAL KINGDOM PRECIOUS STONES Diamonds are found in the province of Minas Geraes, along the Espinhago range, to the north of these moun- tains, as far as the northern limits of this province, and on the mountains to S. W. of the sources of the river S. Francisco ; in that of Bahia, on the plains and southern ranges nearest to the valley of that river, and also at Sincord and Chapada. In the provinces of Goyaz, Mato Grosso, Parana, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and S. Paulo diamonds are also met with, but they are of reduced value and are accidental in the itacolumitic rocks. It is to be supposed, however, that later on larger stones and in greater abundance will appear, when the population of the interior shall have increased and mining industry shall have advanced. Diamond mines now belong to private individuals, under the conditions and clauses of the laws which regulate this special branch of administration. Emeralds, euclases, saphyres, rubies, topazes, beryles, and black, blue and green tourmalines, called Brazilian emeralds, are also found in the Empire, specially in Minas Geraes, where the common zirconite also appears, with other gems ol more or less value. — 64 — Many garnets are met with everywhere, but very rarely have any been found perfect. QUARTZ AND ITS VARIETIES Rock crystals of great purity and large sizes are ex- ported, principally from Minas Geraes, Goyaz, S. Paulo, and Paranh, whence also come fine large amethysts which obtain high prices. Opals, chalcedonies, agates and jaspers are met with throughout the greater part of the interior, but it is the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul that exports the greatest quantity of agates and chalcedonies, which now form important articles of commerce. In Goyaz there are considerable masses of very pure crystal, containing, sometimes veins of a much valued yellow quartz ( Citrins ). METALS Gold. — It may be said that every district of the provin- ces numbers this precious metal among its natural pro- ducts. As, however, reference will only be made to those loca- lities which are undoubtedly auriferous, and, as such, des- tined to be worked, a great portion of the province of Minas Geraes must be noticed, and, more particularly, all the eastern versants of the upper basin of the river S. Fran- cisco, where some English companies and many private individuals extract gold. The same may be said of the municipal districts of Ca- gapava, Rio Pardo, Santa Maria and Cruz Alta, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. A company was floated called the « Companhia das mi- — 65 — nas de ouro e cobre do sul do Brazil » (The South of Brazil gold and copper mine Company) to carry on mining ope- rations in the first of these municipal districts, and has commenced work with a capital of 800:000$000. Next is the district of Turyassu, in Maranhao, and several places in Bahia,. Piauhy, Goyaz, Matto-Grosso, Ceard, Parahyba, Pernambuco and S. Paulo. Within the last few years Government has granted several privileges for the exploration of these mines. In all these deposits gold is found in compact quartz or quartzite veins, embedded in primitive or micaceous iron rock; it is also found in great quantities in the alluvial soil of rivers. The systems hitherto employed for the extraction of this metal by the the English companies, and by Brazilian com- panies, now being established, are those of washing and amalgamation ; the last, however, on a smaller scale. Private individuals continue the old system of washing the sands from auriferous rocks, deposited in the beds of neighboring rivers. Mixed with the gold in these sands platinum, iridium and, in many places, palladium appear. In some mines tellurium is found, as well as bismuth and great quantities sf arsenical pyrites. The assays of palladium gold made at the Rio de Janeiro Mint gave the following percentage : i ii hi Gold 88,9 90,25 92,3 Palladium 11,1 9,75 7,7 This gold comes from various mines in the provinces of Minas Geraes and Mato-Grosso, and is there called ouro preto (black gold). 9 This metal has for a long time been extracted in the Mint, without any special application for it. The late Dr. Custodio Alves Serrao made some important experiments on it, specially with regard to a property it possesses of contracting, on heating; and he obtained by this means a successive reduction in medals. Silver. — Is found in many of the galenas existing in all the provinces ; hut the proportion of this metal is al- ways less than one per cent of the lead. It is however now ascertained that in some of the copper ores of the municipal district of Cagapava, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, silver exists in the pro- portion of 2,5 per cent. Nearly two hundred years since, this metal was found mixed with the gold which, until late years, was extracted and reduced at lhe Aragoiaba mountain, in the munici- pality of Sorocaba, province of S. Paulo. At Itupava, near Sorocaba, there is a mine which was abandoned, probably because it did not pay. Some of the galenas of Yporanga, on the river Iguape, are also argentiferous. Historical tradition mentions the existence of rich mines in the province of Bahia. But the whereabouts of these deposits is unknown. Mercury. — On an estate called Capao d’Anta, in the province of Paranft, this metal was discovered in circum- stances that will permit competition with the mines of Eu- rope and Peru. It is also said that in the beginning of this century it was found in the province of Santa Catharina. Mercury in its metallic state also exists in S. Paulo, principally in the alluvial deposits, but it has never been extracted. Copper. — This metal is found in the provinces of Mato- Grosso, Goyaz, Minas-Geraes, Bahia, Maranhao, Cearh, and Rio Grande do Sul, in the municipal district of Ca- qapava and others: but chiefly at the hamlet of Santo Antonio das Lavras, 6 kil.m6 metres distant from the town of that name, whence it may easily be carried, to the city of Cachoeira, a distance of 85 kil.m8 metres, the last post on the river Jacuhy, in the portion navigable by steam. The ore of this district, which contains the richest cupriferous deposits of Brazil, yields as much as 60 % of pure metal, according to the lode exploited. In these mines malachite, lazulite and klaprothine are met with. Manganese. — In the basin of Paranagua, in Minas-Ge- raes, at Ypanema, and in other provinces this metal is found ; and in large quantities in Bahia, near the city of Nazareth, whence there are steamers to the capital of the province. Tin. — So little of this metal has been discovered, that it is far from being considered an industrial product of the country. It is said to have been seen in the sands of theParaopeba, in the province of Minas-Geraes, and in some granites of Rio de Janeiro. Zinc. — Some specimens of sulphurot of zinc came with the galenas from the Ibiapaba range in the province of Cearh. It is also said to have been found on a spur of the Ara- ripe range in the same province. Lead. — There are great quantities of galenas, some of which are argentiferous. The following places are well known to have deposits : — 68 — Yporanga, in the province of S. Paulo, the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, the river Abaete, and near Sete Lagoas, both in Minas-Geraes ; the provinces of Rio de Janeiro, Parahyba do Norte, Bahia, Santa Catha- rina, Cearh, Maranhao and Piauhy ; there are also deposits ( on the Ibiapaba range, iu the province of Cearh. Chromate of lead is abundant at Congonhas do Campo, in Minas-Geraes, but, as yet, it is of little profit. Its composition is : oxide of lead 69 %, chromic acid 31 %. Of all these lead mines, the most important is that of ■ the river Abaete from which silver was also extracted, - when it was formerly worked for account of Government. Antimony. — In the National Museum there are spe- ; cimens of sulphuret of antimony found in the province of ■ Minas-Geraes, and it is said to exist in S. Paulo, and Pa- Iranh. It is also found in Espirito Santo. Bismuth. — At S. Vicente, and Passagem, in the province of Minas-Geraes, ores of bismuth have been met with. Arsenic. — It is generally found with pyrites in auri- , ferous formations, but also in the acid state combined ; with iron, forming scorodite, in the parish of Antonio | Pereira, in Minas-Geraes. Iron. — There are, in the Empire, some places where ( this metal is found under the most favorable conditions. All the Itabira ridge, in the vicinity of Ouro Preto, on ; the Espinhaco range, near the Piedade spur, and in many other places of the province of Minas-Geraes, in- calculable quantities of this metal exist ; a large pro- portion of these mountains is composed of oligistic, mag- netic and micaceous iron ; the oligistic undergoes decom- ( position on the surface, owing to the action of the atmosphere and forms layers of limonite which overspread ( vast sandy expanses. In the northern provinces, in the interior of Minas Geraes, in those of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and Parand, there are enormous quantities of iron, more or less decomposed, in the argillaceous deposits which cover the plains, and the slopes of hills. The richest mines, which do not constitute an inde- pendent formation, are lodes of more or less bulk, such as those of S. Joao d’Ypanema, and some in the provinces of Alagoas, Cearh. Rio Grande do Norte and Paraliyba. In Brazil there are iron mines, which, owing to the com- plete absence of pyrites, are incontestably superior to the most famous of Sweden. The magnetic ore of Brazil contains 72,5 % of iron ; the oligistic, the martite, and the best micaceous 70 % ; falling in the inferior qualities to 25 and 20 %. Iron, from its abundance and good quality, is by itself one of the most important elements of the wealth of the Empire ; in general, the deposits may be easily and econo- mically worked, being, for the most part, placed near ex- tensive forests, which, being cut down, constantly reappear within from 6 to 10 years, and which, therefore, form im- mense deposits of excellent fuel, near abundant streams and falls, which contitute immense water power for wor- king the machinery. In the province of Minas-Geraes there are private indi- viduals who, taking advantage of these favorable circum- stances, have obtained very profitable results from iron mining. A great deal of the iron consumed in the province of Minas-Geraes is extracted from its mines and wrought on the spot ; it is therefore to be supposed that this useful industry will, in a few more years, spread to many other places in the Empire. — 70 — The most important iron foundry of South-America is on the banks of the small river Ypanema, one of the affluents of the Sorocaba, in the province of S. Paulo ; it is 191 kilo- metres distant from the port of Santos, 125 from the capital of the province, and 25 from the base of the Aragoiaba mountain. This establishment possesses important and very valua- ble resources : ore of excellent quality, carbonate of lime for fluxes, refractory clay for building furnaces, sufficient water power for the more important engines, and very good forests. Having been created, and being maintained, by the State, Government has paid particular attention to it since 1865, when it was reorganized. The present director, who was commissioned to engage in Europe skilled labor for the works of the foundry, has returned bringing thirteen operatives with their families- These, though not numerous, will stimulate the aptitude, and the good taste of the native workmen, who number more than a hundred, and so contribute to the improve- ment of the personnel of the establishment, an effect which is already felt. The same solicitude was displayed by the director in the purchase of the machinery in Europe. This has arrived and has been set up. It may therefore be fairly surmised that the success of the foundry is assured. Government, wishing to realize the ends they had in view, with the reorganization of this establishment, have in- structed the director to supply the war arsenal of the ca- pital of the Empire with bar iron as required : a large quantity is already prepared, and shortly the supply will, in oil nnnVio Ivi 1 i -f ir lv/v rvn 1 n 6.G51.5 hectares, which can afford a daily supply of 15 me- trical tons of charcoal, a sufficient quantity to keep the furnaces and accessory workshops in constant activity. With the extension of the « Sorocabana » railway as far as the foundry, a grand future will open for that estab- lishment, not only with regard to military requirements, but to industry in general. Several buildings are finished, and others are being rapidly constructed and the fact, that all the materials employed in these works have been prepared in the estab- lishment is deserving of notice. The work-shops can already make any kind of machi- nery, and the rollers for making thin sheet iron, and the machines for drawing wire, fit for telegraphic lines, is being put up. Besides the quarries of excellent marble, which exist near the fabric, a coal mine was discovered at a distance of 33 kilometres in a direction W. N. W. ; a most im- portant fact. BUILDING STONES The whole of the vast southern coast of the Empire, com- prised between 12°, ond 30° S. Lat. is almost exclusively composed of primitive rock, such as granites of different kinds and colors ; gneiss, more os less foliated ; green and black diozites ; light and dark quartzites ; porphyries in large dikes injected into the older rock ; and, in some places, of beautiful varieties of syenite. In the interior, where most of these rocks, or rather all of them, cover large extents of ground, numerous species of ferruginous rock are met, as well as pure and ferruginous sandstone, lime stone fit for statuary, which receives the — 12 — the polish of true marble ; and, lastly, large deposits of plastic clay. Without going out of the bay of Rio de Janeiro ; from the rocks which surround it, a large collection may be obtained of dark porphyritic granites with rose feldspar crystals, such as the rocks of which the Armaqao hill, in Nitheroy, and that of the island of Paqueta are composed ; gray, slightly blotched with micaceous nodules, as those of the S. Matheus spur, near the Engenho Novo station ; and lastly, yellowish or rose-color, as those of Botafogo.. The Gneiss is sometines whitish, like those of the Santa Thereza hill; sometimes striped white and black, as those of S. Christovao, both suburbs of Rio-de-Janeiro. Dikes of variegated porphyry, of the form and nature of diorite, are met with on the slopes of the Corcovado, on Santos Rodrigues hill, at the fort of Villegaignon and in other places of the capital. The stone quarried from this rock, as well as the compact diorite, also embedded in most of the mountains of Rio de Janeiro, is employed in building garden walls, where it produces a most agreeable effect. For paving stones, which have to bear great weights, there is the granitoid diorite, an excessively hard rock, which paviors are loth to use in common pavements. Lime-stones. — Calcareous saccharoides, mostly eruptive from the gneiss, are found in many places. All the works of art, well known in the country under the name of Rio-Grande marbles, are made of the compact varieties of different colors, met with in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. A company has been organised to work the quarries of a place called Encruzilhada, containing marbles of diffe- rent colors, the most beautiful of which are green with va- riegated veins, very hard ; and the black, which takes a bril- \ liant polish. This, however, is not the only province which contains i marbles ; Minas-Geraes, many places in S. Paulo, some very near the capital’of Bahia and other provinces also pro- duce beautiful specimens. The most remarkable come from the municipality of S. Ro- > que, a few leagues from the capital of S. Paulo, where there ' is an establishment for working them. Not only do these > carbonates receive a high polish, but there are among them beautiful varieties, and the black rivals the best European. The lime employed for building purposes on the coast is almost all made from oyster shell taken from deposits known by the Indian -name of Sambaquis, from shoals formed by shell-fish, in creeks, or from the coral deposits found along the coast from the Abrolhos northward. / Fibrous gypsum appears in Minas Geraes, and in many of | the northen provinces. Alabaster is rarer, but some specimens from Bahia and the banks of the river S. Francisco are known. Cretaceous marbles, characterized by the fossils which [ accompany them, are found in the provinces of Maranhao, ; Parahyba and Pernambuco. CLAY \ Potter’s clay exists throughout the whole of the Em- ji pire. It comes from the decomposition of rocks, as yet undis- > turbed, and, therefore, the deposits correspond in bulk to i these rocks. Great quantities, however, are alluvial. Clay is extensively employed in tile and brick ma- ? king. There are in Brazil many white varieties which \ might be profitably employed in the manufacture of j earthen-ware. 10 These clays more or less white, or red, were much used by the primitive inhabitants, who called them Tabatinga ; in some provinces, specially in the interior, these clays are even now employed to paint buildings and walls ; and also in the manufacture of coarse pottery and for other purposes. Kaoline abounds in Rio de Janeiro and in most of the provinces, but more particularly in that of Parand, but it generaly contains many grains of the quartz with wihch it was blended, before decomposition took place. There are many varieties of refractory clay, principally in Ceard, from which excellent crucibles are made, such as those exhibited at the Champ de Mars in 1867, and analyzed by Descloiseaux and other competent persons, who recognized and at once certified their properties. MINERAL FUEL Coal. — Recent analyses prove the existence of true coal in some of the provinces. The proportion of carbon, and other circumstances confirm this fact, which is also demonstrated by the existence of fossil plants of the genera Catamites, Lepidodendron and Sigillaria, sure characteristics of carboniferous strata. Specimens of this fuel, taken from the mines of the provinces of Parana, Santa-Catharina, and Minas-Geraes are well known. In the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, the Candiota and the Arroio dos Ratos mines are the most important. The former was granted to an English company that is about to build a railway for conveying the coal. The latter, also belonging to an English company, has its railroad already built, and through it passes the coal now used, principally by the steamers that ply on lake dos Patos, and on some of the rivers of the province. Important deposits are also said to exist in the muni- cipalities of Cachoeira and Cagapava, the carboniferous basin extending from Camaqua as far as Caliy. The coal from Tubarao, Aranangua, and their neigh- borhood, in the province of Santa Catharina, aref o equally good quality. Concessions have been granted for working all these mines, and it is to he hoped that in a few years this other and great element of industry and civilization will contribute to increase the prosperity of Brazil. Lignites. — There are abundant deposits of lignites in nearly all the provinces ; the most deserving of notice are those of Santa Catharina, and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, of Marianna, in the province of Minas Geraes, and those on the banks of the river S. Fran- cisco for which mining grants have lately been made. Bituminous schists. — In most of the provinces bitu- minous schists have been discovered. The best known, however, and the richest deposits, are those on the southern coast of the province of Bahia, and those of Camaragibe, in that of Alagoas. The first are being worked by an important commercial firm of Bahia. Other grantees promote there the extraction of petro- leum on a large scale. Another grant was made, authorizing the exploration and extraction of these combustible materials in other provinces. Peat. — That from the abundant turbaries of the dis- tricts of Macalid and Campos has been tried in sugar ' boiling furnaces with very good results. Specimens of this were received from Quissama for the National Exhibition, and will be sent to Philadelphia. Graphite. — As yet this mineral is only found, in some abundance, in the province of Ceara, forming nodules in gneiss, or, in diminutive grains, in eruptive calcareous saccharoids. Sulphur. — As yet sulphur has only been discovered, as a sediment, in the sulphurous springs of the pro- vince of Rio Grande do Norte; in small quantities, in that of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul ; and abun- dantly, at the Ouro stream, in the municipality of Minas Novas, province of Minas Geraes, where it lias been successfully employed in the manufacture of gun- > powder. ) SALTS The most important of these is salt-petre which is abundantly formed in the beds of the calcareous caves of Minas Geraes, Piauhy, Ceara, Mato Grosso, and other provinces, chiefly from the city of Ouro Preto to the banks of the river S. Francisco, near the province of Bahia. Alum has appeared in large quantities in the provinces of Parana, Minas Geraes, Piauhy, Ceara and others, whose soils contain lignites and bituminous schists, from the pyritic nodulations of which great quantities of this salt are extracted. Rock salt is found in profusion in the provinces of Mato Grosso, and Goyaz, on the banks of the river Ivahy, in the province of Parand, in the centre of the province of Bahia, in Piauhy, and principally in Minas Geraes, as are also, though less abundantly, the sulphates of magnesia and soda, sometimes as an efflorescence, as is observed at Ceara, and on the Araripe and Ibiapaba ranges. The most curious saline efflorescence is undoubtedly that of chloride of sodium, in the gneiss of the Urubuterama range as far as the Meruoca, in that province. A similar phenomenon is observed in that of Piauhy, and also, it is said, on the mountains between Minas Geraes and Goyaz. From the Rio Negro salt is obtained from the stomapods which grow on the rocks, in spite of the strongest fresh water currents. MINERAL WATERS Brazil has many mineral springs of different kinds. As however the greater part have not yet been scienti- fically analysed, this notice cannot but be succinct. CHALYBEATE SPRINGS The waters are found almost every where in Brazil. In the capital of the Empire there are nine of these springs which have been examined, two of which are within the precincts of the city. — 78 — The most important, on account of the quantity of the iron which they contain, are those of Andarahy Pequeno, Riachuelo Street, Silva Manoel Street, Tijuca mountain, and lake Rodrigo de Fi'eitas. One of these is public, that on the slope of the Tijuca, one of the pleasantest and most healthy suburbs. Of late years, however, owing perhaps to the excavations which have been made in the neigh- borhood, the waters of this spring have diminished ; in compensation, however, others well saturated with iron have appeared lower down, on private grounds. In the capital of the province of Rio de Janeiro, there are also eleven springs which have been examined ; nine in the province of Minas Geraes, including a public one in the capital, two in the suburbs, and one on the high road from Ouro Preto to the city of Marianna ; many in the province of S. Paulo ; and some in the provinces of Mara- nhao, Piauhy, Rio Grande do Norte, Espirito Santo and others. All contain iron, as a carbonate, dissolved in an excess of carbonic acid, but the proportions vary very much. GASEOUS ALKALINE SPRINGS The more frequented are those called Aguas virtuosas, in the parish of Alambary, about 19 kil.m 8 metres from the city of Campanha, and 396 kilometres from the capital of tlio Empire ; and those formerly known by the name of Aguas Santas, now called Caxambu, in the municipality of Baependy, about 6 kil.™ 6 metres from the city of that name. They generally contain large quantities of free carbonic acid, and, in variable proportions, bicarbonate of potash. soda, lime, magnesia, silicic acid, and sesquioxide of iron. The use of these waters is being extended to the capital of the Empire, and to some provinces, being exported from the sources. Springs of the same nature were discovered in a recently ) formed hamlet called Combuquira, and for the last five or ) six years these have been frequented, principally by the 'i inhabitants of certain parts of the province of MinasGeraes. There are also some on an estate called Contendas, near ( the road from Alambary to Caxambu. All these springs belong to the province of Minas-Ge- \ raes. In the municipal district of Pajeii de Flores there are ialso some springs whose waters, in composition and effects, resemble the preceding. That the springs of Alambary and Caxambu might be- come available, the provincial government, with the aid of the respective municipal districts and of some private indi- viduals, have undertaken certain works, partly completed, not only with the view of preserving the waters perfectly pure, but also of affording accommodation to its numerous )’ frequenters. At Alambary, not only was a balneary erected, con- taining spacious furnished rooms and marble baths, but ) the course of a river, which ran too near the springs, and > impaired them during the floods was changed for a conside- \ rable distance. The efficacy of these waters in diseases of the digestive ( organs, and others analagous to these, has been incontes- \ tably proved by a long series of facts. Not far from the principal springs there is one of gaseous > sulphurous waters called « Paulina », which have been \ advantageously employed in cases of chronic liver com- These have not as yet been conveniently arranged, and therefore cannot be utilized in the wet season. The parish of Alambary not only possesses these wa- j ters, but also enjoys the advantage of a very mild and in- > contestably salubrious climate. I The journey from the capital of the Empire to those springs is now much easier than it was a few months back, owing to the opening of 211 kil.m2 metres more of the 4 th. section of the D. Pedro II R. R. , to the Boa Vista station, near the Picu mountains. This vast improvement is also of great advantage to the < ; waters of Caxambu, and to the gaseous waters of the pro- < vince of Minas, as this is the road generally taken by those ; ' persons who frequent those springs, from the capital of the Empire and province of Rio de Janeiro. At the hamlet of Caxambu equally celebrated for its healthy climate, several improvements were carried out in > 1868, in order to make visitors more confortable and to streets and squares have been opened and leveled, owing, in a geat measure, to the efforts of the inhabitants and of persons who have resided there. The waters of the river Bengo, which formerly rendered the springs impure from \ November to May, have been deviated, and a balneary has s been erected. Six small chalets have been built, as a protection to the same number of springs, which permit their use at all 5 seasons. j The springs so improved are : That of D. Pedro II, of very gaseous water, slightly alka- l plaints and uterine diseases. ( increase the efficacy of the waters. The place has been considerably ameliorated, new line, indicated internally and externally in cases of dys- pepsia, and chronic ailings of the stomach and bowels. That called D. Thereza, of very slightly chalybeate water, is recommended in obstructions of the viscera, chlorosis and other complaints. That of the Duke of Saxe, the water of which is very sul- phurous, rather gaseous, is prescribed, from its peculiar qualities, in cases of chronic lesions of the uterus, and nephrytic ailments. That of gaseous water, recommended for the same rea- sons, in cases of chronic bowel complaints, is known by the name of D. Leopoldina. That of Count d’Eu, of strongly chalybeate water, slightly gaseous, is employed with great advantage in cases of old anemia and chlorosis. The last, slightly gaseous and slightly chalybeate, is applied principally for chronic complaints of the liver and spleen, for nervous diseases in general, for chlorosis and other ailments. This is called D. Izabel. All these springs are near each other, and from their che- mical composition resemble those of Baden, Frankenhalde- Sph, Plombieres, Vais, Contexeville and others. SALINE SPRINGS The most worthy of notice are the waters of Itapicuru in the province of Bahia. They spring from mountains, near the river of that name, and run along its banks for about 72kil.m6 metres. The principal springs are : Mai d’Agua do Cipd, near the village of Soure ; Mosquete, at the villa of Itapicuru ; Rio Quente and others. 11 82 — They have been examined by orders of the general and provincial government. The temperature of the different springs varies from 35° to 41°. They contain carbonic acid, sulphate of soda, bi-carbo- nate of soda, chlorides of sodium, of calcuim, and of magne- sia, silicic acid, carbonates of lime, and of magnesia, and peroxide of iron in small quantities. They are laxative, and have been employed internally for jaundice, biliary calculi, and other diseases ; and in baths, for paralysis, chronic rheumatism, and herpes. The president of the province ordered the enlargement and the improvement of the building erected at the springs. At Santa Quiteria, in Cearh, there is also a saline spring, but as yet it has not been scientifically analyzed. SULPHUROUS SPRINGS There are several abundant springs at the villa of S. Do- mingos, on the boundaries of Minas-Geraes and Goyaz, of which mention is made by Ayres de Casal in his Corogra- phia, and by Auguste de Saint Hilaire in his works. They are applied in several diseases, and the first wri- ter affirms that they are much frequented by wild, and also by domestic animals, which drink it as a substitute for common salt, which is there excessively dear. There are also some of these springs on the banks of the Rio Yerde, in the province of Minas-Geraes, at S. Joao de Boa- Yista, in S. Paulo, and at Guarapuava, in ParanY THERMAL SPRINGS To this class belong those of Santa Catharina, known by the names of Caldas de Bittencourt, (1) with a temperature of 35° 5 ; Caldas do Norte do Cubatao, with 36°; Caldas do Sul do Cubatao with 45° ; and those of Tubarao. For those who wish to use these waters, there is, near the capital of the province, beyond the city of S. Jose, an establishment called Hospital das Caldas da Imperatriz, in a pleasant and healthy situation, near a brook of excellent water, shaded by a virgin forest. The way to this place may be easily improved into a carriage road. The water of these springs contains no sulphur, and if taken cold are very agreeable. They have been very successfully employed in many cases of paralysis, chronic rheumatism, pulmonary and vesical catharrs, and in herpes, if not inveterate. Some thermal springs have not, as yet, been analyzed ; such are those of the sertdo of Ssndo, in the province of Rio Grande do Norte, about 39 kil.m 6 metres from the city of Principe ; and those of Frade and Palmeiras, in the province of Mato Grosso. Their brackish and tepid waters promote perspiration. Those of Lagoa Santa in the province of Minas Geraes are in the same condition: they are luke-warm for an extent of 3 kil. m 2 metres by 1 kil.m 65 metres. Medicinal virtues are attributed to these waters. (1) Caldas— Thermal waters. — 84 — Some thermal springs were also lately discovered near Guarapuava in the province of Paranb. These have not as yet been chemically analyzed. ALKALINE THERMAL SPRINGS These springs abound in the vicinity of the very high Caldas range, in the district of Santa Cruz, province of Goyaz, at places named: Caldas Novas, Caldas Velhas, and Caldas de Pirapitinga. In the first named place thirteen springs are available for baths, and there are others in the bed of the corrego das Lavras. In the second there are very copious springs, which hurst from auriferous quartz rock and form a small stream. In the last the waters, springing from the soil, meet and form a pond 33 metres long, and from 3,3 to 4,4 metres wide, from the bottom of which many sources spring. The temperature of these waters is, in some places, so high, nearly 48°, that, before being used they must be cooled. By order of the president of Goyaz, they were analyzed in the year 1839, during which, in one month, about 110 persons made use of them. They were again examined in 1842, by order of Govern- ment, and though the tales of their effects in cases of ele- phanthiasis are considered as exaggerated, their efficacy in cases of dartres is undeniable, as also in chronic rheu- matism, scrophulous ulcers of long standing, and other diseases of the same nature. Chlorides predominate in their composition ; carbonates, and silicates of potash, soda, lime, magnesia and alumina l enter in small quantities. THERMAL SULPHUROUS SPRINGS The most frequented and the most important known, are undoubtedly those of the province of Minas Geraes, they are evidently alkaline and sulphurous, as has been verified by scientific analyses lately made. , They are 39 kil.m G metres distant from the town of Caldas and one of them, whose temperature is nearly 41° centi- grade, on the right bank of the Rio Verde, is G kil.m 6 metres s from that town. i There are three principal springs or wells : Pedro Bo- telho has the most water, its temperature is 46° ; Maria, of a temperature of 44°; and lastly, Macacos, which sepe- rates into two : one of a temperature of 41° and the other of 42°. This one contains the greatest quantity of bi- carbonate of soda. These waters have been very successfully employed for chronic rheumatism of all kinds, and for inveterate rheu- matic paralysis, for which it is very efficaceous, as well as for dartres, scrophulous diseases and others of a like nature. At present, between two and three thousand persons fre- quent these springs every year during the warm season. The Government of the province of Minas Geraes has contracted for the building and use of a balneary at Caldas, ■ the contractor being bound to keep there a medical practi- tioner to advise and prescribe for those who may wish to consult him ; nine bath rooms are also to be built, besides > some special ones for poor persons, and for those suffering ( from contagious diseases. These bath rooms are to be di- — 8G — vided into 1st, 2nd, and 3rd classes, the price of each bath to correspond to one of the classes ; minors under 14 years, to pay half. In the opinion of some Brazilian and foreign practitioners the springs of Caldas are perhaps the best in the world. They are situated at an altitude of 1.828.m8 above the level of the sea, and in one of the most salubrious parts of the Empire. The climate is the mildest and most agreable that can be desired. There are no swamps or marshes near the springs. The air is pure, dry, and transparent, neither morning fogs nor copious evening dews are known there. The sun appears suddenly in all its splendor, and a constant breeze clears the atmosphere. At Mount Siao, near the boundaries of S. Paulo and Minas, but on lands of the former, there is an abundant thermal spring, more or less of the same temperature, and, it is presumed, possessing the same virtues, as those of the municipality of Caldas. It bursts from a height of 1.524 metres above the level of the sea. At the town of Apody, in the province of Rio Grande do Norte, there is a thermal spring, said also to be sulphurous, whose waters, though of a lower tempe- rature than the preceding, have also been useful in skin diseases. At a place named Page, 2371 kil.m Gm from the city of Fortaleza, capital of Ceara, on an extensive plain, there are some thermal springs ; the temperature of the best of them being from 34° to 35° Centigrade. Sulphurous springs also exist at Crato, and at Tam- boril, in the same province. POPULATION The General Board of Statistics have not yet concluded the census of the Empire. The number given of 10,700,187 souls, is therefore a mere estimate. It is generally believed, with very good reason, that the final results of the census will give Brazil more than 12,000,000 inhabitants. In that number are included 2,000,000 wild aborigines and 1,470,567 slaves. Under the head « Catechising » mention will behnade of the aborigines. Slaves are humanely treated; as a rule, they are well fed, and live in good cabins. On most estates, they even have plots of ground which they cultivate, and they sell the products. They now work moderately, and, usually, only during the day, resting at night, when they receive religious in- struction or amuse themselves. They are allowed to keep their savings, and apply them to the purchase of their freedom. Slavery, imposed on Brazil by the force of circumstances, since the first colonial establishments, will disappear in a few years more. By virtue of the law of 1871, no more slaves are born in Brazil. When the law passed, freedom was granted to the slaves of the nation, who were all employed, either in the public service or in the Imperial household. For the protection of these beings', who were so unpre- pared to receive their freedom, the rural establishment of « S. Pedro de Alcantara » was founded in the province of Piauhy, where they are employed as laborers on the estates of the nation, and the children are educated. The erection of the building, destined for the residence of the minors, has commenced. An emancipation fund has been created, to be annually employed in liberating slaves belonging to private indivi- duals, in accordance with the regulations promulgated by Government and now in force. During the financial years 1871 to 1875 the sums devoted to this end amounted to 4,057:712$000. To this amount must be added the sums voted by the provincial governments, and those due to the philanthropy of the inhabitants, who every year contribute towards the emancipation of a considerable number of slaves. The law contains other stipulations which, in connexion with these, assure the result, which even owners desire — the extinction of slavery without endangering public security, or offending the rights of private property, gua- ranteed by the Constitution and the laws. From the end of the year 1871, up to the latest informa- tion received through the respective office, about 6,000 slaves have been liberated, including those which were freed by the law. Nearly 64,000 children, of slave women, have been born free in virtue of the same law. The following table shews the distribution of the popu- lation through the provinces into which the territory of Brazil is divided. 89 PROVINCES AND Municipality of the capital of the Empire 1' FREE I Population w > C/3 < H O H * Amazonas 56.631 979 57.610 Para 232.62 2 27 . 199 259.821 Maranhao 284.101 74.930 359.040 Piauhy 178.427 23.795 202.222 * Ceaia 689.773 31.913 721.686 * Rio Grande do Norte 220 959 13.020 233.979 Parahvba 341.643 20.914 362.557 * Pernambuco 752.511 89 028 841.539 * Alagdas 312.268 35.741 348.009 Sergipe 139.812 21.495 161.307 Bahia 1.120.846 162.295 1.283. 141 * Espirito Santo 59.478 22.659 82.137 * Municipio da capital do Imperio 226.033 48.939 274.972 Rio de Janeiro 456.850 270.726 727.576 * S. Paulo 680.742 156.612 837.354 * Parana 116.162 10.560 126.722 * Santa Catharina 144.818 14.984 159.802 S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. . 364.002 66.876 430.878 Minas Geraes 1.612.419 366.574 2.009.023 * Goyaz 149.743 10.652 160.395 Mato Grosso 53.750 6.667 60.417 8.223.620 1.476.567 9.700.187 1.000.000 1.000.000 Total 9.223.620 1.476.567 l07700Tl87 NOTE Thu population of the provinces marked with an asterisk (*) is the final result of the census, that of the others is that summed up to this day. 12 CONSTITUTION OF BRAZIL GOVERNMENT AND REIGNING DYNASTY The Empire of Brazil is free and independent since the 7th of September 1822. Its territory is divided into twenty large provinces, besides the municipal district of the city of S. Sebastiao do Rio de Janeiro, which is the capital of the Empire, and has a special administrative organization. The form of Government is monarchichal, hereditary, ; constitutional and representative. The date of its Political Constitution is the 25th of March, 1824 ; it is the oldest but two in the world. The reigning dynasty is that of Don Pedro I, Founder of the Empire, its first Emperor and Perpetual Defender, father of the present Emperor Don Pedro II. Don Pedro II, Constitutional Emperor and Perpetual ; Defender of Brazil, was born on the 2nd of December, 1825, , and succeeded to the throne of his father on the 7th of j April, 1831. He was declared of age, and assumed the reins of go- vernment on the 23rd of July, 1840. He was crowned on the 18th of July, 1841. He was married by proxy on the 30tho f May, 1843, and received the matrimonial benediction on the 4th of Sep- — 91 — H. M. the Empress, Donna Thereza Christina Maria, H. I. M’s august consort, daughter of H. M. Francis I, ' king of the Two Sicilies, was born on the 14th of March, 1822. From this marriage they had issue : H. I. H. Prince ? Don Affonso, born on the 23rd of February, 1845, deceased on the 11th of June, 1847 ; H. I. H. Prince Don Pedro, born on the 19th of July, 1848, deceased on the 10th of January 1850 ; H. I. H. Princess Donna Izabel, presumptive heiress l to the crown, born on the 29th of July, 1846; and H. H. Princess Donna Leopoldina, born on the 13th of July, 1847, ' deceased at Vienna on the 7th of February 1871. The Princess Donna Izabel married, on the 15th of October, 1864, H. R. H. Louis Philip Maria Ferdinand Gaston d’Orleans, Count d’Eu, a Marshal in the Brazilian army, and a Councillor of State ; from this marriage they have , issue : H. I. H. Don Pedro, first prince of Grao-Parh, born on the 15th of October of the present year. The Princess Donna Leopoldina married, on the 15th of ; October, 1864, H. R. H. Louis Augustus Maria Eudes of Coburg Gotha, Duke of Saxe, an Admiral in the Brazilian navy. From this marriage the issue are: the Princes, Don Pedro, born on the 18th of March, 1866 ; Don Augusto, born ! on the 5th of December, 1866 ; Don Jose, born on the 21st of May, 1869; and Don Luis, born on the 15th of September 1874. j ) ESTABLISHED RELIGION The religion of the Empire is the roman catholic apostolic. All other religions, however, are allowed with their domestic or private worship, in buildings consecrated — 92 — to that purpose, but without any external appearance of temples. In Brazil no one can he persecuted for his religious opinions. It is only exacted that public morals be not offended and that the State religion be respected, as the State respects other religions, and even punishes, with imprisonment and fine, those who may, from a religious motive, persecute, abuse, or jest with any religion established in the Empire ; the public prosecutor acting for the State. The powers of the State have often granted pecuniary aid towards the erection of houses o worship, and for the maintenance of ministers of other religions in the State colonies. The children of those who are not > catholics are not obliged to receive the religious in- struction given to the children of catholics. Tke marriages of non-calholics are respected in all their legal effects. This subject in now regulated by a law which guarantees the civil rights of their issue, these marriages being considered perfectly legitimate, whether they be realized in the Empire or out of it. ) POLITICAL POWERS AND NATIONAL REPRE- SENTATION ? The Constitution recognizes four political powers : the Legislative, the Moderator, the Executive, and the Ju- dicial. The Emperor and the General Assembly are the re- presentatives of the Nation. All the political powers in Brazil are delegations of the Nation. — 93 — LEGISLATIVE POWER The legislative power is delegated to the General As- sembly with the sanction of the Emperor. The General Assembly : Enacts laws, interprets them, suspends their execution, and repeals them ; Fixes the annual public expenditure, the ordinary and extraordinary military and naval forces, and assesses taxes; Resolves whatever doubts may arise with regard to the succession to the throne, elects a new dynasty in the event of the reigning one failing ; appoints a guardian to the Emperor, during his minority, should his father not have appointed one in his will. On the death of Emperor, or should a vacancy to the throne occur, the General Assembly institutes an enquiry into the acts of the last administration, in order to cor- rect any abuses which may have been introduced. It authorizes loans, and, in short, exereises other im- portant duties becoming the representatives of the national sovereignty. Bills may be proposed by any member of either Chamber. They may also emanate from the Executive Power, and be presented to the Chamber of Deputies by any of the ministers of State. These bills undergo examination by a committee, and, after becoming projects of law, they are discussed and voted in both Chambers, which may ap- prove them without alterations, amend or reject them. The sessions of the Chambers are public, except in cases where the the welfare of the State requires secrecy ; each session lasts four months, unless prorogued. — 94 The business is resolved by the absolute majority of votes of the members present. The members of both Chambers are inviolable with regard to opinions expressed by them in the exercise of their functions. No senator or deputy, so long as his mandate lasts, can be arrested, except in the act of committing a capital crime. The Emperor cannot employ any senator or deputy out of the Empire, neither can any of them continue in the exercise of their public employments, if that hinder their being present at the ordinary or extraordinary meeting of ) the General Assembly. In unforeseen cases, when the public safety or the welfare of the State requires that a senator or a deputy be employed ] out of the country, permission to that effect must be ob- tained from the respective Chamber. The deputies receive, during the session, a pecuniary subsidy, assessed at the preceding legislature, besides : which an indemnification for travelling expenses is gran- ted them. The subsidy of the senators is one half more than that of the deputies. If a proposition of one of the Chambers be completely thrown out by the other, it is considered as being rejected. If, however, the bill be amended and the Chamber that initiated it do not approve the amendments, but continue to consider the measure as advantageeus, it may demand a fusion of the two Chambers, and the result of the deli- beration is decisive. When the two Chambers meet in a General Assembly, the ; business is transacted in accordance with the regulations of the Chamber of Senators, save some clauses common to both i houses, the president of the Senate presiding; senators \ and deputies sit indiscriminately, the votes being taken promiscuously. The veto of the Moderator Power is suspensive during the two legislatures that follow that in which sanction shall have been denied to any law. If however the rejected bill be again presented in the same terms, it becomes law and produces all its effects, as if it had been sanctioned. If, within one month, the Emperor neither give nor re- fuse his sanction, the effect will be the same as if he had ;; expressly refused it, and the two legislatures above re- ferred to shall count from that date. CHAMBER OF DEPUTIES ) ) The Chamber of Deputies is elective and temporary. The elections are indirect and by provinces. Its special attributes are the initiative in taxes, in re- cruiting and in the choice of a new dynasty, in the event of the reigning one failing. In this Chamber also commence the examination of the > acts of the administration, and the correctiou of the abu- ses committed ; the examination of the projects of the exe- cutive power, and the decree for the impeachment of mi- nisters of State. It is elected every four years, which is the period which a legislature lasts. In the event of a dissolution, the legislature is considared at an end ; a new election takes place, and another Chamber exercises its mandate during four sessions. Senators are elected for life and by provinces, by spe- cial electors, and in triple lists, from which the Empe- ; ror selects one third. The number of senators cannot exceed one half of the deputies. The Princes of the Imperial Family are senators by right, on attaining the age of twenty one. The senate has the exclusive privilege of taking cog- nizance of individual offenses committed by members of the Imperial Family, ministers of State, and senators ; of the offenses committed by deputies, during the legislature ; and ; of enforcing the responsibility of ministers and councillors j of state, resolving itself, in all these cases, into a court l I of justice; of convoking the General Assembly, if the Exe- cutive Power fail to do so within two months after the period fixed by the Constitution. s MODERATOR POWER ( S > ) I > ) The moderator power (called in England the royal pre- rogative), is vested exclusively in the Emperor, as supreme head of the nation and its chief representative, that he may incessantly watch over the maintenance of the in- dependence, equilibrium, and harmony of the other politi- cal powers. The Emperor exercises this power : With relation to the Legislative Power ; selecting se- ? ( nators, convoking extraordinary Assemblies, proroguing, ( — 97 — or adjourning them, dissolving the chamber of deputies, when the safety of the State requires it, and sanction- ing the decrees and resolutions of the General Assembly, that they may become law. With relation to the Executive Power ; freely naming and dismissing ministers of State. With relation to the Judicial Power; suspending judges, pardoning and commuting sentences passed, after all the judicial resources have been exhausted, and granting am- nesties. The person of the Emperor is inviolable, sacred and irres- ponsible. EXEMPTIVE POWER The Emperor is the chief of the Executive Power, and exercises it through the secretaries of State. Its principal attributes are : Convoking the new ordinary General Assembly. Naming bishops, judges, and civil, military, and political functionaries of every condition or rank, created by general law. Endowing with ecclesiastical benefits. Declaring war, and making peace. Directing political negociations with foreign nations, forming offensive and defensive treaties of alliance, as well as of commerce and subsidy, subjecting them, when concluded, to the Gene al Assembly, as soon as the inte- rest and security of the State permit it. If the treaties concluded in time of peace, involve the ces- sion or the exchange of territory belonging to Brazil, or of possessions to which it may have a right, they cannot be ratified without the approval of the General Assembly. 13 Granting titles, honors, military orders and distinctions, as rewards for services rendered to the State ; pecuniary remunerations, however., depend on the approval of the General Assembly, when they are not determined by law. Granting or denying the piacit to apostolic councils or letters, and to all other ecclesiastical constitutions, with the previous approval of the General Assembly, if they contain general dispositions. Granting letters of naturalization, in accordance with the law. Issuing decrees, instructions, and regulations for the execution of the laws, and, in short, providing for the internal and external security of the State, in accordance with the Constitution. The ministers are seven, one for each department, name- ly : Empire, or Home, and Ecclesiastical ; Justice ; Fi- nance; Foreign; War; Marine; and Agriculture, Com- merce and Public works. One of the ministers is president ox the council. Besides the head office, each minister has under him se- veral subordinate departments. All the acts of the Executive Power essentially depend, for their execution, on the signature of the respective se- cretary of State. The ministers of State are responsible for their acts, and the plea of verbal or written orders from the Emperor does not save them. The process for defining and rendering effective this res- ponsibility is regulated by a special law. JUDICIAL POWER The judicial power is independent and is composed of jud- ges and jurymen. These decide on the fact; those apply the law. Judges are in perpetuity, and can only lose their charge in virtue of a sentence ; they may, however, be removed from one place to enother, for the time, and in the manner prescribed by law. They enjoy a privileged jurisdiction, and can only be suspended, having been previously heard, in order to be prosecuted. No authority can avocate pending suits, nor revive pro- secutions once ended. Judges are responsible for abuses of power, and preva- rications committed by them in the exercise of their jurisdiction. Any citizen has the right to impeach them, before the proper authorities, for subornation or extortion. In criminal cases, all the proceedings are public after committal for trial, and even before, if the accused be present. The judges hold public sittings, and the sessions of the jury are in open court, except when they retire for consultation. In civil suits and in penal cases civilly commenced, par- ties may appoint arbitrators, whose sentences are executed without appeal, if so stipulated. No one can bring a case into court before attemping a conciliation with his adversary before a justice of peace. The Emperor is a minor until the completion of his eigh- teenth year. During his minority the Regency belongs to his nearest relative in the order of succession, if more than 25 years of age. If there be no relative in these conditions, the Empire is to be governed by a temporary Regent, elected every four years, by the electoral body of the legislature, the sche- dules of the election being opened by the president of the se- nate, and the sum of the votes taken in the presence of the General Assembly. As long as the Regent does not take charge of his office, or during his impediment or absence, the minister and secretary of State for home affairs will govern, and, in his default, the minister of justice. If the Emperor, from any physical or moral cause be, by the majority of each of the Chambers, judged incapable of governing, the Prince Imperial, if he be more than 18 years old, will govern in his stead, as Regent. The Regent is irresponsible ; his authority is limited by the General Assembly. COUNCIL OF STATE This body is purely consultative, but is one of the most important auxiliaries of the high administration of the country. As a rule, consultations with the council of state are 101 optional, but the Emperor generally convokes them, when he intends using the prerogatives of the Moderator Power. It is also constantly consulted on the more important bran- ches of the public service confided to the seven ministers, and on conflicts of judiciary and administrative justice, disputes respecting prizes, others of a quasi contentious na- ture, affairs of contentious administrative justice, and on appeals to the crown against abuses committed by ecclesias- tical authorities, in cases not excepted by law. It is composed of twelve ordinary, and it may have as many as twelve extraordinary members, all named for life. They transact business, either divided into sections, or in full meetings presided by the Emperor. The Imperial Prince or Princess has a seat in the Coun- cil of State on attaining the age of 18; the Princes of the Imperial Family and the consort of the presumptive heiress to the crown, on being named. The ministers, though they take part in the discussions of the Council of State, neither vote, nor assist at the vo- ting, on the dissolution of the Chamber of Deputies or on a change of ministry. The crowrn office has not yet been organized throughout the Empire, in all the judiciary grades. The important functions of crown lawyer, however, are exercised before the respective courts, by the attorney for the crown, national sovereignty and treasury, a high placed functionary ; and also by the crown attorneys, in the provinces ; the public prosecutors ; and the auditors of the national treasury. CROWN OFFICE — 102 — ADMINISTRATION OF THE PROVINCES PRESIDENTS The government of each province is entrusted to a presi- dent appointed by the Executive Power ; he can be dis- missed when judged convenient for the public service. He is the chief authority of the province, and the imme- diate agent of the imperial government. By law he is empowered to give, or deny, his sanction to the laws and resolutions of the provincial assemblies : to suspend the execution of these laws, in certain cases ; to name and dismiss provincial, and suspend government func- tionaries. • PROVINCIAL ASSEMBLIES Each province has also a legislative assembly, that en- acts laws relative to purely provincial matters. The members are named for two years by the electors of the Chamber of Deputies. Their chief attributes are : To fix the provincial and municipal expenditure, the formor in the budget of the president of the province, and the latter in the budgets of the respective munici- palities ; to assess taxes for the provincial and municipal revenues, so long as these do not offend the general im- posts; to create and suppress provincial and municipal employments ; to decree public works of the same na- ture, and to fix the police force, based on information furnished by the president of the province. They may also : t; Legislate on public instruction, and respecting the proper establishments for proemoting it, not including superior instruction and other establishments created by general law ; on the civil, judiciary aud ecclesiastical division of the province ; on municipal economy and police, under the previous proposal of the municipal chambers. In their resolutions, they must respect the Constitution, the general laws aud public interests, international trea- ties and the rights of other provinces. They exercise, within the respective province, in con- nection with the government, the temporary faculty of suspending the public guarantees, in cases, and in the manner, prescribed by the Constitution. Their laws and resolutions depend on the sanction of the presidents of the province, save the exceptions ex- pressly declared in the Additional Act% in the manner and with the formalities determined by it. Their members are inviolable for the opinions expressed in the exercise of their functions ; during the ordinary and extraordinary sessions, and the prorogations, they receive a daily pecuniary subsidy, assessed by the res- pective assembly in the first session of the previous le- gislature. When they reside away from the place of meeting, they also receive an annual indemnification for travelling ex- penses, decreed in the same manner, and in proportion to the length of the journey. MUNICIPAL CHAMBERS ) Enery city or towe of the Empire has a municipal coun- cil elected directly every four years, charged with the economical and municipal regimen of the city or town. — 104 — These corporations have their own revenue, wherewith to defray the necessary expenses. Organic law regulates the exercise of the purely muni- cipal functions, the police enactments and the application of the revenue. They are composed of nine members in the cities, and of seven in towns : they are presided by the member who obtains most votes. The municipal conncils, according to the Additional Act, have the right to propose the means of defraying the ex- penses of their municipalites. In the provinces they are subordinate to the respective provincial assemblies ; and, in the capital of the Empire, to the Government. Each parish has, at least, one justice of the peace, before whom conciliatory measures must be assayed by those who intend to litigate. The Constitution guarantees the inviolability of civil and political rights based on the liberty, the security and the property of Brazilian citizens. No citizen is bound to do or leave undone any thing, unless it be in virtue of the law. Every one may commnnicate his opinions by words, or through the press, independent of previous censure ; on RIGHTS OF BRAZILIANS LIBERTY OF THE SUBJECT LIBERTY OF THOUGHT — 105 — condition that he answer for the abuses he may commit in the exercise of these rights, in the cases, and in the form prescribed in law. LIBERTY OF CONSCIENCE No one can be oppressed for his religious opinions. LIBERTY OF TRAVEL AND OF RESIDENCE Any one may remain in the Empire or leave it at plea- sure, taking his property with him, tli3 police regulations being observed, and the rights of third parties being gua- ranteed. be forbidden, unless it be immoral or prejudicial to the health and safety of the citizens. Trades Corporations, their judges, clerks, secretaries and masters were abolished by the Constitution. The dwelling of the citizen is an inviolable asylum into which no one can enter at night without his consent, un- less to save him from fire or flood. During the day time, it can only be entered in the cases, and in the manner, pres- ’ cribed by law. No one can be imprisoned before being committed for / trial, except in cases determined by law, and in these cases, the authorities are bound to deliver to the prisoner, within a short period, a signed note setting forth the reason of his arrest, the name of his accuser, and those of the witnesses against him ; and even after being committed for trial, no > LIBERTY OF INDUSTRY No kind of work, culture, industry or commerce can RIGHTS OF THE CITIZEN — 106 — one can be kept in prison, if he find bail, in the cases in which this is permitted by law, and which are mostly for minor offenses. Unless in flagrante delicto, no one can be arrested except i on the written order of the proper authority, under penalty > of the responsibility of the magistrate who may issue an ( arbitrary order, and of those who may have demanded it. ' No sentence can be passed except by the proper authority, in virtue of a previous law, and in the form prescribed. Neither the penalty, nor the infamy of the culprit, how- ever dishonorable the crime may be, goes beyond the person ■ of the delinquent ; confiscation is absolute^ forbidden. have terminated, and the case, with every necessary expla- nation, has been taken before the Moderator power, to re- > solve whether the culprit ought to be pardoned, or the 1 punishment commuted, as is generally the case. EQUALITY OF RIGHTS All persons are equal in the eyes the law, either to i protect or to punish, and the Constitution guarantees re- compenses proportional to civil or military services, and - to the merits of each individual ; it also guarantees the \ right to these rewards, when acquired in virtue of the ! law. ( Every citizen has a right to be admitted to public \ — 107 — civil or military employments, with no other difference than that due to his talents and virtues. No one is exempt from contributing to the expendi- ture of the State, in proportion to his means. In Brazil there are no privileges but those which are based on public utility, or are connected with charges held, or with special commissions in civil or criminal cases, except those which, from their nature, and according to law, belong to special courts. Titles to property are guaranteed in all their pleni- tude; and, if the welfare of the public, legally veri- fied, require that Government should dispose of any pri- vate property, its value is always previously paid. Special regulations specify the cases, in which this only exception to the plenitude of right of property may hap- pen, and declare the manner in which the indemnification is to be paid. The public debt is also guaranteed. \ Rights of inventors are guaranteed. The law assures them an exclusive privilege for not over twenty years. To the introducer of any useful in- dustry the law also grants a pecuniary premium pro- portional to its importance; this, however, government has usually substituted by a privilege dependent on the approval of the General Assembly. TITLES TO PROPERTY IN GENERAL PATENT RIGHTS SECRECY OF LETTERS The secrecy of letters is inviolable, and the Post Office ' administration is responsible for any abuse committed in the department. { RIGHT TO PETITION, AND OTHER GUARANTEES The Constitution also guarantees : The right of presenting claims, petitions or complaints in writing, to the Legislative and to the Executive Powers; The right to represent against any infraction of the the Constitution, and of petitioning, before the proper \ authority, for the effective responsibility of the in- ] fractors ; The right to public aid ; Gratuitous primary instruction, and the foundation of ; Schools and universities. Even in cases of rebellion, or invasion by an enemy, when the security of the State requires that for a fixed period some of the formalites established in favor of j liberty be dispensed with, this can only be done in virtue of a special enactment of the Legislative Power. If, however, the General Assembly be not sitting at : the time, and the State be in danger, Government may take this step, as a temporary and indispensable measure, under the obligation of rendering an account of their proceeding to the General Assembly at the first meet- ing- The same measure, and with the same restrictions, may be taken in the provinces, as already said, by the legis- lative assemblies. No article of the Constitution, concerning the limits, and the respective attributes of the political powers, or the individual or political rights of citizens can be altered by an ordinary law. The reform depends on substantial formalities exacted by the Constitution. Only after its necessity is recognized in one legislature, is a law enacted to the effect, that the electors of the deputies of the following legislature confer on these spe- cial powers to make the proposed alteration ; and it is in the new legislature that the question is resolved, the discussion being limited exclusively to the article which the former law declared alterable. DIVISION OF THE EMPIRE ) ■ POLITICAL DIVISION ) > For the election of senators, deputies, members of the provincial assemblies, and of the regent, each province is divided into electoral colleges formed of parochial electors. These are named in parochial assemblies, composed of voters qualified annually, and who also elect the muni- cipal councils and the justices of the peace. In the election for senators, and in that of the deputies for t lie province of Rio de Janeiro, the electors of the capital of the Empire vote promiscuously with those of the province, and the sum of the votes is taken by the res- pective municipal chamber. The electoral districts are divided into parochial as- semblies. According to official statistics there are 432 districts and 1,572 parochial assemblies. There are 1.093,054 voters, and 20,016 electors. There are 578 members of the provincial assemblies, 122 members of the chamber of deputies, and 58 senators. The number of electors is to that of voters in the ; proportion of 1:54,8. The member of a provinci il assembly is to the electors ; as 1 :34. 6, and to the voters as 1 : 1 , 89 1 . 1 . — Ill — The member of the Chamber of Deputies is to the elec- tors as 1 : 164. 1, and to the voters as 1:8,959.5. The senators are to the electors as 1:345,1, and to the voters as 1:18,845,7. These numbers, however, are subject to alteration, in consequence of the new law which reformed the electoral process. This law, besides a better process for the qualification of voters, establishes parliamentary, and extends electoral, incompatibilities, and establishes the principle of the repre- sentation of minorities. In virtue of this law, bishops, in their dioceses, cannot be elected members of the General Legislative Assembly. Neither can the following public functionaries be re- turned as members of the provincial legislative assem- blies, as deputies to the General Assembly, or as Senators, for the provinces, in which they exercise jurisdiction : Presidents of provinces, and their secretaries. Capitular vicars, governors of bishoprics, general vicars, provisors and foraneous vicars ; Military commandants, commanders in chief of naval or land forces, chiefs of naval stations, captains of ports, mi- litary commanders, and commanders of police corps ; Inspectors of treasuries, or of provincial or general fiscal departments, the respective fiscal attorneys, and inspec- tors of custom houses. Judges of the courts of appeal, district judges, their substitutes, municipal and orphan’s judges, chiefs of police their delegates and sub-delegates, crown attorneys and curators general of orphans ; Inspectors or directors general of public instruction. 112 Electoral incompatibility is established with regard to tho following : The above mentioned functionaries, and their legal sub- stitutes, who may have exercised the respective duties within six months, prior to the secondary election ; The substitutes, who may have exercised the duties within six months, and their predecessors in the order of substitution, who ought to, or might, have assumed the duties ; The acting functionaries, from the date of the accep- tance of the public employment or function, until six months after removal, promotion, resignation or dismissal. The period of six months above referred to is reduced to three months, in the event of a dissolution of the Cham- ber of Deputies. Neither can the following functionaries be elected mem- bers of the provincial assemblies : deputies, and senators, contractors, directors, farmers, or persons interested in the farming, of public revenues or public works, in those provinces in which the respective contracts or farmings are realized and during the period of their execution. Save the restriction of art. 34 of the Constitution, during the legislature, and for six months after, no deputy can contract for any public work, nor can he be appointed to any remunerated general or provincial employment or commission. Excepting : 1st. promotion by seniority ; 2nd the charge of councillor of State , 3rd. presidencies of provinces , special diplomatic missions and military em- ployments ; 4th. the charge of bishop. The prohibition with regard to employments (excepting promotion by seniority), commissions, privileges, contracts, for public works, and the farming of public revenues, is applicable to the members of provincial legislative assem- blies, with regard to the government of the province. ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISION The Brazilian territory is administratively divided into 20 provinces, containing 685 municipalities, including that of the capital of the Empire. They contain 225 cities, 460 towns, 1,553 parishes and 19 curacies. Peculiar circumstances, common in a new country such as Brazil, constantly alter statistical numbers, new muni- cipalities and parishes being created, and others beco- ming extinct. ECCLESIASTICAL DIVISION The ecclesiastical jurisdiction of the Empire is exercised in 12 dioceses, one of which is the metropolitan arch- bishopric; they are subdivided into 19 general vicarages, 236 foraneous vicarages or ecclesiastical districts, 1.553 parishes and 19 curacies. The metropolitan archbishopric of Bahia, comprises the provinces of Bahia and Sergipe, and is divided into one general vicarage, 24 foraneous vicarages, 203 parishes and one curacy. The metropolitan court of appeal, composed of judges of appeal ( clesembargadores ) who pass final judgement on ecclesiastical suits, is established in the diocese of Bahia. It has two seminaries, higher and lower, where huma- nities and ecclesiastical and canonical sciences are taught to those who study for the priesthood. 15 The bishopric of Olinda, comprises the provinces of Per- nambuco, Alagdas, Parahyba, and Rio Grande do Norte. Its divisions are : one general vicarage, 170 parishes and one curacy. It has a seminary for preparatory studies and for ecclesiastical sciences. The bishopric of Ceara is limited to the province of that name, and contains one general vicarage and 61 parishes ; the foraneous vicarages have not yet been created : it has a higher and a lower seminary. The bishopric of S. Luiz do Maranhao comprises the pro- vinces of Maranhao and Piauhy ; it is divided into two ge- neral vicarages, 27 foraneous vicarages, 84 parishes and two seminaries, a higher and a lower, for the education of aspirants to the priesthood. The Amazonian region, comprising the provinces of Parh and Amazonas, forms the diocese of Bethlem do Para. It is divided into three general vicarages, 15 foraneous vicara- ges and 100 parishes. It has two lower seminaries, one in the city of Bethlem, the see of the bishopric, and another in the capital of the province of Amazonas. The diocese of S. Sebastiao comprises the municipality of the capital of the Empire, and the provinces of Rio de Ja- neiro, Espirito Santo, Santa Catharina, and the eastern portion of Minas-Geraes. It contains one general vicarage, 28 foraneous vicara- ges, 230 parishes, and 2 curacies. In the two seminaries, higher and lower, aspirants to priesthood are instructed ; the preparatory courses, and those of theological sciences have lately been reorganized. The province of Minas Geraes, exclusive of the territory belonging to the bishoprics of Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo and Goyaz, is divided into two dioceses. That of Marianna, with a higher and a lower seminary, embraces the central part of the province, with one general vicarage, 25 foraneous vicarages, 232 parishes and 2 cu- racies. That of Diamantina is circumscribed to the northern portion of Minas Geraes, and is divided into one general yicarage, 8 foraneous vicarages, and 73 parishes. The diocese of S. Paulo is formed of the province of the same name, of that of Paranh, and of the southern portion of Minas Geraes, with one general vicarage, 48 parishes and two curacies. It has two seminaries, a higher and a lower. The province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul forms the diocese of the same name. It is subdivided inte one general vicarage, 38 foraneous vicarages, 76 parishes and 10 curacies. Its lower seminary will be opened as soon as the building destined for its use is finished. The bishopric of Goyaz comprises the province of the same name, and the western portion of that of Minas Geraes. It has five general vicarages, 84 parishes, and a lower seminary. The diocese of Cuyaba, circumscribed to the province of Mato Grosso, possesses one general vicarage, 6 foraneous vicarages, 16 parishes and one lower seminary. In the Empire there are 23 Franciscan monasteries, and one hospice ; 13 Carmelite monasteries, and two hospices ; and 1 1 Benedictine monasteries ; besides 6 nunneries. There are 71 capuchin missionaries, with a hospice in the capital of the Empire, which is the seat of the prefect ; in the provinces there are five more hospices. Lastly, the general committee of the Holy Land, com- missioned to beg alms for the preservation of the Holy Places, in Jerusalem ; it has hospices in many parts of — 116 — the Empire for the reception of the members of the bro- therhood, whose number varies. By a law of 1870, the conversion of the real property of these orders into government stock was determined, subject to the formalities prescribed by the said law. JUDICIARY DIVISION For the distribution of justice, the Empire is divided into large judiciary districts each of which has a court of appeal [Tribunal de Relagdo ) that passes final sentence on the civil and criminal cases, which exceed the jurisdiction of the district judges. In the more important provinces there are Boards of Trade, ( Tribunaes de Commercio) which are to receive a new organization, in virtue of a late law, which limits their functions to purely administrative matters. The courts of appeal also judge the crimes committed by the district judges, and the responsibility of military commandants. The only appeal from the decisions of these courts, is to the Supreme Court of Justice, that can grant a revision only in cases of notorious injustice, or of manifest nullity of the process, in which case it appoints another court of the same class and nature as that from whose decision an appeal is made. The Supreme Court of Justice represents the highest rank of Brazilian magistrature, and its ministers, in accor- dance with the Constitution, are named concillors. It takes cognizance of the crimes and official errors of its own members, of those of the members ( dezembargadores ) of the courts of appeal, of the diplomatic corps, and pre- / sidents of provinces: it prosecutes and judges archbishops and bishops, for crimes not purely spiritual, and decides on conflicts of jurisdiction, and on the competency of the | courts of appeal. It is also incumbent on it to interpret civil, commer- \ cial, and criminal laws, when, in their execution, any I doubts occur, manifested by divergent judgements of the same court, of the courts of appeal and of district judges, in cases within their jurisdiction. These interpretations are ruled by two thirds of the whole number of the members of the court, the courts of appeal being previously consulted, and are registered in a book, are numbered, and are incorporated in the legislative > ) acts of each year, with the force of law, which can only / j cease when repealed by the Legislative power. The members sit collectively, and can exercise no other employment, except that of member of the Legislative body, neither can they accumulate salaries. The members are 17 and the government every three years appoints one of them as president. They are chosen by seniority from among the members of the courts of appeal. The law, lately enacted, decreed that there shall be eleven courts of appeal, in the following provinces : Para and Amazonas ; Maranhao and Piauhy ; Ceara and Rio Grande do Norte ; Pernambuco, Parahyba and Alagoas ; Bahia and Sergipe; the municipality of the capital, and pro- vinces of Rio de Janeiro and Espirito Santo ; S. Paulo and Parana ; S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and Santa Catha- rina ; Minas Geraes ; Mato Grosso ; Goyaz. These courts of appeal have their seats in the following, cities : the 1st, in the city of Bethem, capital of Para ; the 2nd, in that of S. Luiz, capital of Maranhao ; the 3rd, — 118 — in that of Fortaleza, capital of Ceara; the 4th, in that of Recife, capital of Pernambuco ; the 5th, in that of S. Salvador, capital of Bahia; the 6th, in that of S. Se- ( bastiao, capital of the Empire ; the 7th, in that of S. Paulo, of Porto-Alegre, capital of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul; the 9th, in that of Ouro Preto, capital of Minas Geraes ; the 10th, in that of Cuyabd, capital of Mato Grosso; \ the 11th, in that of Goyaz, capital of the province of the same name. All these courts have the same organization, withthe j exception of the number of judges ; they all have a pre- sident and a crown lawyer who is also the crown attorney. ; These are appointed by Government from among the mem- < hers of the court of appeal, and these members are chosen l from the 15 senior district judges. According to the new law the court of appeal of the ? capital of the Empire has 17 judges ; those of Bahia, and s Pernambuco 11 ; those of Para, Maranhao, Ceara, S. Paulo, To judge cases in the first instance, and, in second instance, those that do not exceed the value determined in law, district judges (juizcs cle direiio ) were created, who administer justice in territorial circumscriptions called comarcas, and prosecute unprivileged functionaries for crimes of responsibility. In the Empire there are 343 districts ( comarcas ) di- vided into three classes, besides 33 special judges all of the same grade; of these, eleven, are in special dis- \ tricts for the quicker expedition of civil suits ; five for < orphanologic matters ; five for commercial affairs ; four probate judges, with jurisdiction, also, over brotherhoods; capital of the province of the same name ; the 8th, in that Rio Grande do Sul, aud Minas Geraes, 7, and those of Mato Grosso and Goyaz 5 each. — 119 — and three who judge cases in which the National Treasury is interested. Of the other charges, two are judges who take cognizance, in the first instance, of law matters rela- ting to the army ; and one, of those relating to the navy. No one can be named district judge ( juiz cle clireito) until he has exercised the functions of municipal judge du- ring four years; neither can a distr'ct judge of the first entrance ( primeira entrancia) pass to the next class before the lapse of an equal period, or from this to the third en- trance before serving three years. District judges cannot be removed to an inferior charge or district, except at their own request, nor even to those of an equal class, except in the following cases : 1 st. Of rebellion, civil or foreign war, sedition or insur- rection in the province, or conspiracy within the district. 2nd. When the president of the province represents the ne- cessity of such a step, based on specified motives of public utility. In this case the Council of State must be heard, as well as the magistrate, when this shall not be inexpedient, he however being informed of the motive of his removal, The new law which altered the judiciary organization created in special districts substitutes of the district judges who exercise, simultaneously with these, part of their juris- diction, which becomes plenary only in the absence of the district judges. These substitute each other in the districts. In the capital of the Empire there are nine substitutes ; in the province of Rio de Janeiro, two ; in that of Bahia, six; in that of Pernambuco, eight; in that of Maranhao, five; in that of Ceara, two ; in that of Parh, two ; in that of Rio Grande do Sul, four ; in that of S. Paulo two ; in that of Minas Geraes, two ; in that of Goyaz, one ; in that of Mato- Grosso, one. The substitutes are chosen by Government, from among vyjW, doctors or batchelors in jurisprudence, who have taken their degrees in the faculties of the Empire, and who have prac- tised two years as lawyers ; they serve for four years with the same conditions as the municipal judges. The districts are divided into 190 of the first or lowest entrance, 114 of the second, ond 39 of the third or highest class. These districts are divided into circuits ( tennos ,) which can comprise one or more municipalities. In each circuit there is a municipal judge who, besides other attributes, has jurisdiction in criminal cases of smuggling, when not in flagrante delicto, and, in those of breaking bonds to keep the peace ; in civil suits, he pre- pares the proceedings for the district judge to sentence, and prepares and judges cases of the value of more than 100$ and not over 500$000. In circuits which have municipal judges, this jurisdiction belongs to them. There are 452 circuits in the Empire, with the same number of municipal judges, chosen by government from among the doctors or bachelors of jurisprudence, who have taken a degree in the faculties of the Empire, or have prac- tised for one year as lawyers. The following table shews the number of districts, their classes, special districts and circuits in each province. — 121 — PROVINCES 3rd i entrance 1 )ISTR1CT parochial district, is the president of the parochial assem- blies for the elections of electors, justices of the peace and members of the municipal councils, he is also the presi- > < dent, ad interim, of the electoral colleges. I The judgement by jury, as prescribed by the constitu- tion, is, for the present, established only for criminal cases. / To this end every district has a court composed of judges < of fact, called jury-men, presided by the district judge. The police of Brazil is under the charge of the minister ’ of justice, and has a special organization, defined by law. <; In the capital of the Empire, and in those of the provinces, > it is exercised by a chief, appointed by Government, from among the magistrates, doctors, or bachelors in jurispru- ( dence, who have four years practice as lawyers, or of administration. \ In the municipality of the capital of the Empire there are three delegates of police, and in the provinces, gene- rally, one in each municipality ; in each parish or police district there is a sub-delegate, and in each ward an ins- pector. r> PUBLIC FORCE Every Brazilian is bound to take up arras in the defence of the Empire. The public force consists of : the army, and the police corps. The officers of the array and navy can only lose their rank by sentence. ARMY The army is composed of special corps, moveable corps, and garrison corps, in all 16,055 men, officers included. The artillery apprentices, who exceed 500, are not com- puted in this number. By the last law, the land forces for the year 1875 — 1876, were fixed at 16,000 rank and file in ordinary circumstances, and at 22,000 in extraordinary circums- tances. The special corps are : staff of general officers, and en- gineers, staff officers of first, and second class, the me- dical, and the ecclesiatical corps. The moveable corps belong to the three branches of mi- litary service. Tho garrison corps are on duty in the provinces ; in some of these, however, there are also forces of the moveable corps. The Empire maintains a brigade of about 1,500 men of three branches of the service in the Republic of Paraguay. Considerable pains have been taken in the choice of the most perfect arms ; lately, the improved Comblain rifle has been adopted for the infantry, the Krupp and the Whitworth guns for the artillery, the Winchester car- bine and the Lefaucheux revolver for the cavalary, be- sides the new swords and bayonets, used by the different corps. NATIONAL GUARD The national guard of the Empire in 1873 numbered 741,782 guards, of which 616,596 belonged to the active force, and 125, 186 to the reserve. There were 3,343 guards serving in detachments, as auxiliaries to the regular troops. It was divided into 274 district commands ( commandos superiores), comprising : Cavalry, with 96 squadrons, 112 corps, and 10 com- panies. Artillery, with 11 battalions, 9 sections of battalions, 15 companies, and one detached section. Infantry, with 278 battalions, 144 sections of batta- lions, 97 companies and 57 sections of detached companies. In that year, however, the law which reformed the national guard, and gave it a new organization was pub- lished ; it abolished the garrison and police service, which was a burthen on the civic militia, which had been established for the maintenance of order under ex- traordinary circumstances. In order that the new law may be carried into exe- cution, government ordered a qualification of guards in the capital of the Empire, and in the provinces, instruc- ting the presidents to propose a more convenient division of districts for the new commands. — 125 The police service of the capital of the Empire is done by the corps of city guards (guardas-urbanos,) which ought to number 570 men, officers included. There is also another corps, with a military organi- zation, numbering 560 men, divided into three companies !of infantry, and three of cavalry, under the command of a colonel. The police service of the provinces is annually fixed by the respective assemblies. According to the latest information the police force of the Empire is as follows : Parh 425 Maranhao , 663 Piauhy 120 Cearh 600 Rio Grande do Norte 115 Parahyba 441 Pernambuco 1,400 Alagoas 400 Sergipe 220 Bahia 900 Espirito Santo 119 Rio de Janeiro 800 S. Paulo 7 964 Paranh . . , 202 Santa Catharina 221 Rio Grande do Sul 700 Minas Geraes , 1,200 Goyaz 110 Mato-Grosso 62 9,662 No mention is made of the police force of the province of Amazonas, as it was only recently created by the pro- vincial assembly, and is not yet organized. FIRE BRIGADE c l ) > { ? ) l For the extinction of fires, there is in the capital of the Empire a corps of 129 firemen, including the director gene- ral, officers, instructors, chiefs of sections and captains of pumps ; this corps has rendered good service. Government continues to supply the corps with all the latest improvements introduced into this service in the great capitals, where it is best performed. This corps, to a certain extent, is an aid to the police force. MILITARY LEGISLATION A committee, formed of competent persons and presided by H. R. H. Marshal Count d’Eu is appointed to reform the military legislation, by proposing measures that may tend to improve it. The members of this committee have evinced their zeal by the organization of several weighty projects, the most important of which are the following : 1 st. That on recruiting, which was the basis of the pro- ject which became law, in virtue of which enlisting for the army and navy is done by the engagement, and re-engage- ment of volunteers, and in default of these, by drawings of the Brazilian citizens annually qualified. The new law abolished the former vexatious system, dis- tributing at the same time, and as equally as possible, the burthen to which all Brazilians are subject. 2 nd. That of the military penal code, and the plan for } ' reorganizing the medical corps, already sent by Govern- ) ment to the Chamber of Deputies. 3 rd. The project of the army discipline code, which being modified in accordance with the new recruiting law, was adopted by Government under the name of « Discipli- nary regulations for the army in time of peace. » 4 th. That of the law which regulates the half pay of officers. { 5 th. That on which was based the law which increased ■ the pay of the officers and men of the army. 6 th. That of the reorganization of the ecclesiastical ; branch of the service, on which were based the new regula- tions published by government under the name of « Army ) Ecclesiastical corps, » whose chief is a chaplain with the \ rank of colonel. s ) > ) ( ) ? ) ? < WAR ARSENALS WAR ARSENALS, AND ARMY COMMISSARIAT OF STORES The war arsenals of the capital and of the provin- ces were recently reorganized.; and in virtue of the reform then effected, the war arsenal, and the army commissariat of stores are established in the capital of the Empire. The manufacture of arms belongs to the arsenal ; for the present however they are only repaired and altered >n the workshops to be mentioned hereafter ; the arse- nal also manufactures the uniforms, equipment, straps, engines, and instruments required by the army, and by the forts, and military establishments, and has the care of the small arms and the ordnance. The corps of military operatives, the company of mi- litary artisans and the military museum pertain to the arsenal. The commissariat of stores has charge of the vessels belonging to the arsenal, and of every thing that relates to the acquisition, reception, keeping and distribution of raw material, and of the products destined for the service. The direction of the arsenal of the capital is confided to a > director, a superior officer of a scientific branch of the army; — 129 — with a sub-director in the same position, and other military functionaries of various ranks. The war arsenal of the capital, has, generally, employed in the workshops, about 600 operatives ; this number in extraordinary emergencies has been raised to 1.000. The corps of military operatives ; is divided into two companies of 100 men each, besides the commander and inferiors ; this number may be increased according to the exigencies of the service. The company of arti sans numbers 200 minors, between 7 and 16 years of age, in four divisions of 50 apprentices each, with the necessary masters, chaplain and and medical attendant who superintends the infirmary. The minor, who, having proved his poverty and the other necessary conditions, is admitted into the company, remains till he is able to pass to the corps of military operatives; those, however, who prefer a military career are allowed to pass to the artillery apprentices. By special favor, and after payment of the expenses incurred with their instruction, they may obtain their discharge, and freely embrace any other profession or trade. The State defrays all the expenses of board, clothing teaching and medical treatment. Besides military exercises, the minors are taught reading, writing and elementary arithmetic, elementary geo- metrical drawing, geometry, practical mechanics, music, gymnastics, and the trades relating to the manufature of arms. Government is authorized, in extraordinary circumstan- ces, to create temporary commissariats of stores in the provinces. In those provinces where there is no war arsenal, there 17 is a deposit of military stores under the charge of an officer in the army. These store-houses serve for the reception and guard of all the war material sent by the commissariat of the capital, or any of the war arsenals, to be supplied to the army corps, fixed companies or fortresses, Immediately under the war arsenal of the capital is the manufactory of arms of the fortress of Conceicao, which is specially destined to repair and alter the old flintlocks into percussion locks. It can also rifle smooth-bore muskets. There is also on the establishment a primary school. The following provinces have war arsenals : Parh, Per- nambuco, Bahia, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and Mato Grosso ; the directors of these establishements and their assistants have to do duty as chief and assistants of the army commissariat of stores, and also to direct the service, which in the capital, pertains to the war arsenal. PYROTECHNIC LABORATORIES The war department has laboratories of this kind in the municipality of the capital of the Empire, and in the pro- vinces which have arsenals. The most important of these is that at Campinho, distant 26 kilm. 200m from the centre of the city of Rio de Janeiro, and 929 metres from the Cascadura station of the Don Pedro II railroad, to which communication is open by a branch, and by the high road to Santa Cruz. It manufactures am- munition and all kinds of military stores for the army and fortresses; it covers an area of 86,400 square metres. At present it contains 21 work-shops, of which 13 are pyrotechnic and 8 are auxiliary. The establishment has 42 buildings, of which 15 are occupied by the work- shops, 16 by their dependencies, and by the administation, — 131 — which comprises the barracks, the military infirmary, the chapel, the station of the branch railroad, and the powder magazine ; II are occupied by the employes. As a rule, in time of peace, from 110 to 120 operatives are employed, who prepare daily : Metal cartridges (Comblain) 15,000 Friction tubes 200 Percussion fuses 50 Wooden fuses 100 Concussion fuses ’ 50 Congreve rockets 10 Percussion caps for all kind of cartridges .... 20,000 Paper cartridges 10,000 A great part of the work is done by the most improved machinery. The laboratories of the provinces do the same work as that of Campinho, but on a smaller scale according to the exigencies of the service, and the supply of ammunition by the commissariat of the capital. GUN POWDER MILLS, AND IRON FOUNDRY The gunpowder mill is established at some distance from any habitation, at the foot of the Estrella mountains, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, near a port and at a very short distance from the principal station of the railroad that ter- minates at the port of Mauh ; it is fitted up with all the necessary materials and the required number of operatives. Solid works have been constructed to bring the water to the several workshops. The machinery is worked by a Fourneyron turbine and by an iron water-wheel. — 132 — On the lands belonging to the establishment, there is > abundauce ef excellent' water, with high falls ; and exten- sive forests, from which the best woods for the manufacture ; of gunpowder are cut. There is a steam apparatus to dry the gunpowder, and the charcoal is prepared in a distilling apparatus by means of steam. Excellent powder of five qualities is prepared, namely : powder of three different brands, for smooth bore or rifled ordnance ; for small arms both smooth ' bore and rifled ; and for rockets and other military uses. The establishment can priduce 146,900 kilogrammes of gunpowder yearly, as was proved during the war with the government of Paraguay in the year 1869, when more than 161,500 kilogrammes were made. The works of the gunpowder mill of Caxipo, in Mato Grosso, are progressing well, and will shortly be finished. Several engines have already been put up. The iron foundry of Ypanema, of which a detailed notice { was given in the article on minerals, having been reorga- nized by the war department, will not only afford incalcu- lable advantages to Brazilian industry and agriculture, but will also be in a position to furnish the army and navy with all kinds of projectiles, iron and steel cannon, swords, < bayonets, and all kinds of cast and wrought iron work. which the arsenals may require. PRESIDIAL AND MILITARY COLONIES PRESIDIAL PENITENTIARY OF FERNANDO DE NORONHA The most important garrisoned penitentiary is that of the island of Fernando de Noronha, belonging to the pro- vince of Pernambuco. It was founded for the reception of criminals condemned It is superintended by a superior officer in the army, and is subject to the military command and of that province, in what regards the materiel, the force and the military regi- men. Its means of defense consist in two fortresses, one park of artillery, and four redoubts. The population, including the public force, the function- aries, the prisoners, and some families, numbers 2,088 individuals. The prisoners receive moral and religious instruction, and are employed either in the trades they know, or in any work for which they shew most aptitude. In order to regulate, and equitably reward their work, prisoners receive gratuities, a part of which is set aside to form a peculium, wherewith they may begin life, when, restored to society. A company of prisoners, composed of 183 individuals, as to hard labour for civil or military crimes. well as other inhabitants of the island, are employed as coopers, blacksmiths, carpenters and shoe-makers. The shoe-makers’ work-shops are organized on an exten- sive scale, and manufacture a large portion of the boots and shoes required by the army. On the island there is a primary school for males and another for females ; two churches, one of which is the pa- rochial church ; a chaplain for religious instruction and divine service, an arsenal containing four work-shops, a ! commissariat, an apothecary, infirmaries, barracks, pri- sons, cemitery and 547 buildings. The fertility of the soil enables many of the inhabitants to follow agricultural pursuits with advantage, the pro- ducts harvested being nearly equal to the consumption. Maize grows so wonderfully that 36.72 litres of seed yield 14,678 litres of grain. The cotton of the island is not inferior to the best sea island of Georgia. GARRISONED COLONIES In order to facilitate the works undertaken for the na- vigation of the rivers Tocantins and Araguaya, and at the same time attract population to the banks of the latter, and, by means of catechising, civilize the aborigines, the following military colonies were established in the pro- vince of Goyaz : Santa Barbara, ou the bank of the Macaco stream, 46 kilm900ra to the north of the confluence of the rivers Maranhao and Almas, and 330 kilometres from the capi- tal of the province. The population, which is already considerable, is em- ployed principally in the culture of cereals, coffee, sugar - cane, manioc and cotton, and in stock-breeding. Jurupensen, was founded in 1864 on the banks of the \ river Yermelho, 92 kilm 400m to the north-west of the ) capital of Goyaz, in order to connect this city with Parh by < the rivers Araguaya and Yermelho, the navigation of this ) last being here obstructed by an immense rock. Santa Cruz, on the banks of the river Canna Brava, an | affluent of the Tocantins, distant 66 kilometres from the ( hamlet of Descoberto, and 561 kilometres from the capital. The number of its inhabitants increases ; among these { there are several colonists, carpenters, shoemakers, black- smiths and others. / Large quantities of cattle, and tobacco, cotton, rice, ; manioc rnd cereals are raised. Santa Leopoldina, on the right bank of the Araguaya below the confluence of the river Yermelho, and dis- tant 400 metres from the capital, on a plateau 12,1 metres ; high and 10 kilometres in length by 2 kilometres wide. It has excellent grazing lands, and the soil, suited for the ; plough, and every kind of culture, yields the inhabitants ; very profitable crops. In this place, which was lately made a parish, govern, ment has established the central station of the navigation of the Araguaya, with three steamers and a small work-shop, in which there is a steam engine. It is the seat of the cate- chising service of the valley of the Araguaya ; the Izabel school is established there for the education of young sava- ges, who are to serve as interpreters to the numerous tribes along the banks of the Araguaya. Santa Maria, situated between S. Joao das Duas Barras, 1 and Santa Leopoldina, on the left bank of the Araguaya, l favors the navigation of this river. It contains 1,200 inhabitants, mostly Brazilians, who employ the Cherente, Guajaras, and Cahiopd indians on stockbreeding estates. It is situated in front of the powerful villages of the war- like Cahiapd indians, under their captain Manao; their num- ber is estimated at 2,000. Lastly, S. Jose dos Martyres, restored in 1871, with excel- lent soil, also promises for the future. It is only a few kilo- metres distant from the great villages of the Chambiohs. All these colonies are garrisoned in proportion to their advancement and importance. There is also a detatchment of troops at S. Josd de Janimbu, 211 kilometres to the north of the presidial colony of Santa Leopoldina, on the banks of the Araguaya; it was established in 1864 as a substitute por the presidial colony of Monte- Alegre,its population consists of 600 individuals, tame Carajh and Chavante indians and others, who are generally stock- breeders, or man the canoes on the river. MILITARY COLONIES In Brazil these establishments are destined to serve as cen- tres to attract population, and are subject to military admi- nistration and regimen. They were founded to promote the civilization of wild Indians, to protect the navigation of the rivers, or to serve as military stations, for the defonse of the frontiers of the Empire, and to guarantee the safety of immigrants in those distant places. At present the most flourishing military colonies are the following : Obidos, in the province of Parh, on the left bank of the 137 ) Amazon, with a population of over 500 inhabitants, inclu- 5 ding the military detachment. The soil is fertile amt the climate mild. The hamlet is situated on a hill which rises gradually ; from the bank of the river, and on it there is space enough for a large city ; in front is the river, and to the east lake ) Arapicu. A prosperous future appears to await this colony, consi- dering its advantageous position. £. Pedro de Alcantara, in the province of Maranhao, at a place called Boa-Vista, on a high and dry situation, on the banks of the Gurupy, 26 kilometres beyond the hamlet of the same name, and about 105 kilometres from the coast, with a good port. At the back of the colony runs the Pedreira stream. 5.5 metres wide and 6,6 metres deep in winter. Other rivers traverse a soil of great fertility, admirably adapted for tillage and stock-raising. Coffee, sugar cane, cotton, and cereals grows abundantly; and there are, besides, excellent building timber, good whetstone, slate, potter’s clay, and other natural pro- | ducts. Its commerce augments, and the number of work-shops also increases progressively. The population exceeds 600 persons, the military detachment included, Dourados, in the province of Mato-Grosso, was established at the head waters of the river of the same name, an af- fluent of the Ivinheima, in order to aid the inland navigation l of the Paranh, and to protect and defend the inhabitants of that portion of the Brazilian territory, as far as the Apa frontier, where they are subject to aggressions from the aborigenes ; it contributes to civilise these. — 138 — Its situation is very pleasant , on a plateau of good soil and virgin woods full of the best building timber, there are also vast copses of mate-trees, and quantities of game of every kind, palmetto palms abound as well as pure crys- talline waters. The war which Brazil waged against the government of Paraguay paralyzed the advancement of this colony, which, from its position and other advantages, will acquire importance. Government gives it every encouragement. Miranda, also in Mato Grosso, at the sources of the river Mondego or Miranda, is established for the same pur- poses as Dourados. It was also greatly injured by the ab ive named cau- ses, but now it progresses and promises to do well. Itapura, in the province of S. Paulo, on the right bank of the river Tiete, below the great falls, whence it de- rives its name and 14 kilometres below its confluence with the Parana. Its district comprises over 17,424 hec- tares of land, covered with virgin forests, rich in timber for house and ship building. There is a great variety of game in these woods, and on the banks of the Tiete. Fisli is also very abundant in this river, and in the up- per Parana The population numbers 335 inhabitants and is ex- clusively employed in agriculture. The soil is most fertile, the chief products are cereals, tobacco, coffee, cotton and potatoes. Avanhandava, in the same province of S. Paulo, on the right bank of the Tiete, 264 kilometres distant from the town of Araracoara in an easterly direction, wth an area of 4,356 hectares and 1,000 inhabitants. Agriculture affords abundant supplies, not only for the — 139 — requirements of the population of Salto, but often, also : for that of the Itapura colon}'. Santa Thereza, in the province of Santa Catharina, si- tuated on the road which leads from S. Jose to Lages on the banks of the river Itajahy. It is destined for those soldiers who, being discharged from the service, have a right to lots of land. The climate is very healthy, and the soil is suited to every agricultural plant. Its population consists of 454 persons of both sexes, the m ilitary detachment included. Sugar cane, tobacco, potatoes, cereals, and a variety of fruits grow abundantly, ; some colonists also rear stoch of different kinds, and poultry. < Besides the above mentioned colonies, there are others, ; which, from peculiar circumstances, are in a less flourish- ing condition, but which are of some utility and tend to prosper. These are : Don Pedro II, and S. Joao de Araguaya, in the province of Para. The former situated on the right 'bank of the ri- ver Araguary, 22 4 kilometros distant from the mouth of this river, on dry lands suited for agriculture ; the lat- ter on the banks of the Araguaya, on the spot where formerly existed a military station, whence the colony derived its name. S. Joao de Araguaya has 259 inhabitants, a school, a black-smith’s shop, the director’s house, acemitery and 71 private houses. Don Pedro II posseses an infirmary, the director’s house, a chapel, a vesse and a small detachment. Maize, manioc and beans are raised. Urucu, in the province of Minas Geraes, on the banks of a stream of the same name, an affluent of the Mucu- ry, where it crosses the road to Santa Clara. The following are in the province of Mato-Grosso : Nioac, and Brilhante ; the former on the spotwhero the navigation of the Nioac commences ; the latter where that of the Brilhante ends, in the neighborhood of the Maraca- ju mountains. Lamare, on the right bank of the river S. Lourengo. Conceigao, established at Albuquerque in 1872. Itacaju, founded in 1807, on the left bank of the river Araguaya, 59 kilometres to the south of Santa Leopoldina, and near the large rock called Agua Branca, to the south of which it is impossible to navigate the Araguaya in the dry season. This colony was established in order to unite the navi- gation of the Araguaya to the road leading to the capital of Mato Grosso. Jatahy, in the province of Parana, created in a port on a stream bearing the same name, at its confluence with the river Tibagy, in the district of Coritiba, contains 293 inhabitants employed in husbandry, one brick field, a saw mill, and a chapel. Xingii andChopim, in the same provinces, were established to defend the inhabitants of the open lands of Palma, Ere, Xagu and Guarapuava, from the incursions of the Indians, and to reclaim the savages from a state of bar- barism by catechising. Caseros, with 272 souls, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, at a place named Mato Portuguez, in the parish of Lagoa Vermelha, in the municipal district of Santo Antonio da Patrulha. As a rule, the military colonies have a medical attendant, a chaplain, an infirmary and primary schools. — 141 — Th e national treasury expends annually with the pre- sidial and military colonies 294:808$105. The old colony of Leopoldina, in the province of Alagoas, was established on the right bank of the river Jacuipe, from the Salto to the mouth of the river Taquara, in front of the place named Riaclio do Mato. Although this colony is now under the common re- gimen, it is mentioned here, merely in order to prove the advantageous results, which have been obtained in < s Brazil from establishments of this nature. ^ Situated in the back-woods at a distance from inhabited \ > ) towns, and almost beyond the reach of the law, serving as \ a refuge for criminals, this colony in a few years attained \ to considerable importance, numbering upwards of 4,000 > ' industrious and laborious inhabitants. | The annual exports of cotton alone average 60,000 ) ; kilogrammes. \ D Sugarcane, tobacco, manioc and cereals yield exhuber- ' j antly. i BRAZILIAN NAVY The naval service is controlled by the minister of Marine, assisted directly by the State bureau, in which the admi- nistration is centralized. It comprises the personnel, the materiel and the accounts. The naval council, established in 1855, was, to a certain extent, organised in conformity with the system of the French admiralty. It is incumbent on this department to propose any mea- sures which may conduce to the regularity of the service, and the advancement of the navy, irrespective of superior orders, and also to answer consultations from the minister. Although the minister has the general inspection of the service, both civil and military, a naval officer of high rank, with the title of adjutant general, exercisesan imme- diate influence over the executive officers of all ranks, marines, seamen and other hands belonging to the crews of ships of war. The adjuntant general, as a delegate of the minister, supervises the conduct of commanders and officers of ships, maintaining discipline on the naval stations, and seeing that orders are executed, both in vessels belonging to the fleet and in detached ships. In time of war these duties are modified with the in- creased responsibility of the minister, who sends the or- — 143 — ders required by circumstances, direct to the commander in chief of the forces in operations. i It, however, continues in this case to be the duty of the adjutant general to see that the crews of the ships be completed, and to examine their armament before leaving | head quarters. The personnel of the fleets comprises the executive of- ) fleers, and the annexed classes, namely ; pursers, surgeons, engineers, chaplains, sailing masters from the merchant service, and lastly, mates and boatswains. The crews are almost exclusively drawn from the corps > of imperial seamen (imperiaes marinheiros) divided into 30 companies and consisting, under ordinary circumstances, \ of 3,000 men. j This number may be increased by drafts from the 17 companies of sailor apprentices, existing in the same num- ; ber of the principal sea-ports of the Empire. These companies at present consist of 1,122 men, but, \ when complete, the number will be increased to 3,400. The initiative of this measure belongs to the Empire. Its ) utility is now acknowledged, and it has been adopted by other countries, as the best means of obtaining seamen. The imperial seaman, from the commencement of his ap- \ prenticeship, receives the instruction adapted to his calling, j He knows all the work on board a ship, and at the same \ time serves as an infantry soldier, in landing parties, and > in attacks on fortified places. > To aid them in these operations of modern tactics, there is also the naval battalion, perfectly organized with an ) affective force of 1,000 men, who, onboard, serve os gunners. ( On shore they serve as troops of the line. By means of these \ corps, it will often be possible to attack and take fortifica- \ — 144 — ] tions in sea-ports, and on the banks of rivers without the cooperation of the army. There are 101 pursers, paymasters, and their assistants, some of whom serve on board, and others are employed in in matters concerning the naval department. A bill is in the Senate authorizing the reorganization of the medical corps which consists of 79 officers, graduates in medicine. In the capital of the Empire there is a naval hospital, under the administration of a general officer a first class • establishment ; there is also a house for convalescents on the island of Governador, in the bay of Rio de Janeiro. < In the provinces the sick are treated in well organized \ (infirmaries. The Asylum for invalid seamen is built on the same island, it has a fund execeeding 400:000$000, which increases annually by the addition of interest, and fresh contributions. This capital arises from a monthly deduction of one day’s pay from the seamen and soldiers of the navy. The corps of naval engineers consists of 133 individuals ; of all grades. A number of Brazilian engineers are < training to fill the vacancies left by foreigners in the ser- vice of the Imperial navy. Pilotage, the police of the ports, the marine census, j and the enlistment of seamen, mostly voluntary, are mat- ters managed by the port captains, who also have under f their charge light-houses and harbour improvements. { The naval force at present consists of 70 vessels of war > including 9 steam lanches. An iron-clad frigate and a < monitor are expected from Europe, and other ships are being thoroughly repaired. Of these ships 15 are iron-clads and 55 are wooden vessels; 145 they carry 72 rifled, and 65 smooth bore guns, the aggre- gate power of the engines is 11,188 horse. In the navy there are 338 executiv officers, as shewn in the following table. GRADES Admiral Vice-admirals . . . . Rear-admirals . . . . Chiefs of division . Post captains Captains Commanders Lieutenants Sub-lieutenants. . . Mipshipmen Mates FIRST CLASS OFFICERS SERVING ON BOARD 1 2 3 7 15 29 60 160 56 W 1 1 . . . . 1 1 1 184 COMMISSIONS In the capital In the provinces 6 7 11 39 20 333 184 66 99 338 32 ?38 84 — 146 — NAVAL ARSENALS The materiel of the navy has improved conside- bly. There are five arsenals, including the one lately or- ganized at a place called Ladario, in the province of Mato Grosso. That of the capital of the Empire commands every means for building ships and for making most of the en- gines of war. It employs about 3.000 operatives, mostly Brazi- lians. The greater part of the ships belonging to the navy, some of a large size, both sailing vessels and steamers, have been built here ; it can make iron plates of a sufficient thickness for the largest iron clads. This was proved during the war with the government of Paraguay, when important works were executed and iron clads rapidly built. Brazil is exceedingly rich in timber for ship-building and it might export this material in a larger quantity than that of the iron imported. The deposits of the harder and better qualities are being constantly renewed, and the existing stock is sufficient for the requirements of many years, under ordinary circumstances. In the arsenal of the capital there are two dry docks, the Imperial, and the Santa Cruz, cut in the solid rock at Cobras island, a dependence of the same arsenal. In the province of Maranhao, where the difference betwen tides is from 5.5 to 6.1 metres, the construction of a dry dock was commenced some time since. The river Amazon has many places up to near Bethlem, the capital of the province, where docks might be formed, capable of receiving vessels ef great draught. Ad- vantage will be taken of these excellent natural condi- tions. It would be tedious to name every spot on the im- mense sea-board of Brazil, which could become available for ship building. Government is not unmindful of this important subject, which the English engineer Hawkshaw was lately commissioned to study. Brazilian vessels of war are armed with guns of the most approved systems. Many officers and seamen have been instructed at the respective school in the management and pointing of these guns. The battle of Riachuelo, which a comparative study has proved superior to that of Lissa, and many other achievements of the fleet in Paraguay evince the mili- tary skill and the heroism of the Brazilian naval officers Besides those noticed, many other partial improve- ments have been adopted, deserving the attention of the profession. The corvette Trajano built on a new system invented by a talented honorary officer of the Brazilian navy, was launched on July 12 th 1873, and being sent on an expe- rimental sea voyage, fulfilled every expectation with re- gard to speed, steering qualities, resistance and stability. The experiment proved the superiority of this ship over another of the same size, and with engines of the same pow- er, built on the lines of the classical and essentially British system. PYROTECHNIC LABORATORY ) The pyrotechnic laboratory, annexed to the naval depart- ment, contains work-shops for making machinery and for j pyrotechnists, gun-smiths and stock-makers ; it is placed on the Arma§ao hill, in Nitheroy, the capital of the pro- \ vince of Rio de Janeiro ; it was inaugurated at the com- \ mencement of 1868. ' This establishment, under the management of a naval officer, has 10 separate work-shops for the manufacture of ) pyrotechnical preparations, including those for triturating, for making the composition, and for charging time fuses for shell, by means of a hydraulic press. Every precaution recommended by science has been ta- ( ken to avoid the danger of explosions. The stores, both for the raw material, and for the pro- / ductions of the laboratory, are placed at a convenient distance from the work-shops. The machinery comprises 26 lathes, of which 12 have ? shears, wire drawing engine, shears for cutting copper, ' drilling tools, circular saws for wood, others for metals, j and the necessary appliances for making metal cartridges, > friction tubes for cannon, percussion fuses and time fuses l for shell, and electrical fuses for torpedos. In 1874 a laboratory for the manufacture of torpedos ; was established. The gun-smiths and stock-makers have machinery for planing and boring metals, and grind-stones for polish- ing. j There is a smithy with four large and small forges, ) besides a tempering furnace. ( All the machinery is worked by steam. The gun-smiths repair the small arms of the ships, and of the naval corps ; they make swords and bayonets, and, if necessary, fire-arms. The machinery not only supplies the laboratory with the necessary articles, but also prepares apparatus for tubes, and for signal rockets, and the accessories of ar- ; tillery. In other work-shops, salt-petre is refined, blacking for I the straps is made, as also canisters for case-shot, and J tin and zinc boxes in which to keep the pyrotechnic pro- v ductions. The foundery has four furnaces for crucibles, and sup- plies all leaden projectiles. Near the quay at Armagao there are large deposits of project iles, and the work-shops for charging, and for making, case-shot, wads and other articles. In these works 155 operatives and 22 servants are em- ) ployed ; this number being sufficient in time of peace. When necessary the number of workmen can be dou- bled, and then the establishment can furnish the material for 1,000 round of ammunition, of which 500 for shell. Every ship of war has always on board 120 rounds of ammunition for each gun. I \ LARGE LIGHT HOUSES Brazil possesses 26 large and 22 small light houses. Although within the last few years the light-house ser- vice has improved considerably, many lights having been put up, and others repaired, nevertheless it must be con- fessed that the lights on the coast and in the sea-ports of Brazil do not fulfill all the requirements. Government obtained a grant of 600:000$000 for the im- provement of this service. Besides the light on the Rocas shallow, the erection of which will commence shortly, others will be built at capes S. Roque, Santo Agostinho, S. Thome, and Santa Martha, and on the islands of S. Joao and Arvoredo, the plans and estimates of which are ready. The catoptric apparatus now in use, will shortly be substituted by dioptric, which will greatly increase the range of the light. This service for the present is incumbent on the general administration of the marine department, but a special board is being organized, that the service may be better performed. With reference to the astronomical position of the light- houses, it must be premised that all the latitudes are south, and that the longitudes are referred to the meridian of Rio de Janeiro. Their position is as follows, commencing north : PARA’ FLOATING LIGHT-HOUSE, ON THE SHALLOWS OF BRAGA.NQA Lat. 0° 26’ 9” ; Long. 4° 48’ 00” W. Catoptric; fixed ; visible at a distance of 14 kil.m800.m. At work since November 8th, 1866. SALINAS, AT ATALAIA POINT Lat. 0° 35’ 3” ; Long. 4° 13’ 15” W. Dioptric ; 3rd class ; flashing ; visible at a distance of 31 kilm500m. At work since March 8th, 1852. MARANHAO ITACOLOMI Lat. 2° 10’ 00” ; Long. 1° 15’ 00” W. Catoptric ; ecliptic ; visible at a distance of 22 kilra200m. At work since January 1st, 1839. ILHA DE SANTA ANNA Lat. 2° 16’ 30” ; Long. 0° 28’ 00” W. Catopric ; ecliptic ; visible at a distance of 22 kilm200m. At work since January 1st, 1831. PIAUHY PEDRA DO SAL Lat. 2° 49’ 19” ; Long. 1° 26’ 12” E. W' ""H — 152 — Dioptric ; 4th class, fixed ; visible at a distance of 18 kilm500m. At work since March 4th 1873. CEARA’ MUCURIPE, AT MUCURIPE POINT Lat. 3° 41’ 50” ; Long. 4° 39’ 00” E. Dioptric ; 4th class ; ecliptic ; visible at a distance of 18 kilm500ra. At work since July 29th, 1872. ARACATY Lat. 4° 24’ 20” ; Long. 5° 22’ 20” E. Dioptric ; 5th_class ; fixed; visible at a distance of 18 kilm500m. At work since March 1873. RIO GRANDE DO NORTE REIS MAGOS, AT THE FORTRESS OF SAME NAME Lat. 5° 45’ 6” ; Long. 7° 32’ 30” E. Dioptric; 5th class, fixed; visible at a distance of 18 kilm500m. At work since September 27th 1872. PARAHIBA DO NORTE PEDRA SECCA, AT THE ENTRANCE OF THE BAR Lat. 6° 56’ 30”; Long. 8° 17’ 45” E. V '"4j| — 153 — Dioptric; 4th class; ecliptic; visible at a distance of 18 kilm500m. At work since September, 1873. PERNAMBUCO PICAO, AT THE NORTHERN POINT OF THE REEF Lat. 8° 3’ 30”; Long. 8° 15’ 18” E. Catoptric ; revolving, white and red lights, visible at a distance of 27 kilm800m. At work since 1819. OLINDA, AT FORT MONTENEGRO Lat. 8° 0’ 49” ; Long. 8° 16’ 48” E. Dioptric ; 4th Class, flashing, visible at a distance of 22 kilm300m. At work since November 22nd 1872. ALAGOAS MACEIO, ON THE WEST POINT OF THE MOUNTAIN WHICH OVERLOOKS THE CITY Lat. 9° 39’ 50” ; Long. 7° 25’ 26” E. Dioptric ; 3rd class ; ecliptic ; visible at a distance of 18 kilra500m. At work since July 1st 1856. BAR OF S. FRANCISCO (NORTHERN POINT) 7 JS 20 Lat. 10° 29’ 00”; Long. 6° 47’ 23” E. Dioptric ; 4th class ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 18 kilm500m. At work since March 1st 1872. BAHIA ITAPOA, ON ITAPOA POINT Lat. 12° 17’ 30" ; Long. 4° 46’ 30” E. Dioptric; 4th class: fixed; visible at a distance of 17 kilm800ra. At work since 1872. SANTO ANTONIO DA BARRA Lat. 13° 00’ 11” ; Long. 4° 35’ 10” E. Catoptric, ecliptic, white and red lights ; visible at a distance of 27 kilm800ra. At work since December 2nd 1839. s. PAULO HILL Lat. 13° 21’ 40” ; Long. 4° 12’ 18” E. Dioptric; 1st class; ecliptic, visible at a distance of 5 kilm450'“. At work since May 3rd 1855. ABROLHOS, ON THE ISLAND OF SANTA BARBARA Lat. 17° 57’ 31” ; Long. 4° 25’ 00” E. Catoptric ; ecliptic, visible at a distance of 31 kilm500m> At work since October 30th 1862. ESPIRITO SANTO SANTA LUZIA, ON SANTA LUZIA HILL Lat. 20° 18’ 00” : Long. 2° 49' 30” E. Dioptric ; 4th class ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 22 kilm300m. At work since September 1871. RIO DE JANEIRO CAPE FRIO Lat. 23° 00’ 45”; Long. 1° 7’ 00” W. Catoptric, ecliptic, visible at a distance of 37 kil"’100m. At work since September 7th 1861. RASA ISLAND Lat. 23° 3' 30” ; Long. 0° L 20” W. Catoptric ; revolving, white and red lights, visible at a distance of 27 kilm800m. At work since July 31st 1829. S. PAULO MOELA ISLAND Lat. 240° 3’ 00” ; Long. 3° 9’ 00” W. Catopric; fixed ; visible at a distance of 37 kilm100ra. At work since December 15th 1862. — 156 — PARANA’ CONCHAS HILL, ON MEL ISLAND Lat. 25° 32’ 38”; Long. 5° 10’ 30” W. Dioptric ; 3rd class ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 37 kilm100ra. At work since March 25th 1872. SANTA CATHARINA NAUFRAGADOS POINT Lat. 27° 50’ 00” : Long. 5° 27’ 00” W. Catoptric; ecliptic; visible at a distance of 29 kil"'700m. At work since May 3rd 1872. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL PONTAL DA BARRA Lat. 32° 7’ 00” ; Long. 9° 0’ 2” W. Catoptric ; ecliptic ; visible at a distance of 27 kilm800m. At work since January 18th 1852. SMALL LIGHT HOUSES PARA’ CHAPEU VIRADO Lat. 1° 75’ 45” ; Long. 6° 18’ 3” W. Dioptric; 6th Class; fixed; visible at a distance of 13 kilm. At work since March 25th 1872. FORTE DA BARRA Dioptric ; 6th class ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 13 kil”. COTIJUBA Lat. 1° 15’ 35” ; Long. 5° 28’ 30” W. Dioptric, 6th class ; fixed, visible at a distance of 13 kilra. At work since February 1860. CAPIM ISLAND Lat. 1° 32’ 30” ; Long. 5° 41’ 30” W. Dioptric ; 6th class ; fixed, visible at a distance of 13 kil m. At work since October 1874. PANACUERA Lat. 1° 44’ 30” ; Long. 5° 58’ 25” W. Dioptric ; 6th class ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 13 kilm. At work since October 1860. GOIABAL Lat. 1° 37’ 00” ; Long. 6° 2’ 45” W. Dioptric ; 6th class ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 13 kil™. At work since July 1860. JUT AY Lat. 1° 51’ 00”; Long. 6° 44’ 45” W. Dioptric; 6th class: fixed; visible at a distance of 13 kilm. At work since October 1859. MARIANNO Lat. 1° 47’ 3” ; Long. 7° 0’ 45” W. Dioptric; 6th class; fixed; visible at a distance of 13 kilm100m. At work since December 1860. MARANHAO S. MARCOS Lat. 2° 29' 00” ; Long. 1° 9’ 25” W. Catopric ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 11 kilm100m. At work since Marck 1831. / ALCANTARA Lat. 2° 24’ 00” ; Long. 1° 11’ 00” W. Capotric ; fixed, visible at a distance of 3 kilm700m. At work since Febuary 1831. BARRA Lat, 2° 29’ 30”; Long. 1° 11’ 00” W. Catopric ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 3 kilm700m. At work since January 11th 1862. SERGIPE COTINGrUIBA Lat. 10° 59’ 00"; Long. 6° 3’ 00” E. Catoptric ; fixed ; white, green, and red lights ; visible at a distance of 14 kilm800m. At work since November 11th 1862. BAHIA FORT S. MARCELLO, OR SEA FORT Lat. 12° 58’ 16” ; Long. 4° 43’ 10” E. Dioptric ; fixed ; red ; visible at a distance of 7 kil“400m. At work since October 30th 1860. RIO DE JANEIRO FORT SANTA CRUZ, AT THE ENTRANCE OF THE BAY Catoptric ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 14 kil“800m. At work for many years. CAFOFO, AT THE WAR ARSENAL Fixed ; red light ; visible at a distance of 3 kilm700m. At work for many years. PARANA’ BAR FORT Lat. 25° 55” ; Long. 5° 6’ 00” W. Fixed ; white light ; visible at a distance of 11 kilm100ra. SANTA CATHARINA ANIIATOMIRIM Lat. 27° 25’ 4” ; Long. 5° 24’ 19” W. Catoptric ; fixed ; visible a distance of 7 k kilm400m. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL ESTREITO POINT Lat. 31° 46’ 44” ; Long 8° 45 53” W. Catoptric ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 11 kilm107m. At work for many years. bojuru’ Lat. 31° 29’ 13” ; Long. 8° 25’ 21” W. Catoptric; fixed ; visible at a distance of 14 kilm800m. At work for many years. CAPAO DA MARCA Lat. 31° 18’ 00” ; Long. 8° 6’ 21” W. Catoptric; fixed ; visible at a distance of 11 kilm100m. At work for many years. CHRIST0VA0 PEREIRA Lat. 31° 4’ 00”; Long. 8° 4’ 21” W. Catoptric ; fixed ; visible at a distance of 27kilm 800m. ITAPOA Lat. 30° 22’ 24”; Long. 7° 58’ 21” W. Catoptric; fixed ; visible at a distance of 22kilm 300" At work since March 1st 1860. 21 ( > INTELLECTUAL CULTURE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS In struction in general, and primary education in par- ticular, have constantly deserved the solicitude of go- vernment, and the careful attention of the provincial as- semblies whose duty it is to legislate on primary education and secondary instruction, and on the proper establish- ments to promote them in the respective provinces. Fortunately, individual efforts concur actively and effi- ciently to assist the powers of the State in facilitating, the acquisition of elementary education, on a more exten- sive scale, by all classes of society. This general tendency of the public mind gains strength every day, and is revealed by very significant facts, among which the following may be mentioned : The establishment of night schools for adults, in the ca- pital of the Empire, and in different provinces ; Lectures on the sciences, especially those most applicable to industry, and and on literature, delivered by persons of a confirmed literary reputation and by talented young men ; Popular courses, by the professors of the National Mu- seum, of which mention will be made in another chapter; — 163 — The establishment of a Polytechnic Club, in the capital of the Empire, where on certain days of the week, for a small contribution, the principal phenomena of chemistry are explained by appropriate experiments ; The founding of establishments for professional instruc- tion and for the education of destitute children ; Instituting in several capitals of provinces normal schools in which the pupils of both sexes, are trained to become teachers, and to which classes are annexed in which they acquire the practise of tuition ; Creating popular libraries and reading rooms; The adoption of measures, tending to facilitate the exer- cise of private tuition ; and compulsory teaching. Subscriptions, voluntary contributions to the State, and the spontoneous offer of the services of many public profes- sors and parochial priests, who teach gratuitously in pri- mary, and specially in the night schools ; The increase which of late years, may be noticed in the sums voted for education in most of the general and provincial budgets ; some provinces spending on schools as much as one third of their revenue ; Lastly, the establishment of news papers, and of so- cieties that promote education, or aid the State in this branch of the public service. All these facts, therefore, lead to the belief that in Brazil one of the noblest and warmest aspirations of civilized nations will be crowned with success. Primary, and Grammar, or secondary schools, in the capital of the Empire, are under the care of the General Assembly and of Government. They are under the inspection of the minister of the Empire, of an inspector general, of a board of directors, and of district delegates. — 164 — The exercise of tuition depends on authorization, which can only be granted by government, and the candidate must prove : that he is 21 years old, or 25 if he wish to be the director of a school, conduct, and professional capacity. I Married school mistresses must exhibit, besides, their ) marriage certificates, or that of a sentence of divorce ; and \ widows, the certificate of obit of their husbands. Assistant masters, individuals passed in the universities or colleges of the Empire, those who are, or have been pub- lie teachers, bachelors in belles-lettres, of the Don Pedro II school, those who possess diplomas of foreign faculties, and Brazilians and foreigners of acknowledged capacity, may be exempted by government from exhibiting proofs of pro- ) fessional capacity. ) The public primary and grammar schools are of two < degrees. In those of the first degree moral and and religious in- struction is imparted ; and reading, writing, notions of \ grammar, elementary principles of arithmetic and the > comparative system of weights and measures are taught. I In those of the second degree, besides these subjects, ; the instruction embraces : arithmetic, and its practical < applications, reading and expounding the gospel, sacred history, elements of history and geography, principally those of Brazil, elements of physical sciences, and of na- tural history, geometry, land surveying, lineal drawing, \ notions of music, singing exercises, gymnastics and a more extended knowledge of the metrical system of weights and measures. £ A class of teachers, called assistants, aid the public ) instructors in their duties, and, at the same time, qualify \ themselves for instructors. Vacancies of instructors and assistant teachers are all filled by competitive examinations. The masters and mistresses of primary schools, even if they do not themselves teach, must prove their capability by undergoing an examination in Christian doctrine, sacred his- tory, reading and writing, Portuguese grammar, arith- metic and the metrical system of weights and measures ; the directresses of higher schools undergo examination in reading and writing, arithmetic, geography, French or English, and needle-work ; and the directors, in arithmetic, geography, French or English, Latin and philosophy. Government may exempt from professional proofs of ca- pacity those who are in the same circumstances as the exempted candidates for the profession of teachers ; and of the proofs of good conduct, the inspector general may exempt those who enjoy a good character, certified in con- formity with the regulations. No primary or grammar school can be opened till the di- rector has presented to government the programme of the studies, a description of the accomodations, and of the situation of the building, the names and legal qualifica- tions of the teachers. The directors of schools who do not profess the roman ca- tholic apostolic religion are bound to have a clergyman for the catholic pupils. Any books, save those expressly forbidden, may be adop- ted in the schools. The law forbids the admission of pupils of the two sexes into the same school, and in the girls schools males over 10 years of age are not permitted to dwell, the husband of the directess excepted. During the financial year 1874-75, Government expended — 166 — the sum of 658:641$000 on public education in the muni- cipality of the capital. In this district there are 142 schools for the two sexes; 93 public, 41 private and 8 night classes. They were attended by 17.279 pupils, 13.112 belonging to the first and 4,167 to ihe second. There -ere therefore 4,227 pupils more than in 1872. The night primary schools are the following : Municipal school of S. Sebastiao ; i One created and maintained by the society « Auxilia- ] dora da Industria Nacional » ; Those established the parish of Lagoa, maintained by the society « Propagadora da Instruccgao as classes opera- rarias », in which, besides elementary instruction, practical geometry, French, and drawing are taught, government \ aiding with a monthly stipend. One at Paqueta, created by the professor of the pub lie school of that island. ( Those of the parishes of S. Jose and Guaratiba, es- ] tablished by two public professors, specially with the / view of teaching the metrical system of weights and measures, and lastly, the one lately opened by government S in the parish of S. Christovao. Some private schools, in distant parishes, are assisted by government on condition of admitting poor children gratuitously. Within the city, the municipal council established the public school of S. Sebastiao in an elegant build- ing with sufficient accomodation, and the necessary divisions, for primary classes of both sexes. In the capital of the Empire, instruction in the higher branches of learning is given in the Imperial school of Don Pedro II, which is divided into a day 167 — school, in the centre of the city, in which day boarders are also received, and a boarding school in a healthy suburb. As a rule the pupils pay a quarterly contribution, but so moderate that the nation expends no small amount with the maintenance of these establishments. In the boarding school there are constantly 25 govern- ment pensioners, and in the day school 15 day boarders and an unlimited number of day scholars. Each of these establishments has a rector, whose duty it is to conduct it, to control the classes and maintain order ; a vice-rector, a chaplain and other func- tionaries. The professors are named by government after a com- petitive examination. The studies are spread over seven years ; at the end of which the pupils receive the degree of bachelor in belles-lettres, which qualifies them to matriculate in any ' of the courses of advanced sciences. The course of instruction comprises : the catholic reli- gion, Portuguese, Latin, French, English, German, Greek, descriptive, ancient, and modern geography, cosmogra- phy, sacred and ancient history, history of the mid- dle ages, and modern history, the history and coro- graphy of Brazil, elementary mathematics, natural scien- ces, philosophy, rhetoric and poetry, history of literature in general, and in particular, that of Brazil and Portugal, drawing, vocal music, and gymnastics. The school has 22 professors and an undetermined number of assistants, who aid the pupils in their studies ' and in preparing their lessons. During the last year the pupils numbered 364; of these > eight received the degree of bachelors in belles-lettres, and one obtained a prize. The neutral municipality (the capital of the Empire) has 69 first class establishments, 38 for boys and 31 for girls, in which, last year, 4.167 pupils, including 794 girls received instruction in the higher branches of • learning. In the capital of the Empire and in those of the pro- \ vinces, public examinations qualify the pupils of private > establishments of the higher branches of learning, to ma- triculate in the courses of advanced sciences. In order to promote and advance primary education in the municipal district of the capital, the respective regulations prescribe that the pofessors shall meet once a year on a certain day, to confer, under the presidency of the inspector general, and discuss subjects which may interest the internal regimen of schools. In these conferences they are bound to communicate any observations which they may have collected, in prac- tice or in books which they may have consulted. The public primary schools are free throughout the Empire, and, in conformity with the public educaction regulations, for the municipality of the capital of the Empire, primary education will be enforced, a mea- sure adopted by some provinces and already carried out in others. Agreeably to what is now practised throughout the ci- vilized world, the attention of the general and provincial governments is occupied with the accomplishment of this measure, and with providing the means of attenuating the difficulties arising from great distancos, and from the diversity of cultures in the rural districts, where boys of a certain age assist their parents in field work. The organization of complete statistics relative to edu- cation throughout the Empire has been impeded by se- veral causes, among which may be mentioned, the si- multaneous system of teaching adopted in most private schools, the want of a general census, which is now being officially organized, the sparseness of the popula- tion, and others. From existing official informotion however the follow- ing result has been arrived at, with regard to the pro- vinces. AMAZONAS This province expends annually 67:600$000, or nearly one eighth of its reveune, estimated at 575:445$520. It has 55 primary schools, of which 38 are public and 17 private; in the latter are included the night schools of Maues, and those of the frontier of Tabatinga ; in the former, that of the episcopal seminary, the public industrial school, that of the seamen apprentices, that of the garrison, and the night schools founded by the Municipal Council. The number of pupils was 1,594, of which 1,328 attended the former, and 366 the latter. The comparison between these results and those of the year 1872, in which the primary schools were attended by 1,217 pupils, shews an increase of 377 pupils. The province has two private, and the same number of public establishments for the higher branches of learn- ing; the episcopal seminary and the lyceum, in which philosophical grammar, Portuguese, French, English, pe- dagogism, mercantile accounts and book-keeping, elemen- tary mathematics, history, geography, rhetoric, philo- sophy and drawing are taught. The lyceum was attended by 85 pupils. In the industrial school, maintained out of the provin- cial revenue, besides primary instruction, including music, the pupils are taught, in special work-shops, the trades of joiners and cabinet-makers, tailors, book-binders, shoe- ( makers, and black-smiths. Last year it was attended by | 79 boys. < In the last financial year, according to the liquidated ' accounts, the receipts from the work of the pupils were ! 16:972$157, the expenses amounting to 79:100$298, towards which the general government contributes 4:000$0G0 ; annually, on condition that a certain number of young abo- > rigines be admitted. The province has also the «Asylo de Nossa Senhora da ') Concei ( CEARA ( The legislative assembly of this province, decreed free and compulsory education. It expends yearly the sum of 183:046$066, nearly one fourth of its revenue, estimated at ) 81 1:9298655, on this branch of the public service. The number of elementary schools is 241, including a private night school. The public schools were attended by 10, 150 pupils of both sexes, and the private by 118, making a total of 10,268 pupils. Instruction in the higher branches is given in the Ly- ceum, in the episcopal seminary, and in eight grammar schools, attended by bjr 593 pupils. The primary and secondary classes were therefore at- tended by 10,861 pupils. RIO GRANDE DO NORTE Primary education is free and compulsory in towns, villages and hamlets. The sum of 96:350$000, more than — 173 ■than one fourth of the provincial revenue, estimated at 318:682$026, is annually applied to public education. The province maintains 96 primary schools, the « Rio Grande Atheneum», an establishment for the higher bran- ches of learning, sundry classes, the Normal School, where pupils become qualified for masters of primary schools ; there are besides 46 private schools, of which 24 are night ; schools, attended by 874 pupils. The public primary schools were attended by 4,812 pu- pils. and the private by 1,535 ; in this number are included ) those of the night schools. The primary and the grammar schools were therefore attended last year by 6,611 pupils, or nearly double the number of 1872. PARAHYBA ) This province has 131 public and 10 private primary | schools. They were attended by 3,635 pupils, of which 298 be- long to the private schools. For the higher branches of learning there are: a Ly- \ ceum, and three Latin classes, with 166 pupils, maintained I by the province ; and a boarding and four grammar schools, attended by 105 pupils. The provincial revenue was last year estimated at 772:232$581, and the sum of 164:303$333 was voted for public education, a sum exceeding one fifth of the revenue. PERNAMBUCO < > In this province education is gratuitous and compulsory. Last year education was given in 351 public and 116 pri- (A. — 174 vate primary schools. Among the latter there are seven ] night schools, and among the former, the classes annexed / to the Normal School, those of the Penitentiary, the ( orphan school, the Provincial Gymnasium, a private school | subsidized by the province, and twelve night schools in ? different places. \ The number of pupils was 9,678, namely: 8,909 of the > public, and 769 of the private schools ; the number of ( pupils in many of these is unknown. s Instruction in the higher branches of learning was given > to 239 pupils in four public establishments ; the number of \ pupils in the private schools is unknown. I The province applies 478:9048166 or nearly one fifth of its revenue, estimated at 2,512:449$516, to this branch of t public service. | ALAGOAS !The annual revenue of this province is estimated at 773:056$051, of which nearly one sixth, or 137:300$000, is applied to public education. There are 128 public, of which seven are night, and 94 private primary schools. The number of pupils, during the year 1874, was 6,624, shewing an increase over the year 1872, of 598 pupils. For the higher branches of learning the province has a Normal School, attended by 27 pupils of both sexes, a Lyceum in the capital, with eight professors, one French, and two Latin classes, in the cities of Penedo and Alagoas, with 134 pupils, and four private boarding schools with 230 pupils of both sexes. In 1874, the primary and the grammar schools were attended by 7,015 individuals. — 175 — s SERGIPE Primary education is compulsory. In the province there are 149 public, and two night pri- mary schools, besides 17 private classes; the former are attended by 4,815, and the others by 438 pupils. There are also five public establishments and four private ones for the higher branches, attended by 404 pupils, of which 316 belong to the former, and 88 to the latter. The provincial revenue is estimated at 697:735$802, and 119:000$000, or more than one sixth, are applied to edu- cation. ; BAHIA | This province contributes 363:5000$000 to public edu- > cation, this sum being about one sixth of the revenue, estimated at 2, 172:433$000. Primary education is imparted in 384 public and 30 pri- vate schools, seven public and four private night classes. \ These schools were attended by 16,229 pupils, of which ] 14,943 belong to the former, and 1,286 to the latter, or 689 ) more than in 1872: the number of pupils in many of the private schools is unknown. ; There are three public, and eight private establishments where the higher branches of learning are taught ; these have 1,133 pupils. Among the private establishments the most conspicuous is the Lyceum of arts and trades, divided into day and ; night sections ; and among the public, the Provincial Lyceum, and the Normal School for both sexes. ESPIRITO SANTO Although t lie annual revenue of this province is but i small, not exceeding 300:000$000, nevertheless it employs < 82:000$000, or more than a fourth of its revenue, in edu- ) cation. It has 104 public, and 27 private, primary schools. ) The first were attended by 1853 pupils, and the last by 140. There are two public establishments for the higher ) branches, the Espirito Santo boarding school for boys, ' and that of Nossa Senhora da Penha for girls, both receive day scholars and are attended by 340 pupils. There is also a private boarding school with 23 pupils. The public and private, primary and grammar, schools ) were attended by 2,356 pupils, being 432 more than < in 1872. ) RIO DE JANEIRO / Education in this province, as a rule, is free and pri- mary education compulsory. With this branch of the public service it expends 874:862$000, a sum which cor- ■ responds to more than one fifth of its revenue, estimated ; at 4,221:505$000. The province has 518 public schools, including 10 night schools, and 137 private of which 35 receive a subvention. The first were attended by 16,034, and the second by 2.295 pupils The number of pupils in 1874 was therefore 18,329, or 4,453 more than 1872. The province has a Normal School for both sexes, an English class in the capital, Latin and French ones in the city of Angra dos Reis, and 10 private boarding schools ; all these establishments have 565 pupils. In the capital there is an Asylum for girls, called Santa Leopoldina, of which more will be said in another place. This province expends annually the sum of 397:979$330, or more than one seventh of its revenue, estimated at The number of public schools was raised to 554, and they are attended by 14,247 pupils of both sexes; that of the private ones is 59 with 1,321 pupils. There are night schools maintained by private indi— ! viduals in several cities of the province. Compared with the year 1872, the number of pupils \ had an increment of 3,960. Instruction in the higher branches in general is mi- nistered at the preparatory course annexed to the law faculty maintained by government, and at eight private establishments. All these were attended by 878 pupils. In the city of Taubatd there is a Latin and also a ; F rench class. In this province primary education is enforced. The 91 public schools were attended by 2,341, and the 24 private by 562 pupils. Though not yet inaugurated, 28 more public schools S. PAULO 2,539:626$684. PARANA’ 4 have been created. 23 For the higher branches the province has 15 esta- blishments, six public and nine private, attended by 269 pupils. The statistics of the primary and of the grammar schools, both public and private of this province, shew a total of 3,172 pupils, being 1,134 more than in 1872. The Literary Club of Paranagua maintains a free course of French, English, Portuguese grammar, geogra- phy, history, rhetoric and poesy. The revenue of the province is 727:985$965 of which G4:720$000, or a little over one eleventh, are applied to public education. SANTA CATHARINA Primary education is enforced in this province where there are 107 public schools, including 12 not yet pro- vided with masters, and 27 private. The former were frequented by 2,736, and the latter by 903 pupils. There are three establishments of secondary instruction, a public and two private ones, with 75 students. The provincial revenue is estimated at 311:492$953, of which 76:720$000, or nearly one fourth, are applied to education. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL In this province there are 353 public and 123 private primary schools ; the former were attended by 9,295, and the latter by 4,485 pupils, making a total of 13,780. The province subsidizes several private schools. The increase in the number of pupils was 1,469 over 1872, and has been progressive since 1867, when there were only 3849 students. There are 16 secondary schools, a public one attended )y 61, and 15. private ones with 710 pupils; altoge- ;her 771. The public establishment is a Normal School, for train- ng teachers ofboth sexes. The provincial revenue was estimated at 1,702: 100$000, )f which 275:260$000, or more than one seventh, are ex- )ended on education. Primary education is enforced. Of the revenue of this srovince, estimated at 1,651:640$000, about 601:600$000, )r more than one third, are applied to primary and other schools. There are 656 public and 109 private primary schools, naking a total of 765, attended by 22,514 students, of which 21,553 belong to the former and 961 to the latter. L26 public schools already decreed are not yet inaugu- rated. The number of pupils in primary schools exceeds that of 1872 by 2,744. There are 172 establishments for secondarv instruction, Doth public and private, including the Pharmaceutical course, divided into two years, and where chemistry, bo- tany, materia medica and pharmacy are taught ; these schools were attended by 1,590 pupils. This province spends about 51:550$000, or near a third of its revenue, estimated at 147:787$276. The number of primary schools is 85, of which seven are private. They were attended by 2,499 pupils of both sexes, that is by 356 more than in 1872. MINAS-GERAES GOYAZ It has two establishments for secondary instruction, con- taining 167 students. MATO-GROSSO The expenditure with public education in this province is estimated at over 48:510$000, more than a fourth of the revenue of the province, amounting to 167:000$000. It has 51 schools, of which 34 are public and 17 private ; they were attended by 1,305 pupils, of which 1,108 belong to the first and 197 to the last. The province has six classes, in which elementary math- ematics, geography, history, Latin and French are taught to the 56 pupils who attend them. Epitomising what has been said respecting public ) education throughout the Empire, it is seen that the 5,890 public and private establishments of primary and secondary instruction of which information was obtained, ' were attended by 187,915 pupils of both sexes. Considering the difficulty of obtaining information of this nature, in so extensive a territory with so sparse a population, it will be acknowledged that the result obtained is far from representing the truth, in relation to the number of schools, and to that of the students of both sexes which attends them. It must also be explained that in these deficient statis- tics, those children who obtain primary education in in- dustrial establishments at the expense of the proprietors are not included. There are besides many planters, residing at a distance i from towns, who prefer having on their estates or rural establishments primary schools, and even classes of the higher branches of learning, which are attended not only by their own children but by their poorer neigh bors. 181 If, however, the results of the last statistics be compared with those of the year 1871, it will be acknowledged that within two years there has been an increase of 994 schools of primary and secondary education, and of 20,478 pu- pils. The following table shews, by provinces, the number of schools and classes of primary and secondary educa- tion, that of the pupils who attend them, the provincial re- venue and the amount expended by the provinces on edu- cation. PROVINCES Number of primary and se- condary schools Number of pupils in 1875 Revenue of the provinces Expenditure of the provin- ces with public education Amazonas 59 1.679 57 ». 433(5520 16.6603000 Para 259 11.021 1.533.670(5000 346.3503000 Maranhao 163 6 4 43 331 . .9U(/000 125.1 02(5000 Piauhy 73 2 026 3 -6. 526,3330 40.4563000 Ceara 254 10.861 81 1 . 9293655 183.0463666 Rio-Grande-do-Norte — 152 6.611 318.68 (5026 96.3503000 Paralivba 150 3.906 777.2323581 1‘ 4 303(5333 Pernambuco 502 9.917 2.51 '.4493516 478.90-3186 Alagoas 230 7.015 773 .0563051 137.3003000 Sergipe 175 5.651 697 7353872 119.0003000 Bahia 425 17.362 2.172.4333000 3 3.5003000 Espirito-Santo 136 2.216 300.0003000 82.0003000 Rio-de-Janeiro 674 18.894 4.221.5053000 874.3623000 Mu nicipio-da-Corte 211 17.279 658.6413000 397.9793330 S.-Pauio 624 16.466 2.539.6263683 Parana 130 3.172 727.9853965 64 7203000 Santa-Catharina 137 3.714 311.4923953 76.7203000 S. - Pedro -do - R io-G rande- do-Sul 492 14 . 551 1.702.1003000 275.2603000 Minas-Geraes 892 25. '04 1.651.6403000 6 1.6003000 Goyaz 9-) 2.666 147.7873276 51.5503000 Mato-Grosso 57 1 .361 167.0008000 48.1103000 Total 5.890 187.915 23J 19.5763428 5.252.8143495 RELIGIOUS EDUCATION The seminaries created in the twelve dioceses furnish preparatory education, as well as instruction in theologi- cal and canonical sciences. They are 19 in number, and are divided into two classes, called higher and lower, according to the matter taught, With the exception of that of S. Jose, founded in the city of Rio de Janeiro, whose patrimony is sufficient for its main- tenance, all the others receive subventions from the State, amounting in all to 115:000$000. The plan of studies, in both classes of seminaries, varies in the several dioceses, and comprises : In the lower seminaries, the Portuguese, Latin, Greek, French, English, Hebrew, and Italian languages, religious instruction, Brazilian and universal history, geography, elementary mathematics, natural history, philosophy, rhe- toric, music, singing and drawing. In the higher seminaries, sacred and ecclesiastical his- tory, exegetics, hermeneutics, moral theology, dogmatic theology, natural law, canonical law, lithurgy and cere- monials : At the date of the last official information, these semi- naries, with the exception of that of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, owing to the respective building not being yet finished, were attended by 1,368 students, 1,063 belon- ging to the lower, and 305 to the higher seminaries, as will be seen by the following table. — 183 — DIOCESES SIMIN a> [3d \RIES O TOTAL r, . 4 Belem 1 72 72 ^ Manaos i 30 30 Maranhao i 1 13 177 190 Ceara i 1 28 106 134 Olinda 1 48 48 S. -Salvador i 1 37 116 153 S. -Se bast iao -do -Rio-de- Janeiro i 1 54 54 S. -Paulo i 1 12 100 112 Marianna i 1 48 338 386 Diamantina i 1 25 76 101 Goyaz i 48 48 Cuyaba 1 40 40 10 9 305 1.063 1.368 It must also be mentioned that in the Latin- American Seminary, founded in Rome by His Holiness the Pope Pius IX, there are some Brazilian students from the pro- vinces of Ceara, Bahia, Rio de Janeiro and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. MILITARY EDUCATION Military subjects are taught in the following establish- ments subordinate to the war department : Regimental schools, preparatory schools, the military school, the gunnery school of Campo Grande, and the depot of artillery apprentices. regimental schools. — Are destined for training non- commissioned officers for the different army corps ; the fol- lowing subjects are taught in them : reading, writing, chris- tian doctrine, elements of arithmetic, vulgar and decimal fractions, metrology, lineal drawing, the principal regu- tions of military penal law, the duties of a soldier or non- commissioned officer, under every circumstance of the ser- vice, in peace or in war. For each branch of the service the respective pratical instructions are regulated by programmes organized by the board of instruction of the military school. Preparatory schools. — These comprise the study of the doctrines required for matriculating in the higher military courses, and elementary pratical instruction in the several branches of the service. The course, in those provinces where government may judge necessary to create them, will embrace two years, and the study of Portuguese and French grammar, his- tory and geography, principally those of Brazil, arith- metic, elementary algebra, geometry, plane trigono- metry, administration of companies and of corps. The preparatory school of the capital is annexed to the military school. In its course of three years gym- nastics, swimming, and fencing are included ; 131 stu- dents attend it. Military school. — New regulations were given it by a decree of 1874 ; the plan of studies embraces a com- plete course of military engineering, divided into prepa- ratory and superior schools, both in a boarding establish- ment. In the first school Portuguese, French and English, geography, arithmetic, algebra, lineal drawing, ancient, medioeval, mpdern and comtemporaneous history, history of Brazil, plane geometry, and trigonometry, pratical geometry, administration of companies and corps, prac- — 185 — tice in the different arms used in the army, gymnastics, fencing and swimming are taught. In the second or superior school, the subjects are spread over five years, and form different courses ; the 1st and 2nd years for infantry and cavalry; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th, for first class staff officers ; and 1st, 2nd, and 4th, for engineers. The theoretical studies comprise : the higher branches of algebra, analytic geometry, differential and integral calculus, experimental physics, electric telegraphs, inor- ganic chemistry, topographical drawing, topography, recon- noitring, tactics, strategy, military history, castrameta- tion, temporary and permanent fortifications, including the attack and defense of trenches and of fortifications, preceded by notions of political economy and admi- nistrative law, geographical drawing, reduction of charts; common and military buildings, hydraulics, including the principal notions respecting the course of rivers, water power and water pipes, highroads, railways, principally with regard to the requirements of war ; mineralogy, geo- logy, botany, preceded by the indispensable notions of organic chemistry ; notions of civil and military archi- tecture, architectural design and the execution of projects, international law, in its application to the exigencies of -war, preceded by notions of natural and common law ; general analysis of the constitution of the Empire, mil- itary law, descriptive geometry including the study of planes of projection and their application to avoid the enfi- lading of forfications ; rational mechanics and their ap- plication to machines, balistics, military technology, the application of electric telegraphy, and illumination to the defence of fortifications, artillery, military mines ; de- signs of fortifications and war engines, spheric trigono- metry, optics, astronomy, geodesy, military administration. 24 — 186 — Theoretic and practical teaching are regulated by special programmes, according to the branch of the service, or the corps, to which the student belongs. The superior direction of the military schools is in the hands of a commandant, a general officier, who must have belonged to one of the scientific branches of the service, but who cannot be a professor in the school ; there is, besides, a second commandant, also a superior officer of one of the scientific branches, an adjutant, the officers of the gar- rison and a secretary. There are nine cathedrated professors, six tutors, two professors, and two or three assistant professors of drawing, according to the number of students ; the appointments as professors, tutors and assistants are all filled by competi- tive examinations. For practical teaching in the school, there are two first class and two second class instructors, two fencing, one riding, one gymnastic, and one swimmig master. The military school has a library of appropriate works, a physical cabinet, a chemical and pyrotechnical labora- tory, a chapel and an infirmary ; it is attended by 95 boarding students. Depot of artillery apprentices. — Established in the capital of the Empire, its special object is to train captains of guns, and good gunners for the different artillery corps, and for the batteries of the fortifications. The artillery apprentices, numbering 404, are taught: Christian doctrine and moral principles, theoretic and practical gunnery and infantry drill, the practice of mili- tary book keeping and accounts, fencing, gymnastics, swim- ming and music. Cavalry and infantry school of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. — By a decree of 1874, the £3 course ofcavalary and infantry of Rio Grande do Sul was reestablished : in it officers and privates of these branches of the service receive theoretic and practical instruction. Another decree of the same year harmonized this course with that of the military school. It is superintended by a commandant, a general officer, assisted by an adjutant and and a secretary. There are five professors and two assistants, three ins- tructors and a master of hippiatrics. The studies are spread over two years and comprise the same subjects as the military school, for those who belong to the infantry or cavalry. The general gunnery school of Campo Grande.— This school is meant to train instructors for the different army corps, both by the theory and the practice of gunnery ; the method of teaching followed is, for the present, that prescribed by Panot, for the gunnery school of Saint- Omer. There are 70 students inscribed this year ; the follow- ing subjects are taught ; Nomenclature and use of small fire arms, their preser- vation and cleanliness ; nomenclature of the different kinds of ordnance, their frames, limber, carriages, forges, caissons tackle md harness ; nomenclature and use of the power engines employed in mounting and dismounting heavy guns: the practical means of judging distances ; nomenclature and use of instruments for extracting and inserting fuses and for pointing ordnance ; theory and practice of pointing ordnance and congreve rockets, for direct, curvilineal, plunging or ricocheting shots, the graduation of fuses for the corresponding amplitudes and trajectories ; judging the balistic force of gun-powder by the usual means. — 188 The school lias an extensive range for ordnance, and other dependencies. It is near the capital of the Empire, with which it communicates easily by means of a branch railroad to the D. Pedro II railway. It was lately disconnected from the military school, and a new organization was given to it. It the marine dapartment, there are several educational establishments. In the naval school, on board a hulk, all the branches of < mathematical sciences, which form the bases of the study of astronomy and navigation, physics and chemistry, miner- alogy, steam engines, artillery, hydrography and naval tactics are taught. The naval cadets (aspirantes) learn French and English, ? maritime law, naval history, and the accessory subjects necessary for a complete training in all the branches of the profession, both military and scientific. The practical part is taught on board, both in cruizing trips along the coast, and in yearly voyages of instruction, to different parts of the globe, The preparatory studies for the naval schools are pro- vided at the public expense in a day school, which is to be converted into a naval boarding school, go- vernment having been authorized to do so. The preparatory studies comprise Portuguese, geogra- phy, and universal history, arithmetic, the first part of algebra, and the rudiments of French, English and drawing. NAVAL INSTRUCTION — 189 — The professors and teachers are appointed by government after a competitive examination. For the seamen and soldiers there is a practical school of artillery. The school of geometry applied to the arts and that of machinists qualify for this profession on board ships of war, and for the work in the shops of the naval arse- \ nals. Not only in the national schools, but also in some ' of the most accredited establishments in Europe, there ; are Brazilians studying ship building, steam engines, hy- \ draulics, artillery and pyrotechny. By this means, Brazil will shortly have a sufficiency of capable men for the technical requirements of the ) navy. All the directors of the work-shops are now Brazi- lians, and some of them advantageously known in Europe > where they studied. One of them, who brilliantly reformed the plans of naval construction, obtained in England a patent for his invention ; to another are due the first iron-clads built C :• in Rio de Janeiro. With reference to education, there is also in the ca- | pital of the Empire the naval library, of which more will } be said in another chapter. The ships of war have libraries proportioned to the } number of the crew. The taste for study has received a considerable im- ; pulse among the officers of the navy, some of whom have published interesting works for schools, and on spe- < cial questions. > As the capital of the Empire has an observatory, which ‘ has determined with exactitude its astronomical position, new charts will have to be drawn up to substitute those in the Imperial navy, which in general refer to the me- ridian of Greenwich, or to that of Paris. At the end of the three years of theoretical studies in the school, the naval cadets, being promoted to midshipmen, are sent on a voyage of instruction, under the command of a scientific officer, and under the im- mediate direction of the respective professors. On returning, the captain and the professors present circumstancial reports of the voyage, and the midshipmen, in examinations, exhibit proofs of their application and proficiency. Since 1857, with the exception of the five years of the Paraguayan war, several voyages of instruction have been made to Europe, some of the ships calling at the United States. This service continues to be very regular. The corvette Nitheroy has been commissioned for this service, and has sailed for several European ports. The Brazilian navy has also made several exploring voyages, the most remarkable of which is that of the corvette Baliiana, which in 1867, overcoming serious difficulties, doubled Cape Horn and touched at several ports of the Pacific. This same corvette, a ship which testifies to the solidity and perfection of Brazilian ship building, made a successful and long voyage in the Atlantic, visi- ting several islands, among which Tristao da Cunha, Assention, the Cape Verde islands, and many places on the west coast of Africa. In 1861, the steam corvette Beberibe left Rio de Janeiro to sound several places between the Cape — xyi — Verd islands and the coast of Brazil, verifying the < existence of some rocks and shallows marked on charts. The report of this voyage evinces the zeal and pro- ) ficiency of Brazilian officers, and may be advantageously consulted, as it contains indications not only useful, ; but also applicable to the study of sub-marine phenomena. The corvettes Vital cle Oliveira and Paraense assisted ; in the soundings and other preliminary work of the ; English professionals commissioned to lay the cable which connected the coast of Brazil with Europe. Tis important service was all through assisted by ships and officers of the Brazilian navy, who received merited praise for their efficient cooperation. During the year 1875, 86 students attended the school, and 8 naval cadets were promoted to the rank of midshipmen, having concluded their studies. From 1863 to 1875, 224 naval cadets were for the same reason, promoted to that rank. During the present year 59 individuals obtained certificates of machinists through the naval school, viz : 1st class . . 9 2nd « . . 7 3rd « . . 11 4th « . . 39 59 There are, in the capital, 250 artisan apprentices, and 100 in the provinces of Bahia and Pernambuco : and 1.122 seamen apprentices in the capital, and 17 in the provinces They all receive the necessary training for the | profession they follow, as well as primary educa- | tion. POLYTECHNIC SCHOOL < ) The Central School has been reorganized under the name of Polytechnic School, comprising one general, and five < special courses. The general course is of two years, and the studies consist ■: of algebra, as far as the general theory of equations, inclu- < sive ; theory and use of logarithms, geometry of solids, rectilineal trigonometry, analytic geometry, experimental physics, and meteorology, geometrical and topographical \ drawing, differential and integral calculus, abstract me- / chanics, and mechanics applied to elementary engines, 'i descriptive geometry (first part), inorganic chemistry, < notions of mineralogy, botany and zoology. The special courses are as follows : 1st. Of Physical and Natural sciences , divided into 1 three years in which the following subjects are studied : > botany, zoology, organographic drawing of plants and animals, landscape drawing, organic chemistry, minera- logy, geology, analytic geometry, mineral and organic che- mistry, industrial biology (agriculture in general, asappli- | cable to Brazil), preservation of forests and the felling of wood, rearing and preserving animals useful to man, both ) as food and as an element of industry, geological drawing, ' and that of agricultural implements and engines. 2nd. Of Physical science and mathematics, three'years, i comprising : series, elyptical functions, continuation of ; differential and integral calculus, computation of varia- ) tions, computation of differences, and of probabilities, mi- — 193 — neralogy, and geology, descriptive geometry applied to perspective ; shadows, and stereotomy, spherical trigo- nometry, astronomy, topography, making up charts and geographical drawing, celestial mechanics, mathematical physics, mechanics applicate (machines in general and computation of their effects; steam engines), graphic exercises, and competitive examinations. 3rd. Of geographical engineers, in which the following subjects are taught : spherical trigonometry, astronomy, topography, geodesy, hydrography, construction and draw- ing of geographical maps. 4th. Of civil engineers, in three years, comprehending the study of building materials and their resistance, techno- logy of the elementary professions, civil architecture, descriptive geometry applied to perspective, shadows and stereotomy, turnpike and railroads, bridges and viaducts, mechanics applicate, complementary study of the appli- cation of hydrodinamics, canals, river navigation, sea ports, agricultural hydraulics, hydraulic power, political economy, administrative law, statistics, graphic exercises, and competitive examinations. 5th. Of mines, also of three years, comprising the study of building materials and their resistance, techno- logy of the elementary professions, civil architecture applied to mines, descriptive geometry applied to shadows and stereotomy, mineralogy and zoology, analytic che- mistry, metallurgy, exploration of mines, political eco- nomy, administrative law, statistics, graphic exercises, and competitive examinations. 6th. Of arts and manufactures, also spread over three years, comprising the following subjects : the study of building materials and their resistance, technology of the elementary professions, civil architecture, mechanics — 194 — applicate, industrial physics, analytic chemistry, political economy, administrative law, statistics, graphic exercises, and competitive examinations. The Polytechnic School confers the degree of batchelor on the students who pass either of the first two special courses, and that of doctor, on the bachelors who obtain plenary approval in all the subjects of these courses, if they obtain it by the defense of theses. The students who pass in the respective courses re- ceive the diploma of civil engineer, geographical engineer, mining engineer and industrial engineer. There are 26 cathedrated professors and 10 substitutes, ; for the lessons, repetitions, experiments and practice : and / eight drawing masters, for the graphic exercises and competitive examinations. The school lias a director, a secretary, a librarian, a treasurer, a clerk, an amanuensis, several preparers and conservators, a porter, beadles and guards. It has an important library, and physical, botanical, zoological and mineralogical cabinets, besides chemical laboratories. During the present year 399 students matriculated in the general and special courses. This establishment formerly annexed to the old mili- Castle Hill, in the city of Rio de Janeiro, and great im- provements have of late been carried out in it, and it can now bear comparison with the best in the world. It con- tains a most complete set of instruments, some of consi- derable size, one of which, an altazimuth, which is being IMPERIAL ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATORY tary school, is now independent ; it is situated on the set up, has a telescope of 0m35 of free aperture, with a focus of 8m, this is the largest instrument of precision in the world. Telescopes of these dimensions are gene- \ rally only employed in equatorials. j The observatory contains two equatorials provided with ; excellent micrometers of position, one of them with a pho- tometer. I It also has a meridian circle, a prime vertical telescope, a zenithal, and a newly invented azimuthal, which no other observatory possesses. All these instruments have the newest and most ; perfect improvements ; they are provided with collima- tors and with collimator sights ; all the observations can be registered by means of an improved electric chronograph. The observatary has also large telescopes, one of which \ has a focus of 10m., for observations of the sun. These telescopes, which are fixed, receive the light by means of an equatorial of mirrors, with clock-work \ movement, so as to allow of physical observations in a ca- ( mera obscura, and with great steadiness. This new dis- > position, which possesses great advantages with regard ? to the heliostats and siderostats, facilitating observations in any position in which the heavenly bodies may be, ' has received the name of caelostat ; as yet it has only been employed in the Brazilian observatory, which also possesses a collection of magnetic and meteorological ins- truments, among which is a registering instrument. It is therefore organized as an absolute or first class / observatory ; the most important astronomical constants are being determined there ; the southern heavenly bo- dies are being studied and a catalogue of them is being drawn up. The navy and army chronometers are ra- ' ted at the observatory, which daily makes the signal indicative of the mean time. A commission is to be appointed to direct and organize the precise map of the Empire, and more specially to measure the meridians and parallels ; to determine the osculatory ellipsoids of the terrestrial surface of Brazil, and the ver- \ tical deviations ; and, finally, the geodetic levelling, and discussion of the observations, and of the tides in the ; different ports on the coast. It will publish ephemerides, as soon as the revision of ' the astronomical tables is finished. The employes have often been commissioned to study and make observations in different ports of Brazil, Govern- ment sent a student of astronomy to Japan, to observe : the passage of Venus over the disc of the sun. It publishes, daily, the meterological facts observed. Native and foreign scientific expeditions have of late been employed in making astronomical observations in differ- ent parts of the Empire. A committee of longitudes has been appointed. In the capital of the province of Pernambuco there is also a small marine observatory. FACULTIES OF MEDICINE There are two faculties of medicine, one in the capital of the Empire, another in the province of Bahia, both have the same plan of studies, comprising the following subjects, distributed over six years : physics in general, but particularly in its applications to medicine, inorganic chemistry, mineralogy, discriptive anatomy (demonstra- ! tions and anatomical dissections), botany, zoology, or- — 197 — ganic chemistry, physiology, general and pathological anatomy, general pathology, internal pathology, external pathology, in-door and out-door clinic, obstetrics, diseases of pregnant women and of new born i nfants, topogra- phical anatomy, operations, apparatus, materia medica, therapeutics, hygiene, history of medicine and legal me- dicine. These subjects are traught by 21 cathedrated professors, and 15 assistant who, substitute the professors, when impeded. All are appointed by government after a competi- tive examination. The faculties have a special course of pharmacy and another of obstetrics. The first, of three years, comprises physics, chemistry, mineralogy, organic, chemistry, botany, materia medica, and pharmacy. The second of two years embraces the subjects of the chair of obstetrics, in the medical course and the respective clinic, at the hospital of the Santa Casa da Misericordia. Each faculty has a chemical laboratory, cabinets of physics, of natural history, of anatomy, and of materia medica, sets of surgical instruments, a pharmaceutical laboratory, and the amphitheatres necessary for the lectures, and for the demonstrations of the subjects requi- ring them. Until botanical gardens shall be established, their want is supplied by the gardens situated in the neighbourhood of the faculties. Each faculty is administered by a director, and by the board of the respective professors ; they have a bu- reau and a library. In the faculty of medicine of the capital of the Empire , 1 the number of students matriculated in the year 1874, ) was : In the medical course 502 In the pharmaceutical course. . . . 103 The degree of doctor was conferred on 54 students of the l- first course ; and diplomas of capacity were given to 32 of > the second course. The students matriculated in Bahia, were : In the medical course 250 In the pharmaceutical course. ... 95 Of the first, 32 obtained the degree of doctor, and of the | second, 64 received diplomas of capacity. \ ( Doctors or bachelors in medicine or surgery, midwives, \ and dentists, authorized to practise by foreign establish- \ ments, must, if they wish to exercise their professions in ) | the Empire, pass an examination befere either of the fa- ) culties. To be admitted to this examination, the original diplo- ; mas or titles must be exhibited, or, in their stead, au- s ) thentic documents, with the permission of government ; I identity of the person must also be proved, and good con- \ S duct certified. s < All titles and documents must be certified by the con- ? \ suls or diplomatic agents of Brazil residing in the place < i where they are passed. \ The following are exempt from this examination : pro- j fessors or retired professors of universities, faculties or ( schools of medicine, recognized by the respective govern- ments, of these, proofs must be furnished to either of the / faculties, by means of certificates from Brazilian diplo- ' matic agents or consuls at the place where the candidate > may have lectured. ? To matriculate in the medical course, the student must — 199 — ! have passed in Latin, French, English, history, geography, rational and moral philosophy, arithmetic, algebra, as far as equations of the first degree, and geometry. For the pharmaceutical course, the student must have passed in French, arithmetic and geometry. For the course of obstetrics, in reading and writing, the four rules of arithmetic and French. With these two faculties government expends the sum of 216:910$000 yearly. \ FACULTIES OF LAW > Social and juridical sciences are taught in two faculties ( of law, one in the city of S. Paulo, capital of the province \ of the same name, and another at Recife, capital of the pro- / vince of Pernambuco. ( Both are governed by the same statutes. Annexed to each of these faculties, are classes of | French, English, Latin, arithmetic, geometry, history, I rhetoric and philosophy, forming the course of prepara- tory studies, required for matriculating in the superior course. This is divided into five years; there are eleven chairs comprising : natural law, universal public law, analyses of the constitution of the Empire, international law, eccle- siastical law, Brazilian civil law, with analysis, and con- ( frontation with Roman law, criminal law, including cri- | minal military law, maritime and commercial law, juridical j hermeneutics, civil and criminal processes, comprehending ( the military ; forensic practise, political economy, and ad- | ministrative law. Each faculty is immediately subordinate to a director, whose duty it is to inspect the respective studies, and to , preside at the board of professors, charged with tho eco- | geography. Although the English language was not included in \ the plan of the studies, it has been successfully taught > to some of the pupils. The professional studies, for the present, comprehend > ) vocal and instrumental music, harmony, the rules of ( counterpoint and instrumentation, the typographical art, | book-binding, and piano tuning, for the boys ; music and / l needle-work for the girls. When the new building is finished, and the number * of pupils increased, new work-shops will be introduced i ; for turners, wicker-workers, shoe-makers, tailors and others which the children may attend; a school of | elementary gymnastics, adapted to the condition of the mostly due to charitable contributions, and to benefits > I in the public theatres. There are six professors appointed by government, who teach more than one subject, and four assistants. Three of these were pupils of the institute. Some pupils have left the establishment, who by the — 203 — ; exercise of the profession of musicians and piano tuners, live confortably, and maintain their families. There were last year 29 pupils, of which 19 boys and 10 girls. Nearly all are educated at the expense of go- vernment, who last year applied 63:770$320 to this es- tablishment. The project for the reform of this institute awaits the approval of the senate, it is intended to raise the establishment to the level of the most advanced in other countries. Its chief objects are : To increase the number of free and paying pupils, Of both sexes, in the central and provincial institutes, the ; accomodation of the buildings, with the resources of the foundation, and in accordance with the state of the budget. To give the greatest possible expansion to vocal in- struction. To found branch institutes in the provinces, for pri- mary education, and for teaching music ; or to aid in the foundation of establishments of the same nature. To create the employments indispensable to the re- gimen of the institute and to the physical, moral, and intellectual education of the pupils; for such employ- ments, preferance is to be given to those pupils, who, having finished their studies in the institute, shall be considered qualified. To reorganize on a larger scale the existing work- shops, and to establish others for apprenticeship in those ; industries which may be accessible and useful to the ] blind. To create a class of aspirants to tuition, to be chosen from those pupils who shall distinguish themselves most in their studies. To establish a fund, in government stock, amounting 204 ! to two thousand contos de reis, not including the public buildings erected, or destined for the habitation of the pupils and functionaries, and for the class and work shops. And, lastly, to assist associations which may be or- ganized to watch over the lot of the pupils, who finish their studies, in order that they may not be exposed to indigence, in consequence of not meeting with employ- ment. This institute was founded in 1826, as as a private en- \ terprise ; H. M. the Emperor subscribed with a stipend ; for two pupils, the imperial government for ten, the province of Rio de Janeiro for two, and the religious orders of St. Benedict and of Our Lady of Mount Car- mel with the rent of the building, in which the insti- tute was established. It was afterwards transferred to government for a pe- cuniary compensation, and in 1868 it was converted into a public establishment of education, on which the State expends the sum of 54:000$000 yearly. It is a boarding school and provides the education and instruction which the deaf and dumb are susceptible of receiving, within the limits prescribed in the respective regulations. It is situated about six kilometres distant from the city of Rio de Janeiro, in one of its most pleasant suburbs ; the house has sufficient acommodation for the present number of pupils, and play grounds for games, aud gym- nastic exercises, gardens and abundance of excellent wa- DEAF AND DUMB INSTITUTE l ter, — 205 — At present there are 20 pupils. Literary instruction for the present consists in: Christian doctrine, the Portuguese language, by the intuitive me- thod, according to the programme of the institute of Paris arithmetic in its pratical applications ; geometry and land surveying, sacred history, geography, and history of Brazil ; attendance will be enforced at the work-shops, which government may establish. The shoe-makers shop is already at work, and makes all the boots and shoes for the pupils ; so also is that of the hook-binders, the workmanship of both is excel ent. Drawing and mimology are also taught as accessories, the latter by an assistant master who is deaf and dumb. All the pupils, over 12 years of age, learn horticulture, and floriculture, in which they are employed at certain convenient hours of the day. The institute has a director, two professors of written language ; one of arithmetic, geography and the history of Brazil, two assistant masters, one of whom is deaf and dumb, and was educated in the institute ; a drawing master, a master of gymnastics, and a chaplain charged also with religious instruction. The classes are provided with the principal objects re- quired for teaching, including engravings, maps, and geo- graphical globes, iconological pictures, from which such good results have been obtained in Germany ; and appa- ratus manufactured in Rio de Janeiro, by order of the present director, for teaching arithmetic by Desuseau’s me- thod, and others for gymnastics. The establishment has a small library of which more will be said in another place. The institute possesses 36:000$000 in government stock, due to private donations and benefits in the theatres. This sum, as well all others arising from similiar sour- ces, is destined to form a fund in aid of poor pupils who, having finished their studies, may not, immediately on leaving, meet with a means of livelihood. FINE ARTS ACADEMY In this establishment the fine arts are taught ; it lias a director and 27 effective and honorary professors. The studies are divided into five sections. The 1st. section comprises the classes of geometrical and ornamental drawing, and civil archithecture. The 2nd. section, those of ornamental sculpture, en- graving medals and precious stones, and statuary. The 3rd. section, those of drawing figures, landscape, flowers and animals, historical painting, copies of living- models. The 4th. section, those of the application of mathema- tics, anatomy and physiology of the passions, the history of the arts, esthetics and archeology. The 5th. section is formed of the musical conser- vatory. The studies are divided into two courses, a day and a night course. In the latter the pupils are taught industrial and orna- mental drawing, and drawing of figures, sculpture of or- naments and figures ; elementary mathematics, including arithmetic and practical geometry, elements of mechanics, and copying from living models. It was created as an industrial school, that mechanics, might avail themselves of it. It was attended by 107 pu- pils during the last year. — 207 The effective professors are appointed by government, after a competitive examination, and the honorary are elecied by the pupils, by an absolute majority of votes, the candidate being proposed by the director, or by three < members of any of the sections, ad approved by go- ') vernment. The honorary professors are bound to take the chairs of the effective professors, during their impediment, when They cannot exercise their functions before presen- ' ting the pupils with a work of their own, which becomes the property of the establishment. There is also a class of corresponding members, com- The classes of the academy were attended last year by 200 pupils, including 57 not matriculated, and those of the night course , 11 were examined and passed. Of these students 100 were not bound to pass an There is every year, in the hall of the Pinacotheca, a public exhibition, which lasts three days, of the works of the students of the different classes, at the end of which the prizes are distributed. Every two years there is also a general public exhibi- tion, which lasts a fortnight, of all the artistical works, executed in the capital of the Empire and in the provinces. National and foreign artists have a right to exhibit their works, if once approved by the academic jury. In the last public exhibition 28 pupils obtained prizes for works exhibited. The regulations of the Academy grant an extraordi- appointed by the director. posed of distinguished artists, resident out of the Em- pire. examination. — 208 — i nary prize to the Brazilian student who distinguishes <> himself most ; this prize consists in a yearly pension to ? study in Europe, during six years if he be an historical painter, a sculptor, or an architect ; and during four years, if he be an engraver or a landscape painter. There are at present in Rome two pupils of the Aca- demy, one studies historical painting, the other statuary. ; Both have sent works which denote their application and \ progress. The Academy has a library, which will be mentioned in another place, and a bureau. The annual expenditure is about 37:560$000. MUSICAL CONSERVATORY Though forming one of the sections of the Academy of Fine Arts, this conservatory is administered by a spe- cial director, has a separate economy, and its own foun- dation, and occupies a ^building specially created for its use. Tuition is free, intended for both sexes, and is imparted in the following classes : Of the rudiments of music, solfeggio and notions of singing for the male pupils ; Of the same subjects for the other sex ; Of song for both sexes ; Of the rules of accompaniment, and organ ; Of stringed instruments ; Of wind instruments. The class of composition and others will be created, as o’clock in the morning till 2 in the afternoon, and from 6 till 9 in the evening ; 60 persons can study commo- diously in the reading saloon. At night the building is lit by gas. The attendance of the public averages from 1,000 to $ 1,300 persons every month. Until within a few years, government expended the yearly sum of 25:000$000 with the National Library, but in the last budget this sum was raised to 68,800$500. Government purpose buying, or erecting, a building larger than the present one, in order to enlarge the reading rooms, and afford a more convenient arrange- ment for the existing books, and for those which may hereafter be acquired. In the municipality of the capital of the Empire, there are other special libraries, annexed to government estab- lishments; and many belonging to private communities and societies. That of the Faculty of Medicine, containing 17,317 volumes bound, and a great number of printed pamphlets. ( [ I < It is entirely composed of books on the sciences which form the medical course, and contains, principally, modern works by the most celebrated French, English and German authors. The yearly attendance averages 5,263 readers, mostyl students, and professors of the faculty ; any person, how- ever, may be admitted by the librarian to consult the works. The attendance is increasing, owing to the library being now open for some hours in the evening. The library of the Polytechnic School, containing 6,000 volumes, divided into three sections ; mathematics, physical sciencies, and works on subjects foreign to the academical course. It is open daiiy in the morning, during college hours, and is attended by the students and professors. The Marine library, with 19.000 volumes, 5,200 maps and many plans, besides 22 models of vessels, and different instruments for the study of cosmography, it is almost wholely composed of interesting works on nautical sub- jects, it possesses also a great number of others, on various branches of learning, and distributes books to all the ships of the navy. The organization of methodical cata- logues, and the writing of a maritime review, the publi- cation of which is suspended at present, but will shortly continue, are matters incumbent upon the librarian, who is a superior officer of the navy. In 1874 the establishment was attended by 625 persons. The Military School Library contains 2,100 books and manuscripts, on the different branches of the military art, on the arts and trades connected with the service, on mathematical and physical sciences, maps, books on mili- tary laws, regulations and ordinances. The National Museum library, containing 8,000 volumes, 28 is perhaps the most valuable of special libraries, on account of the importance and the costliness of the works, among which are found many of the best which have been published on natural history. Although destined spe- cially to assist the directors of the different sections of the Museums, it is attended by many persons foreign to the establishment. The library belonging to the General Board of Statistics containing 1896 volumes. That of the Academy of Fine Arts, possessing nearly 1.000 volumes. That of the Imperial Blind Institute, containing over 1.000 volumes on subjects relative to the objects of the establishment. That of the Deaf and Dumb Institute, which possesses globes and geographical maps, full sets of models of weights and measures of the metrical system ; school books in the Portuguese language, and works •published on the edu- cation of the deaf and dumb, The libraries of the State departments. Among the libraries belonging to "communities, and private societies the following deserve notice : That of the monastery of Saint Benedict, with an excellent collection of 8,000 volumes, mostly ancient writings on ecclesiastical matters. Those of the monasteries of Saint Anthony and Mount Carmel, each with about 2,000 volumes, on religious subjects. The Fluminense library, founded 26 years since by an association, has 42,000 printed volumes, and more than 100 manuscripts of historical value. Amongst the former there is a large collection of official documents relative to the history of Brazil, and another, also im- — 219 — portant, of periodicals and pamphlets published in the Empire. Although instituted for the use of its shareholders, all persons, wishing to read or consult their books or documents, are admitted. It was attended last year by 52.000 readers. The library of the Portuguese Reading Rooms, com- menced in 1837, with 3.000 volumes, and has now 52.000 volumes, on almost every branch of human know- ledge. In contains many works in Latin, Italian, Spanish, German, and some in Russian and Greek. It chiefly con- sists however of French and Portuguese hooks, it also has 100 maps, 240 engravings and 92 pictures. It belongs to a Portuguese society, but admits sub- scribers and readers of every nationality. It is open from 8 in the morning till 2 in the afternoon, and from 4 to 8 the evening. During last year, 36,943 books circulated among the shareholders and subscribers to the library, which was attended by _3,955 readers and 204 visitors. Its assets amount to about 200:000$000. The society purposes erecting an appropriate building, 81:000$000 having already been expended in the acqui- sition and improvement of the grounds. The British subscription library, maintained by the society which succeeded the former British Literary Club, possesses 6,219 volumes, consisting chiefly of English works and newspapers, it is very well at- tended. Library of the Germania society, created in 1832, contains at present 5.781 volumes, mostly by German authors. It is regularly attend by the members. The societies : Literary Essays, Portuguese Literary ) Retiro, and Imperial Typographical Asssciation of Rio, all have their libraries ; the 1st possesses 3.000, the 2nd 1.930, and the 3rd 800 volumes. Other literary and scientific societies of the capital of the Empire. have also their libraries. Of these the following may be noticed : The library of the Historical, Geographical and Ethno- graphical Institute of Brazil, which is the most im- portant of tlnem, possesses 6,841 printed volumes, some of considerable value, concerning the history of Brazil, mostly presented by members ; a valuable collection of 636 volumes of manuscripts, obtained with much trouble and perseverance, and 260 geographical maps. The books of the American library, which formerly belonged to the celebrated Dr. Martius, are of the most interesting, and were presented by H. M. the Em- peror. The manuscripts are mostly copies, made by order of the government, of valuable codices existing in the ar- chives of Portugal, Spain and Holland. That of the Society for the promotion of National Industry, containing interesting works on industry and agriculture. That of the 1st battalion of infantry in the barracks oftheCampo da Acclamacao, containing 1.000 volumes. Those of the Imperial Medical Academy, of the Bra- zilian Polytechnic Institute, of the society Lover of Instruc- tion, of the Institute of Brazilian Advocates, of the In- stitute of Bacherels in belles-lettres. About a year since, the Municipal Council of the capital of the Empire, inaugurated a library which already possesses about 14.500 volumes. It is open to the public all day and until 9 o clock at night, and is doing great service to the public, having been attended by 9,373 persons, who consulted 10,282 works. Not only government, but private individuals continue to evince solicitude in the establishment of libraries, not only in the capital, but in all the provinces of the Empire. The following libraries and reading rooms are known to exist in the provinces : In the province of Amazonas, one in the Lyceum, contain- ing 800 volumes, maintained by the province. In that of Para, the provincial library with near 4,000 volumes, in several living languages, and in Greek and Hebrew, annually attended by over 600 persons ; that of Portuguese Literary Nucleus, with near 3,000 volumes, a nearly equal number of readers having at- tended the rooms, at the capital ; there are three es- tablishments in other cities, that of Santarem holding more than 1,000 volumes. In that of Maranhao, the popular library, containiug 4,169 volumes, the annual attendance averaging 3,000 persons ; that of the Portuguese Reading Room, with 5,749 volumes, and attended by 400 persons, and that of the society Ele- venth of August, with 4,000 volumes. There is also a library possessing 700 volumes, established by military men. In that of Ceara, a provincial library containing 4,590 vo- lumes, and attended last year by 2,447 persons. In that of Rio Grande do Norte, the provincial library, in the capital, possessing 1,669 volumes, attended by 4,385 readers ; and the popular libraries of S. Jose, Assu, and \ Mossord. ] In that of Pernambuco, besides the library of the Fa- — 222 — culty of Law, possessing 2,471 volumes, there is the provin- cial library having 3,643 volumes, attended by 998 persons ; and that of the Portuguese Reading Rooms containing 9,500 volumes, the annual attendance at the second being over 5,000 persons, and at the third 9,600; recently a reading room was established, at the hamlet of Monteiro. In that of Piauhy, is a library which already possesses over 1,300 volumes. In that of Alagoas, the library of the capital, maintained by the province, possesses 5,198 volumes, and was attended last year by 873 persons ; that of the Archeological Institute, contains 853 volumes; and the Popular, in the city of Pe- nedo, possesses 357 volumes, attended by 62 persons, and, lastly, that of the city of Pilar, recently created. In that of Sergipe, the reading room which has lately been inaugurated. In that of Bahia, the Provincial Library, contains 20,000 volumes, and is attended every year by 6,000 persons ; that of the Faculty of Medicine contains 2,350 volumes, and was attended last year by 3,700 readers; that of the Portuguese Reading Room, possessing 2,976 volumes, is attended by 500 persons; that of the Lyceum, created but a few years since, now contains 600 volumes ; that of the Literary Nucleus holds 7,424 volumes, with a daily average atten- dance of 40 persons. In the same province, in the municipality of Valentja, is a private library with 400 volumes, which is open to the public; and the one recently created by the Imperial Agricultural Institute of Bahia, which already possesses 6,600 volumes. In that of Espirito Santo, the provincial library, in the Lyceum Union and Progress. In that of Rio de Janeiro, the popular libraries, some of which possess, near 1,500 volumes, in the cities of Petropolis, ') Para ty, Cabo Frio, Parahyba do Sul, Barra Mansa, Valenga, \ yassouras,0$,mpos,Cantagallo, Nova Friburgo and S. Fidelis. In that of Minas Geraes, three libraries established in the capital, at S. Joao d’el Rei and Campanha; the first ; possesses 2, 088, and the private one, at Diamantina, holds 711 \ ' volumes; one at Ponte Nova, containing 288, and another at ; Uba ; besides reading rooms in some other cities ; In that of S. Paulo, the library of the Faculty of Law boasts of near 10,000 volumes, mostly of interesting ancient works on juridical subjects; the Popular containing 2, 413 vo- lumes, and that of the Germania society, all in the capital ; / that of the society New Arcadia, at Cunha, and others in l the cities of Santos, Sorocaba, Itapetininga, Pindamonha- > gaba, Bananal, Itu, and at the iron foundery of S. Joao de < Ypanema, and a reading room, containing more than 1,000 \ \ volumes, in the city of Campinas. ) In that of Par and, a library maintained by the province, in the capital, possessing 874 volumes, and seven private ones, j viz : the one of the Club Coritibano, containing 343 volumes; ) that of the Literary Pastime, with 335, at Antonina ; that l of the Club Antoninense, 466 ; at Ponta Grossa, the Pitanguy library, containing 2.000 volumes ; at Paranagua, that of the Literary Club possesses 1 ,566; that of Castro 600 ; and that of < the Porcience Literary Club in the municipality of Porto de Cima. In that of Santa Catharina, a provincial library in the ca- pital contains 1,800 volumes, and is attended by 700 persons. In that of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, the follow- ing : that of the city of Rio Grande with 7,000 volumes, and attended by 7,500 persons; and the reading rooms of the same citv, and of Rio Pardo, the first containing 1,200 volumes and the second 985 volumes ; those of the Literary Parthenon hold 1,132 and that of society Literary Essays 119 volumes, both in the capital of the province, where a public library, already authorized by the respec- tive assembly, is shortly to be founded. In that of Goyaz, those of the Lyceum, and Literary Reading Room of Goyaz, contain 4,347 volumes. In that of Mato Grosso, that of the episcopal seminary counts more than 1,500 volumes, founded by the dioce- san prelate, who made a donation of his library, and the reading room established in the municipal chamber of Cuyabh, possesses 1,187 volumes. There are besides, in many cities and towns of the in- terior, literary associations, that possess small libraries, or reading rooms, for the use of the members and of the public, which it would be tedious to enumerate. From what has been said, it will be seen, that the public and private libraries which are known, possess 460,272 books, having been attended during last year by 85,044 persons. THE PRESS In the capital of the Empire the following newspa- pers are published daily. The Diario Official do Imperio do Brazil (Official Ga- zette).— It is in its fifteenth year. Its daily issue is of 1,400 opies, inc sheets of 0,52 metre. It publishes the acts of government, and is printed in the National Printing Office, which occupies, in this special service, 140 persons, five steam and thirteen hand prin- ting presses. A vast building is being erected, with every requisite for the National Printing Office, which will be endowed with all the necessary appliances to raise it to a desi- rable state of efficiency. The Jornal do Commercio. — Established in 1821. At present 15,000 copies are distributed (printed in three ) hours) generally of six pages each, and sometimes of eight, ; measuring 0.71 metre by 0,63 metre. It requires for its use annually 9,100 reams of double ; sheets, weighing 520,000 kilogrammes, and 900 kilo- grammes of printing ink ; besides that which is used in < printing the annals of the Chamber of deputies, the cata- > logues, which it frequently prints, and the bulletins, which • it distributes on the arrival of European packets, which \ raises the consumption to 10,000 reams of paper. 29 — 226 — It is printed in minion n. 7, and, generally, the con- tents of each sheet would form a volume of 300 pages in 8 vo. The work is performed by three of Marinoni’s four cy- linder printing presses ; for smaller works there are three smaller ones of two cylinders each ; there is also a machine which doubles 20 sheets per minute. All these are worked by steam. The personnel includes 10 indoor and outdoor editors; 80 correspondents in the Empire, in Europe, and in the United States ; and 248 persons employed in the composi- tion, in correcting proofs, in printing and distributing the sheet, and in the office. As a means of assisting the class of typographers, the Jornal do Gommercio founded a society under the name of «Associacao Beneficente dos compositores do Jornal do Commercio», which has now a fund, due to a weekly con- tribution deducted from the earnings of these artisans* amounting to 14:000$000, in spite of the heavy expense which it has been forced to incur since its commence- ment. The society protects its members and their families, in case of sickness; makes loans and grants j)ensions to those who are unable to work. Annexed to this paper, is a printing office for outside work, in which 12 persons are constantly employed. The Diario do Rio de Janeiro. — This is the oldest news- paper of the Empire, having been established in 1817. It publishes 5,000 copies, each of four sheets, of 0,75 metre by 0.50, printed generally in type gaillard n. 8. It employs five editors, twenty correspondents in the provinces, three in Europe, and more than 50 compo- sitors, proof readers, printers, news boys and office ; clerks. . \ The annual consumption of paper exceeds 1,800 reams ( of double sheets, aud it has two printing presses worked by steam. The Globo, established in 1874, publishes 4,500 copies j daily; it has five editors, 26 correspondents in Europe and in the provinces, and the necessary personnel for the impression of the sheet ; it has three large printing pres- ses by Alauzet, and three small ones worked by steam, and a Minerva press for small publications. I The Reforma (7th year) Established in 1870, four sheets ; of 0,48 metre by 0,33 metre. The Nagao, (4th year) publishes in the afternoon a sheet of 0,32 by 0,49 metre; it publishes an edition of 1,200 copies. ' It employs three one cylinder presses by Alauzet, and 29 typographers. The Gazeta de Noticias, a cheap daily paper; publishes j an edition of 12,000 copies, which sometimes reaches 18,000. It is printed in one of Voisin’s two cylinder reac- tion printing presses, worked by steam, which prints 3,200 copies per hour. There are twelve persons employed as editors, reporters and proof readers, five in the administra- tion, 19 in the printing office, and about 80 in the distribu- tion and sale of the sheet. Its publication commenced in August this year. The following are published periodically : The Apostolo. — A religious paper, (9th year)- of four pa- ges, 0,32 metre by 0,48. It publishes the official acts of the see and discusses matters relating to the established religion. i The Instrucgdo Publica. — (3rd. year) a hebdomadary — 228 — sheet of eight pages. It publishes the official acts which concern its specialty and treats of all matters relating to primary, secondary and superior education in the Empire. The Gazeta Juridica. — (3rd. year) of the same size; dis- cusses subjects pertaining to its specialty. The Boletim do Grande Oriente do Brazil. The Boletim dol Grande Oriente Unido do Brazil. The Gazeta Italiana del Bresil. The Gazeta dos Operarios. The Brazil Historico. — A magazine which will now enter its fifth year, and publishes documents relating to the history of Brazil. The Brazil Americano (1st year). The Direito (3rd. year) a review of jurisprudence and legislation. The Familia Magonica (4th year). The Imprensa Evangelica (11th year) the organ of the evangelical church. The Imprensa Medica. The Jornal das Familias. The Monarchia (4th year). The Revista Juridica. The Revista da Sociedade Ensaios Litterarios. The Revista • dos Theatros (1st year). The Revista dos Guardas Livros (2nd year). The Revista Medica (2nd year). The Seoco Fem'nino (2nd year). The Rio Commercial Journal. The South American Mail. The Anglo-Brazilian Times. — An English paper which treats of many subjects and principally of those relating to Brazil. The Voight's Shipping Intelligence. — 229 The AUgemeine Deutsche Zeitung (2and year). Of the reviews of scientific, literary and industrial so- cieties, the following deserve notice : The Review of the Institulo Historico Geographico e Ethnographico do Brazil. — A quarterly magazine, for- ming every year two volumes in 4° of from 350 to 400 pages each. It was created in 1839 and there are 37 vo- lumes published. It treats, principally, of the history and geography of Brazil. The Auxiliador. — A periodical of the Society for the promotion of National industry, forming every year a vo- lume of from 550 to GOO pages in 8 vo, established in 1833, to assist the industry of the Empire ; there are 42 vo- lumes published. The Annaes Brazil lenses de Medecina. — A periodical of the Imperial Medical Academy, in its seventeenth year. It forms every year a volume of 480 pages in 8vo. The Review of the Instituto dos Advogados. — A quar- lerly magazine which treats of subjects connected with le- gislation and jurisprudence. It forms every year two vo- lumes in small 4°, of from 350 to 400 pages each. The Review of the Instituto Polytechnico Brazileiro. The Review of the Instituto Imperial de Agricultura do Rio de J aneiro. A quarterly publication with plates ; in its 8th year. The Revista Academica. Publications with engravings : Tli e Semana Illustrada. — In its fifteenth year ; distri- butes 2,000 copies of eight pages weekly ; it is printed at the Imperial Artistic Institute, which has ten lithogra- phic and three printing presses. The Mequetrefe, publishes an edition of 1,200 copies. The Mosquito, is preparing to engrave on zinc. Prints j now 3,800 copies. \ The Vida Fluminense ; distributes 3,800 copies. The following sheets are published in the provinces. ' ) AMAZONAS | The Amazonas (10th year). The Reforma Liberal (7th year.) The Catliecismo. The Commercio do Amazonas (6th year). < The Rio Negro, hebdomadary. The Jornal do Amazonas ( 1st year). All these are published in the capital. PARA’ The Diario do Grao Para (24th year). The Jornal do Para (12th year). ( The Liberal do Para (7th year). > The Const ituigao (3rd year). The Diario de Belem (8th year). The Tribuna (5th year) hebdomadary. The Regeneragdo (2nd year). The Boa Nova (5th year), a religious hebdomadary paper. The Luz da Verdade, hebdomadary. The Santo-0 fficio (5th year) on uncertain days. The Regeneragdo (2nd year) hebdomadary. The above are all published in the capital of the pro- vince. The Baixo Amazonas (4th year). The Tacape. These two are published in the city of Santarem. The Conservaclor. The Progresso (2d year). The Vigiense (1st year). The Publicista (2nd year). Those four belong to the city of Cameta. MARANHAO The Publicador Maranhense (34th year). The Paiz (13th year). The Telegrapho (5th year). The Apreciavel (10th year). The Labarum. The Jornal da Lavoura (1st year). The Diario do Maranhao (6th year). All the above are printed in the capital. The Lidador Caxiense of the city of Caxias. The Mocidade (1st year) of Maranhao. PIAUHY The Imprensa (11th year). The Opiniao Conservadora (2nd year). The Patria. The Piauhy. The Aurora. The Semanario (1st year). The Aurora (2nd year). All published in the capital. The Pedro II (36th year). The Cearense (30th year). The Constituigdo (13th year). The Futuro (1st year). The Mercantil (1st year). The Jornal da Fortaleza. The Tribuna Catholica (10th year) a religious paper. All these in the capital. The Voz da America (1st year) in the city of Aracaty. The F raternidade (3rd year) in the city of Forta- leza. RIO GRANDE DO NORTE The Alpha (1st year). The Espirita (1st year). The Iris (1st year). The Liberal (3rd year). The Conservador (7th year). The Correio do Assu (3rd year). All published in the capital. The Mossoroense (3rd year), of the town of Mossoro. PARAHYBA The Publicador (13th year). The Independente. The Jornal da Parahyba (13th year). — 233 The Despertador (2nd year). The Correio Noticioso. All in the capital of the province. PERNAMBUCO The Diario cle Pernambuco (51st year). A large sheet with a daily circulation of 6,000 copies. The Jornal do Recife (18th year). The Jornal da Tarde (1st year). The Encouragado. The Diario Liberal (1st year). The Mocidade, scientific and literary. The Actualidade. The Escola. The Peregrino. The Echo Litterario, a literary journal. The Mulder. The Provincia (4th year). The Commercio a retallio. The Revista Mensal da Instrucgao. The Imprensa,. The America Illustrada (5th year). The Diabo a qualro with engravings. All published in the capital. The Reformista. The Liberal Victoriense (7th year). Both in the city of Victoria. The Voz do Povo. The Correio de Santo Antdo (5th year). The Uniao, a religious publication. These three are published in the city of Recife. 30 SERGIPE The Jornal do Aracaju (4th year). The Jornal do Sergipe (9th year). The Conservador. The Liberdade. Published in the capital. The Tribuna do Povo (1st year), at Estancia. ALAGOAS The Diario das Alagoas (18th year.). The Jornal das Alagoas (6th year). The Liberal (7th year). The Tribuna, a religious paper. The Labarum (2nd year). All in the capital. The Jornal de Penedo. The Review of the Archeological Geographical Institute of Alagoas. Both published in the city of Alagoas. The Jornal do Pilar (3rd year), in the city of Pilar. The Jornal do Pdo de Assucar (2nd year), in the town of Pao de Assucar. BAHIA The Diario da Bahia (20th year), has an extensive circulation. — 235 — The Jornal da Baliia (23rd year). The Correio da Baliia (5th year). The Revista Commercial (2nd year). The America Illustrada (1st year). The Lei (1st year). The Chronica Religiosa. The Revista Medica. The Academico (2nd year). The Mocidade, a periodical of academics. The Constitucional. The Alabama (12th year) a critical paper. All published in the capital of the province. The Echo Popular (2nd year). The Americano (9th year). The Ordern. The Progresso (16th year). These belong to the city of Cachoeira. The Regenerador (15th year), of the city of Nazareth. The Crise (6th series), of the city of Santo Amaro. The Popular of the same city. The Jornal de Valenga, (4th year), hebdomadary, of the city of Valenga. The Diario de Noticias (1st year) of the capital. ESPIRITO SANTO The Correio da Victoria (26th year). The Jornal da Victoria. The Espirito Santense (5th year), The Conservador (1st year). The Operario do Progresso (1st year). The Commercio (1st year). All in the capital. The Estanclarte, of Cachoeira de Itapemerim. The Unido, of the same city. The Aurora, which is about to reappear in the capital. RIO DE JANEIRO The P atria (19th year) in the capital. The Monitor Campista (28th year). The Gazeta de Campos (4th year). The Independente (9th year). These three in the city of Campos. The Cruzeiro do Sul, in S. Fidelis. The Mercantil (19th year) in the city of Petropolis. The Germania (9th year) published in German in the same city. The Tribuna do Povo (7th year). The Telccjraplio (8th year). The Goytacaz (1st year). The Correio de Cantagallo (4th year). All these in the city of Macahe. The Paraliybano (lltli year), in the city of Parahyba do Sul. The Regenerador, in the city of Valenca. The Astro Rezendense. in the city of Rezende. The Artista, in the city of Angra. The Primeiro de Margo (6th year), in the same city. The Collegial, in Nictheroy. The Provinciano (2nd) in Parahyba do Sul. The Echo Valenciano (1st year) in Valenea. The Iloras vagas (1st year) in Petropolis. The Sete de Setembro (1st year) in Cantagallo. The Diario do povo (1st year) in Campos. The Angrense (1st year) in Angra dos Reis. The Correio Municipal (2nd year) in S. Fidelis. S. PAULO ) The Correio Paulistano (22nd year) The Diario cle S. Paido (11th year). The Constitucional (2nd year). These are published in the capital. The Estrella cl'Oeste, in Rio Claro. The Guaratinguetd, in the city of Guaratinguetd. The Jornal do Povo (3rd year). The Mocidade. The Municipio The Orclem. (2nd year). The Paidista. ) The Provincia de S. Paulo (1st year). The Progresso. \ The Seculo (2nd year), The last five are published in the capital of the province. The Tribuna Amparense (3rd year) in city of Amparo The Areense, in the city of Areas. The Echo Bananalense (5th year) in the city of Bananal. ; The Gazeta de Campinas (6th year) in the city of Campinas. The Piracicaba (2nd year) in the city of Constituigao. The Parahyba. The Municipio (3rd year) in the city of Itapetininga. The Esperanga, in the city of Itu. — 238 — The Itwmo, in the same city. The Limeirense, in the city of Limeira. The Lorenense, in the city of Lorena. The Mogyano, in the city of Mogy. The Mogy-miriano, a daily of the city of Mogy-mirim. SANTA CATHARINA The Despertador (13th year). The Regeneragdo (8th year). The Conservador (4th year). The Conciliador (1st year). All published in the capital. The Zeitung-Kolonie, in the colony of Joinville. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL The Jornal do Commercio (12th year). The Rio Grandense (10th year). The Re forma (7th year). The Deutsche-Zeitung, published in German, The Mercantil (2nd year). The Revista do Parthenon (4th year). All these sheets are published in the capital of the province. The Diario do Rio Grande (28th year). The Commercial (18th year). The Echo do Sul (21st year). The Artista (16th year). These are published in the city of Rio Grande. The Jornal do Commercio (3rd year), in the city of Pelotas. | The Cruzeiro do Sul (2nd year), in the city of Bage. The Gorreio Mercantil (1st year), in the city of Pe- } lotas. ’ The Onze de Junho (4th year). The Atalaia do Sid (12th year). The Ordem (2nd year), these the city of Jaguarao. The Revista GabiHelense (4th year), in the city of S. Gabriel. ; The Echo de Camaquam, in the town of S. Joao de Ca- maqua. s Der Bote, published in German in the city of S. Leopoldo The Echo da Fronteira (1st year) in the city of Jaguarao. The Diario de Pelotas (10th year) in Pelotas. The Provincia, in Jaguarao. The Deutsches Bolts Blatt, in the city of S. Leopoldo. The Magon, in the city of Porto-Alegre. The Amolador, (illustrated) in the city of Rio Grande. ) MINAS GERAES The Diario de Minas (3rd year). The Itamonte. Both published in the capital of the province. The Bom Ladrdo (2nd year), in the city of Marianna. The Monitor Sul Mineiro (4th year), in the city of Campanha. The Monarchista (4th year), in the same city. The Mineiro (3rd year), in the city of Pouso-Alegre. The Caldense (1st year), in the city ofCaldas. The Echo do Sertdo, in the eity of Uberaba. — 240 — The Itajubd (4th year), in the city of Itajubd. The Paraizo, in the city of Paraizo. The Pharol (9th year), in the city of Juiz de Fora. The Monitor do Norte (1st year), in the city of Dia- mantina. The Minas do Sul (1st year), in the city of Campanha. / The Constitucional, Voz de Passos, in ihe city of Passos. The Catliolico (1st year), in the city of Diamantina. GOYAZ The Provincia de Goyaz (4th year). The Correio Official, (38th year.) Both published in the capital. MATO-GROSSO The Situagao (8th year.) The Liberal (4th year). Both are in the capital of the province. In the capital of the Empire there are 50 printing offices, which, besides the newspapers mentioned, turn out beautiful specimens of typographical work equal to that of many European cities. In the provinces there are also about 200 printing of- fices, which print the sheets already named and other literary works. j \ SCIENTIFIC, LITERARY AND INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATIONS In Brazil there are a great number of associations which promote the progress of science, arts and letters. Amongst these the first place unquestionably belongs to the Historical Geographical and Ethnographical Institute of Brazil, founded in 1838, with the view of studying national history, and collecting, analyzing and publishing documents of historical value. It is in correspondence with many foreign scientific, and literary societies. Its quarterly review ( Revista Trimensal) is publishing the 37th volume, in pamphlets, which annually form a volume of 800 pages, and sometimes of more. Its library contains a picked and and numerous collection of books, and valuable documents relating to the history of Brazil. The Institute holds fortnightly meetings in the Imperial town palace, presided by H. M. the Emperor. The Imperial Medical Academy, inaugurated in 1829> j and divided into three sections : medical, surgical, and ) pharmaceutical ; it treats of the subjects connected with ' each of these branches of medical science, being constantly consulted by government in casesjwhich interest the public health. Its magazine, which was first published in 1831, and is now in its 26th volume, is called the Brazilian Annals of Medicine ( Annaes Brazilienses de Medicina). It holds weekly sessions in the municipal hall. The Brazilian Polytechnic Institute, presided by H. R. H. Count d’Eu, treats of mathematics, engineering and military sciences, and also publishes a review on uncer- tain days. The Brazilian Institute of Physical Sciences, whose object is the study and progress of physical sciences, by means of lectures, and writings on doctrines of those branches of learning. The Institute of Brazilian Advocates, studies theo- retical and practical questions of jurisprudence. It was founded in 1843 ; it holds weekly sessions, and, since 1863> publishes a review, now in its eighth volume. The Velosiana Society, created in 1850, and reorga- nized 1869, publishes a review with the object of stu- dying natural sciences, specially with regard to the products of the country ; history and habits of the abori- gines. The Pharmaceutical Institute of Rio de Janeiro; the Brazilian Pharmaceutical Society ; and the Acade- mical Pharmaceutical Atheneum study subjects rela- tive to the official course of Pharmacy in the Empire ; the first of these societies maintains a school of huma- nities, assisted by government, and a review with the name of Pharmaceutical Tribune ( Tribuna Pliarmaceu- tica ) ; and the second publishes a monthly periodical called The Bee (A Abelha). The Institute of Bachelors in Bellos-Lettres, founded in 1863; the Literary Institute ; the Historical Atlie- — 243 — S i neum; the Philo-Littera ; and the society School of Ci- cero, cultivate belles-lettres. In the programme of the first, natural sciences are included ; it publishes a review, which forms more than one volume. The society Literary Essays, inaugurated in 1860 by young men occupied, for the most part, in commer- cial pursuits, with the view of diffusing a taste for lite- rature, discusses literary subjects in a review commen- ced in 1862. The Portuguese Literary Lyceum, and the Portu- guese Literary Retiro, opened in 1859, have the same object as the preceding, they maintain classes of Portu- guese, French, English, history, geography, elementary mathematics and rhetoric. The Institute of Directors and Professors discusses questions relating to tuition. The Institute of Surgeon Dentists studies matters re- lative to surgery and dental prothesis. The National typographical Literary Association was founded to publish original works of Brazilian authors ; it deals at the same time in books. The Portuguese Literary Lyceum was established : with the view of encouraging the study of literature, establishing classes for its members, all of them Portu- guese, and maintaining the free classes already estab- lished. The statutes exact the publication of a review, and the formation of a library. There are other instructive, and, at the same time, re_ \ creative societies. As such may be mentioned several dramatic and gym- nastic associations, and a great number of musical societies ; of these the Philharmonic Fluminense, and the Mozart Club are the more important ; several ball societies, of — 244 — < which the New Cassino Fluminense, is the most dis- tinguished, owning an excellent building ; and, lastly, some other that offer their members different kinds of amusements, daily papers and periodicals, lectures and other pastimes. Of this nature is the Polytechnic Club, a recreative, scientific, technological and artistical institution, of which H. M. the Emperor is protector, and H. R. H. Count d’Eu, the honorary president. The number of industrial associations is lor the present very limited, they are however increasing. The following exist in the capital of the Empire : The Society for the promotion of National Industry, and the Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio cle Ja- neiro, mentioned in another place ; The Society for the propagation of the Fine Arts, estab- lished in 1856, promotes the progress of the arts, by means of theoretical and practical tuition, in a Lyceum which it founded and maintains; by the publication of a re- view ; by exhibitions, and by public competitions. This Lyceum, has, at present, 15 night classes, one of which is of physics applied to the arts ; these were attended by 879 artisans of all classes. It has an excellent cabinet of physics, and is about to ; establish a class of industrial chemistry with a labo- ; ratory. Government purposes erecting a building, with the ne- cessary proportions for the several work-shops, which the society still wants. The greater part of the professors of the classes maintain- \ ed by the society teach gratuitously. The Society for the promotion of Mechanical and Libe- ral Arts, and others. The following may be mentioned, among many others, > as examples of these societies in the provinces : In Maranhao. — Th e Literary Institute, the Maranliao \ Atheneum, and the Eleventh of August ; the latter main- I tains a night school for adults, attended by more than 400 pupils ; and the Festa Popular for encouraging provincial agricultural and industrial exhibitions. In Pernambuco — the Archoeological and Geographical In- stitute of Pernambuco, the Mechanical andliberal artist's Association, which maintains several classes attended by many pupils ; the Society for the propagation of public edu- | cation, which founded a normal school, attended by many ) pupils who are training for teachers. In Alagoas. — Th e Arclioeologicat Geographical Institute of Alagoas, which publishes a review, and maintains a mu- / seum of natural products, and numismatic collection ; \ and the societies, Mercantile Union, Catholic Union, Dra- { matic of Maceio, Agriculturist's Pantheon and the Bene- } volent Typographical. In Bahia — the Historical Geographical Institute of Ba- ' hia, of which the Metropolitan Archbishop is president, the | Literary Centre and the Portuguese reading room. In S. Paulo — the Literary Atheneum, the Juridical Nucleus, the Germania, in the capital ; the Hom.ge to < Science, the German of education and reading, the Li- terary Society, the Artist's benevolent, and the Promoter of education, in the city of Campinas ; the Amparense lo- I ver and promoter of education, in the city of Amparo ; ( the Literary chat club, in Sorocaba ; the Literary Society. ' and the Bragantine club, in Braganca. THEATRES In the capital of the Empire there are ten theatres of which two are large, two smaller, three are popular or garden theatres, and three rooms for theatricals. The Don Pedro II theatre, built a few years since in j Guarda-Velha street, and that of S. Pedro de Alcantara in Constituigao Square, have vast accomodation for the pub- lic ; the former is an opera house, the latter specially re- ) served for dramatic representations. Splendid masquerade balls are given in them. This amuse- ment, introduced here at the carnaval of 1845, put an ; end to the entrudo of colonial times and worked a great S change in the habits of the people. Dramatic representions in the Portuguese language are ( ) also given at the theatres of S. Luiz, and Gymnasio. ; At the Alcazar, at the Phoenix, and at the Cassino the lo- J | cond ; and in both languages in the third. The S. Christovao and Botafogo rooms are only for pri- ■ vate theatricals ; at the beer gardens of Riachuelo Street, on certain nights, farces and light comedies are played. \ French and Italian singers, French, Italian, and Spanish actors, among which the greatest European celebrities, owing to the easy means of transatlantic communication, — 247 — have frequently visited Rio cle Janeiro, and have appeared on the the boards of theatres. Government intends to organize the national drama and to raise it to the level of the civilization of the Empire. To this end a dramatical conservatory has been created, the duty of which is to inspect the interior of the theatres and to examine the pieces before they are played, in order that no composition offensive to morals, to religion, or decency may be represented : in the theatres subsidized by govern- ment, the conservatory exercises literary censure, in order to refine the taste by the choice of good models ; and by example and incentives concur to regenerate and advance literature and the dramatic art in the Empire. The conservatory has been regularity at work, and during its short existence has examined more than 1,000 plays, some of them by Brazilian authors. Besides which, pursuant to the decree of its institution, it has organized the regulations for the inspection of thea- tres, those of the Dramatic Lyceum, and the respective inter- nal rules, and its own laws. The necessary measures for the creation of a normal thea- tre and a course of the dramatic art, await the approval of the Legislative power. Competition was opened for the building of a new opera house and many plans were presented. The promised premium was awared to the one chosen, the others being also rewarded. The area of ground necessary for the building has al- ready been expropriated on the southern side of Acclamagao square. As rule the capitals of the provinces have theatres as also many of the cities and towns of the interior, in which public and private theatricals are played. — 248 — The existing theatres possess numerous actors, some of whom are good andprovect, others, though beginners, shew great aptitude, and may, with some of the older ones, be chosen for the organization of the normal theatre. Some literary men, in Brazil have cultivated dramatic literature with very good taste, and the repertory of ori- ginal compositions, which is of considerable extent, contains many of acknowledged merit, that have repeatedly been much applauded. / DOCKS ) ) f ) Since 1866, when government was authorized by law to < grant favors to the companies which would undertake to l build docks, and carry out other improvements in the com- mercial ports of the coast of Brazil, the following conces- sions have been granted for the construction of docks. That of Don Pedro II docks at the Saude and Gamboa t ; coves, in the bay of Rio de Janeiro, with a capital of > 10.000:000$000, of which 2.400:000$000 have been spent ' j on the works. The Maranhao docks in the ports of the city of S. Luiz do Maranhao, with a capital of 2.000:000$000. The Bahia docks, with a capital of 8.000:000$000, in the / port of the city of S. Salvador, The Macahe docks, in the Concha cove, with a capital of 1.000:000$000. Those of Imbetiba cove, in the same city. The Paranagua docks, in the port of the city of the same na»>e, in the province of Parand. The Gargahu docks, near the city of Campos, in the pro- 1 vince of Rio de Janeiro. s s WEIGHTS AND MEASURES The law, which converted the old weights and measures of the country into the French metrical system, is now in force throughout the whole of the Empire. Government published the necessary regulations and instructions, acquired stamped models, duly proved by the standard, and commissioned competent persons to reduce the Brazilian weights and measures to those of that ; system. OI«l metrological system adopted ill the Empire of Brazil, in commercial transactions, compared with the French metrical system PAR OF EXCHANGE 1$000 of Brazil— 27d sterlings 2 francs 81 cents. BRAZIL FRANCE WEIGHTS Grain Drachm, equal to 72 grains Ounce, equal to S drachms . Mark, equal to 8 ounces. . . . Pound, equal to 16 ounces. Arroba, equal to 32 pounds. Quintal, equal to 4 arrobas. Ton, equal to 54 arrobas. .. . Equal to 4.981 centigrammes Equal to 3.586 grammes Equal to 28.691 grammes Equal to 229.526 grammes Equal to 459.053 grammes Equal to 14.690 kilogrammes Equal to 58.759 kilogrammes Equal to 793.214 kilogrammes DRY MEASURE Selamin Maquia, equal to 2 selamins. Quarts, equal to 4 maquias.. Alqueire, equal to 4 quartas. Moio, equal to 60 alqueires.. Equal to 1.13G litres Equal to 2.273 litres Equal to 9.091 litres Equal to 36.364 litres Equal to 21.818 hectolitres — 251 — LIQUID MEASURE ) Quartilho Equal to G67 litres ) Canada, equal to 4 quartilhos Equal to 2.667 litres Almndfi, equal to 6 Canadas Equal to Equal to 16.000 litres Pipe, equal to 2 4 almudes ’ Tun, equal to 50 almudes 4.000 hectolitres Equal to 8.000 hectolitres c f LONG MEASURE ) ( ( Line Equal to s 0.00229 metres t Inch, equal to It lines Equal to 0.0276 metres j Palm, equal to 8 inches 1 Vara, equal to 5 palms ( Braga, equal to 2 varas Equal to 0.22 metres Equal to 1.1 meties ) Equal to 2 2 metres \ Mile, equal to 843.23 biagas Equal to 1.855.1 metres ) League (marine) 20 to a degree equal to 2.529.7 bragas Equal to 5.565.3 metres ( Degree of the Equator equal to 50.593.64 bragas Equal to 111.306 metres ( — 252 — Tabic of relations of the old long measures of Brazil and England and the metrical system z » BRAZIL ENGLAND Inches into centi- metres i Bragas into metres j Centimetres into i inches 1 C/3 C3 o» C3 C-> -3 O c © "5 Inches into centi- metres Feet into metres j CO

£ o o c C/3 — Centimetres into / inches Metres into feet | Kilometres into metres 1 2.75 2.2 0.3G36 0.4545 2.54 0.305 1.608 0.3937 3.281 0.622 2 5.50 4.4 0.7273 0.9091 5.08 0.610 3.217 0.7874 6.562 1.243 3 8.25 6.6 1.0909 1.3633 7.62 0,9 1 4 4,826 1.1811 9.8 42 1.865 4 11.00 8.8 1 .4545 1.8182 10.16 1.219 6.435 1.5748 13.123 2.486 5 13.75 11.0 1.8182 2.2727 12.7 0 1.524 8.043 1.9685 16.404 3.108 6 16.50 13.2 2 1818 2.7273 15.21 1.829 9.652 2.3622 19.685 3.730 7 19.25 1 5.4 2.5455 3. ISIS 17.7 8 2.13 4 11.260 2.7559 22.965 4.351 8 22.00 17.6 2.9091 3.6364 20.32 2.438 12.839 3.1496 23.246 4.973 9 19.8 3.2727 4.0909 22.86 2.743 14.478 3.5433 29.527 5.594 10 22.0 3.6364 4 5455 25.4 0 3.048 16.086 3.9370 32.808 6.216 Braca= 10 palms =2.2 met. P aim = 8 inches =0.22 » Mile =1760 yards =1608.640 met. Inch = 12 lines =0.0275 » Yard 1= 3 feet = 0.914 )) Line =1 2 points —0.00229 » Foot = 12 inches = 0.3048 » Vara = 5 palms =1.1 )) Fathom = 2 yards = 1.829 )) Cov = 24 3/i ine. =0.68 » Cubit — 1 1/2 foot = 0.4572 » To reduce 2 47 bracas. 3 palms, 6 To reduce 164.6 metres to English inches, to metres. long measure. 200 bracas = 440 metres 100 metres = - 328.08 feet. 40 » — 88 )) 60 )) = = 196.85 » 7 » — 15.4 )> 4 )) = = 13.12 » — 0.6 » — - 1.97 » 2 47 » — 543.4 )) — — 3 palms = 0.66 » 164.6 » z: - 540.02 » 6 inches = 0.165 » Total 544.225 » t 253 Table of relations of the old weights of Brazil and England and the metrical system Z BRAZIL ENGLAND Grains into grammes 1 Drachms into grammes 3 Pounds into kilo- grammes \ Grammes into grains | Grammes into drachms| Kilorammes into pounds Pounds av. d. p. into kilogs. Tons into metric tonsj Kilogrammes into [ pounds 1 Met. tons into tons l 0.0198 3.586 0.«59 20.076 0 279 2.178 0.453 1.0157 2.206 0.9346 2 0.0996 7.173 0.918 40.153 0.558 4.357 0.907 2.0313 4.411 1 .9692 3 0.1494 10.759 1.377 60.229 0.836 6.535 1.360 3.0469 6.617 2.9538 4 0.1992 1 1.345 1.836 80.306 1.115 8.714 1,814 4.0626 8.822 3.9384 5 0.2491 17.932 2.295 100 382 1.391 10.892 2.267 5.0782 11.028 4.9230 6 0.2989 21.518 2.751 120.159 1.673 13.070 2.720 6.0939 13.233 5.9075 7 0.3487 25. 104 3.213 140.535 1.952 15.249 3.174 7.1095 15 439 6.8921 8 0.3985 28.691 3.072 160.612 2.231 17.427 3.627 8.1252 17.644 7 8767 9 0.4483 32.277 4.131 180.688 2.509 19.606 4.081 9.1408 19.850 8.8613 10 0.4981 35.86 1 4.591 200.765 2.788 21.781 4.534 10.1565 22.056 9.8459 grammes Pound = 2 marks = 459.053 grams Pound av. Mark = 8 ounces = 229.526 » d. p. =16 ounces = 453.4 Ounces = 3 drachms = 28.691 » Ounce =16drac. = 28.3 Drachm = 72 grains = 3.586 » Ton = 13 1/2 quintals = 793.24 kilogr. Quintal — 4 arrobas = 58.76 » Arroba = 32 pounds = 14 69 » Drachm = 1.77 k. Ton =20 quints. =1015. 65 Quintal = 50.78 To reduce 3 pounds, 2 ounces, 5 drachms to metr ical weight. 3 pounds = 3.377 kilcg. 2 oz = 2X0. 02869 = 0.057 » 5 drachms = 0.018 » Total 1.452 To reduce 245 kilogrammes to En glish weight, avoirdupois, 200 k. = 441.1 pounds av. d. p. 40 k.= 88.2 5 k.= 11.0 245 k. =540.3 | 112 92.3 8.3 14 or 4 cwt, 6 stone 8.3 pounds. Tabic of the weights and measures of Brazil, and of their corresponding values in the metrical system NAMES OF MEASURES VALUES METRICAL SYSTEM ITINERARY League of «sesmaria» . 3.000 I bragas 6. GOO metres. » of 18 to a degree •2.810.7 » 0.183.6 ,, » of 70 a » •2.5*29.7 » 5.565.3 » » of 2) a » •2.023.7 » 4.432.2 » LONG Braga 2 varas =10 palms .. 2.2 metres. Geometrical step 5 feet =7 i/2 » ... 1.65 » Foot 12 inches=l 1/2 » ... 0.33 » 8 inches 0.22 » 12 lines 2.75 » 12 points 0.229 » 0.191 » AGRARIAN (SQUARE) Alqueire[of Minas Ge- raes 10.000 square bragas... 48 i ares=48,400 square Alqueire of Rio de Ja- metres. neiro 10.000 » » 484 ares=43.400 square Alqueire of S. Paulo.. 5.000 » » metres. 242 are$=24.200 square metres. SUPERFICIAL FOR SMALL AREAS Square braga 100 square palms 2 I / i » » 4.81 square metres. 0.1089 » » » palm G4 » inches =144 » » 4 8 i » c e n t i - Hi lines » metres. 7.56 square centime- tres. OF CAPACITY Cubic braga It000 cubic palms 10.648 cub. metres. m foot 3.375 cub. palms — 1.728 cubic inches 0.03594 » » » palm 512 cub. inches 10.648 » cenlimet. » inch 1.728 cub. lines 10.797 » » — 255 — NAMES OF MEASURES VALUES METRICAL SYSTEM DRY 60 alqueires 2.181.8 litres 4 quartas 36.36 9.09 )) Salami m 1 /8 quarta 1.14 » LIQUID Tonal 2 pipas 800 litres 25 almudes 400 180 medidas 480 6 canadas 16 4 quartilhos 2.667 0.667 )) WEIGHTS 13 1/2 quintals 793.243 kilograms '< arrobas f 8.759 Arm ha 12 pound 14.690 Arratel or pound Marck 2 marcks 8 ounces 0.459 229.526 » grams Ouno.fi 8 drachms 28,691 3.586 Drachm i scruples or 72 grains.. » Grain 0.0498 Pound (apothecary’s).. . 12 ounces 344.202 » NOTE The «metrical)> ton has 1.000 kilograms, and is equal to 1.2G0G Brazi- lian ton. The «metrical)> league has 4 kilometres and represents 7.818.2 bragas. S ( AGRICULTURE The greater part of the population is employed in agri- : culture, which is the principal source of the national > wealth. Nature appears to have destined Brazil to be one of the ; agricultural countries of the world. < / Large expanses of its soil are yet covered with magestic « virgin forests, and still preserve their primitive fertility which largely and generously compensates labor. Wheat and rye which in Europe produce 20 for one, and in Asia from 8 to 12, in various provinces yield from 20 to 60, ( and in some places, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, as much as 70 for one. There are soils which, from 19,36 acres, yield any of the following products: cotton, from 329 to 918 kilo- grammes; coffee, 688,5 kilogrammes; manioc, or cassava, { 3,636 litres; maize, 1,818 litres. Maize, as a rule, yields an average of 150 for one, it ) { is not rare however to meet with soils which give from 250 to 300, and on the island of Fernando de Noronha j 400 for one have frequently been harvested. In the province of Parand 36 varieties of maize are j planted; in some localities beans produce generally 80 for one, and as much as 200 for one, on the open lands ) of Guarapuava ; 124 species of this plant are known in — 257 — this province, of which 51 are wild, there are also 6 of pease. Rice yields as much as 1.000; and whilst, in the United States of North America, from 36,3 acres, 925,6 kilogrammes of clean cotton wool are taken, the poor lands | of Brazil yield 1,469, the medium 4,407 and the best 8,814 ; kilogrammes. Maize is largely cultivated, especially in the southern provinces, where in the shape of bread, meal and farina it constitutes a wholesome and nutritious food. It comes to market in a variety of forms. The topographical formation, the variety of climates, an abundance of water, and the almost general and cons- ) tant force of vegetation adapt the soils of Brazil, in a grea- $ ter or lesser degree, to every plant in the world. In the southern provinces, whilst, in some places, coffee, ) sugar-cane, cotton and tobacco grow well, cocoa, vanilla, ( tea, and all Asiatic plants thrive in others ; the climate \ and soil favor European fruit trees, cereals and legumes. In these provinces coffee and the sugar cane are cul- j tivated as staple produce, but wheat, barley, rye, the vine, pear, apple and peach trees are also planted with pro- ; fitable results. The immigrants located in ihe neighborhood of Coritiba have for some years very sucessfully cultivated several : species of wheat, barley, and oats, of a quality not infe- rior to the best in the world. The flax, of the province of Parana is better than Eu- ropean owing to its greater length. The same fact is observed in the province of S. Pedro do ( Rio Grande do Sul, where the culture of this plant is again becoming important, under the influence of a modern and The culture of hops has also received there a powerful easy processes for the extraction of the vegetable fibres. 33 impulse, and is used for almost all the beer brewed j in the province. The markets of the north and south of the province, are \ supplied with many products of agricultural industry, such < as a variety of fruits, different kinds of potatoes, and other \ tuberous plants, excellent cheese, butter and bacon. The potato, commonly known by the name of English ) potato, is extensively raised, and is as good as those im- ported. At Rio Negro, Guarapuava and other places in the l province of Paranb, it grows spontaneously. < The cultivation of kitchen gardens and orchards, as well as of flower gardens, has, of late years, made great pro- > gress in the capital of the Empire, and in the capitals of Bahia, Pernambuco, S. Paulo, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and other provinces, and in most of the colonies. i The same may be said of the acclimation of exotic plants, j of grafting and of transplantations. The advantages obtained from the culture of the coffee ( tree are evident to all who know, even though imper- fectly, the results which it has produced in the Empire. / One hectare of land can contain 918 coffee trees, which in inferior soil yield 674 kilograms, in medium soil 1,384, ; and in superior 2,022 kilograms of bean. An active man can, as a rule, take charge of two hec- tares under coffee, and may therefore in the first case obtain a yearly income of 404$400; in the second of 330$000; and in the third of 1,213$200, taking the coffee at the low price of 300 reis per kilogram. On an average coffee estate, the mean production of each laborer, of either sex, or age is 600$000 a year. Most of the soil of Brazil is suited for growing sugar cane with profitable results. It is however more specially ( cultivated in the provinces of Pernambuco, Alagoas, Ser- gipe, Bahia and Rio de Janeiro. In the northern provinces a sugar cane plantation often lasts 1G, 18 or 20 years, yielding good crops. In the province of Mato Grosso the sugar cane grows \ so exhuberantly, on the banks of the rivers, that, according to the occular testimony of the traveller Bossi, it is often necessary to thin the plantations in order to check the excessive production. In that province there ’ are plantations 40 years old, which are still quite vi- gorous. Many varieties of this plant are already acclimatized. ; The Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio carefully cultivates, on the Model Farm, 21 varieties of the sugar ■> cane, namely : the greea Fenang, or Solangor, the rose, / the cayenne, the purple of two qualities, the rose cayenne, the S. Juliao, the black, the crioula, the ferrea, the soft, s the streaked green and black, and green and red, the Egyp- tian, the yellow and red, the indigenous uba, the tiririca, ’ the cayenninha, and the S. Caetano. The Institute distributes every year a large number of plants. The culture of the sugar cane pays well, even on sili— cious soils, which are the least suited for this plant, and in which if the cane do not grow so much as in ; others, in compensation, it affords juice of 12° to 14° Baume \ and much purer. On new soil, by simply applying some correctives, from ; one hectare as much as 100.000 kilograms of cane are gathered at the end of 15 months, the labor of tillage j benefitting, at the same time, the leguminous plants grown ( on the same land. \ An active and intelligent laborer, by employing the / — 200 — cultivator, can till two hectares under sugar cane, which would leave him an annual profit of 1:400$000 by the sale of the product at the price of 7$000 per 1.000 kilo- grams of cane. In the province of Rio de Janeiro, where wages are high, the expenditure with this branch of agriculture amounts to about 130$000 per hectare, including interest at the rate of 8% on the sums employed. If, therefore, the cane yield 700$000 per hectare, the net profit is 570$000 per hectare. This result is still more favorable, when the harrow and other improved implements are employed, In the manufacture of sugar, great advantages are obtained by employing steam to boil the sirups at a low temperature, and centrifugal engines in the forced clari- fication of the crystalized paste. Vast plains, and even slopes of hills, favour, throughout the Empire, the culture of rice, which sometimes grows to one metre in height and produces more grain than the fertile lands of India. Maranhao rice rivals that of Caro- lina in the United States of North America, and on the marshes and banks of the rivers of Mato Grosso, on those of the S. Francisco and others, it grows and yields excellent crops, without labour. In Brazil tobacco grows spontaneously and its improved culture promises well. <; That of Bahia and other provinces, when well prepared can compete with Havannah ; the exports from that pro- ; vince average 1.400.000 kilograms yearly, of the value of 6.000:000$000. Excellent results are also obtained from the culture of cotton, which chiefly interests small planters, as it does not require a heavy outlay in machinery and engines. On one hectare of land there is space for 4,545 cotton ) shrubs which can, according to the quality of the soil, yield 2,160 kilograms of seed cotton. A laborer can easily cultivate three hectares planted with cotton and, at the same time, with cereals, and ; obtain, by this means, a yearly income of 810$000, calcu- li lating the price of cotton as low as 125 reis per kilogram, i Pernambuco cotton substitutes Louisiana in European i markets ; that from Fernando de Noronlia, as has been ( said, is not inferior to the best sea-island of Georgia. 400$000 a pipe. It has been observed that in some places 1,000 vines can yield 4,000 litres of wine. ) — 262 > In the province of S. Pedro do Rio Crando do Sul the ' island of Marinheiro and the colonies alone produce 400,000 l tres of wine, American grape being preferred. Although, for the present, this product cannot be con- l sidered as of the best quality, it is, nevertheless all consumed in the provinces where it is manufactured, and is much esteemed, owing to its purity, compared with that \ of the wines imported. Persevering efforts are being made, especially in the ) municipal district of the capital of the province of S. Paulo, > to improve the quality by introducing new varieties of ■ grapes, and improving the manufacturing processes. The India rubber tree ( Siphonia elastica), an indigenous ' tree, which yields the valuable gum of such varied uses in industry, and which contributes such large sums to the t revenue of the province of Para and Amazonas, commences ; to be cultivated in the first of these provinces, a very ( desirable fact. Different species of Salurnia abound throughout the , vast territory of Brazil, and meet with families of the ( Anonaceat, the Terebentacev', the E upliorbiacecv, and | others, on which they feed. Another branch of national production, which might afford profits, beyond those arising from the consump- ) tion in the Empire, is tapioca, already known and es- \ teemed in Europe. As yet it has only been exported in limited quanti- > ties, chiefly from the provinces of Maranhao and Para. It is extracted from the roots of the manioc or cas- sava ( Manihot utilissima) of which there more than 30 varieties in Brazil, and consists in the pulverulent sub- stance, which settles, when the pulp of the roots ground, or pounded, is left in water for some time. 5) Manioc grows well in most of the soils of intertro- pical and temperate regions, but prefers dry and loose ' soils, and especially sandy ones. It is one of the plants which, relatively, requires less efforts on the part of the planter. From the roots, farina, used as food in nearly all the provinces, is extracted, as well as excellent starch, and other substances extensively used ; alcoholic drinks are also prepared, besides the sauce known by the name of tucupy, much esteemed by the inhabitants of the provinces of Para and Amazonas. Tapioca is very easily prepared, and even if its pre- j sent price fall 50 % it will leave large profits, if care- fully prepared. It is only necessary to consider that ou a square, of 220 metres a side, of the lands of the district of Cam- pos, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, 40.000 cuttings of manioc may be planted, which, even on inferior soil, according to experiments made by an intelligent planter of the same district, and confirmed by others, ) produce regularly 30,720 kilograms of tapioca, which, ) sold at the minimum price of GO reis per 0,459 kilogram, produce 4:800$000. This result is better than that obtained from coffee, sugar cane, cotton and other agricultural products. Another advantage, already mentioned, is that ma- nioc does not require so much care, or such good soil, neither does its preparation need such expensive machi- nery, or agricultural implements so complicated, as the other plants with which it has been here compared. A brilliant future awaits the extraction of fecula in Brazil, when the necessary impulse shall have been im- parted to this industry, whose elements abound in all — 264 — the provinces, where numerous plants afford fecula of different kinds ; in this however manioc excels all the others, and principally that called manipeba, being bet- ter even than the potato, for it can be left in the ground for a long time, which is not the case with that tuber. Lastly, there are other reasons for its preference ; it serves as food for man, and can be applied to many and varied uses ; and the leaves and roots of many spe- cies may be used as fodder for cattle, without any preparation. Besides manioc, the culture of Convolvulace a, the sweet pototoe; of Legummosce, tho jacatupe ; of Airodeoe, the yam : of some • Maranthoe , Thalioe, and others is of great importance, owing to the excellent fecula which they contain ; and among farinaceous plants, there is in Amazonas the Maira, a tuber which affords about 16 kilograms of that substance. The culture and preparation of coffee, sugar, cotton and tobacco has been considerably improved by the intro- duction of new machinery and improved processes. With regard to coffee, the chief article of Brazilian agriculture, no country produces so much, or of better quality. The first of these truths is now generally acknowledged, the other is also beginning to be so, by unbiased persons who take the trouble to examine the subject. Vast prairies, in the interior of Brazil, irrigated by abundant and wholesome waters, and free from noxious insects, Coffer. exceptional conditions to pastoral industry. Of all the branches of this industry, the most profi- table and that which has acquired most importance is the breeding of horned cattle, principally in the provin- — 265 — ces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, Mato Grosso, Goyaz, Parang, S. Paulo, Bahia, chiefly in the interior, Sergipe, Ceara, Rio Grande do Norte and Maranhao. In these provinces raising cattle is confided entirely to nature ; the breeder does nothing but receive the profits ; the whole labor consist in collecting the cattle, now and then, in proper places, called rocleios, in order to mark the calves ; in this work half bred Indians are ge- nerally employed, at the low wages of 10$000 a month. An idea may be formed of the importance of this indus- try from official statistics which shew that in the year 1873 — 74, the province de S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, alone, exported 23.860.636 kilograms of jerked beef, of the approximate value of 6.000:000$000. The natural breeding of horned cattle in Brazil yields considerable profits, not only because the outlay is limi- ted, but because the current expenses are small, as will be seen by the following demonstration : A meadow of 9.000.000 square metres can easily graze 1.000 head of cattle, for which two men are sufficient, these are generally known by the name of campeiros (field men) or vaqueiros (cow-herds). This number of cat- tle produces, generally, 50 oxen and as many cows, yearly. In those provinces the average value of an ox is 20$000, and that of a cow 10$ ; the result therefore of the work of two herdsmen will be 1.500$000 a year, which is equal to, if not more than, the same number of labo- rers can gain in the best coffee plantations. If however it be considered that prairies most suited to this industry, situated in the interior of the province, are generally of much less value than the lands on the coffee districts, or those fit for the sugar cane ; that the 34 price of cattle in the breeding districts is very low, that stock-raising does not require many laborers, and that the expense of carryng the produce to market is but small, as they are driven there, and not carried, it will be seen that, in Brazil, no industry can be compared to this. The profits of this industry will increase still further, when European markets, in which this article of food is becoming scarce, shall be opened to Brazilian cattle, and when interest shall have stimulated the breeders to employ proper means to improve the product both in qua- lity and in quantity. According to the estimates of Liebig, the old world does not produce sufficient meat for its population, and Brazil has every reason to hope that the day is not far dis- tant when it will become one of the most important pur- veyors of this article. That an opinion may be formed of the elements which the Empire commands for the increase of this industry, it will be sufficient to state that the prairies of Araxa, or the central tableau, where rise the chief tributaries of the Parana to the south, and of the Amazon to the north, measures 1.939 kilometres from east to west, and 968 from north to south, covering an area of 1.874.048 square kilometres. If an area of 9.000.000 square metres produces yearly 100 head of cattle, it is clear that the meadows of Araxa, alone, can produce 4.000.000, wherewith to supply Euro- pean markets. Horned cattle are raised in all the provinces of the Em- pire ; but, with the exception of the above mentioned, this branch of pastoral industry is practised under different cir- cumstances, and requires more labor and capital. — 267 — It is rare that an agriculturist of one of these provinces, ! however poor he may be, does notown a few cows, which afford him milk and cheese, besides the calves. In the province of Minas Geraes, stock-breeding under this system has greatly progressed, owing to the fact that the province supplies the capital of the Empire, which consumes about 102.000 oxen every year. Special circumstances favor the rearing of horned cattle > in a domestic state, though this is much more expensive. Cattle thus reared are more productive, and before being ) sent to market are used four or five years under the yoke, in the plough, or in other agricultural work, which in moun- | tainous countries is very heavy, and requires animals more < powerful than mules or horses. The exportation of cheese from the province of Minas \ Geraes, which represents a considerable sum every year, ) is another proof of the advantages of domesticating horned < cattle. Catt le reared in this manner also obtain a better pi ice in / the market, averaging 50$000 a head. Sheep-breeding is less important, though, as was said in the chapter on the animal kingdom, it has lately increased l considerably in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do ' Sul and Parana, to which government sent some pairs of ' the best breeds. Nevertheless, the market of the capital of the Empire is abundantly supplied with mutton from the province of Minas Geraes, and annually consumes about 19,000 sheep. Even so, in that province, inferior wool is employed in the manu- facture of coarse woollen cloth for the poorer portion of the population ; and the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, in the year 1873-74, exported 788,518 kilograms of wool, of the value of 300:504$000. It may here be mentioned that a sample of wool from the merino sheep of Parana, and another of yellow wool from Pernambuco, and of white from Bahia, obtained prizes at the international exhibition of Vienna. The breeding of pigs may also be carried on in the Empire under most favorable circumstances, not only be- cause the climate is very propitious, but on account of the abundance of cereals, tuberous plants and wild fruits, from the woods and virgin forests of the localities where this branch of stock-breeding has prospered most. The province of Minas Geraes rears a sufficient quantity of pigs to supply the capital of the Empire, which annually consumes more than 18.000 pigs besides bacon and salt pork, from the same province. Breeding pigs in Minas Geraes is so easy, and the climate is so favorable, that if the animals get into the woods and become wild, they continue to breed in spite of this circum- stance. Horse and mule breeding are also important, though they have not attained that degree of excellence which could be desired, nevertheless it has improved considerably in the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, Parana and Mi nas Geraes, to which stallions of the best European breeds have been sent, both by government and by private breeders. The province of Parana maintains, with that of S. Paulo, and with the north of the Empire, an immense commerce in these animals and in horned cattle, The agricultural societies established in the capital and in some provinces, have greaty contributed to the improve- ment noticed in the culture of our staple products, intel- ligent planters having become convinced, by precept and example. Agricultural institutes, created by government, and others with funds of their own, not only directly but, through municipal committees, indirectly, promote improve- ments in agriculture. This, joined to the construction of new roads ; to the im- provement of existing ones; to the greater expansion given to the coasting trade and to fluvial navigation ; to professional schools, already created in the city of Rio de Janeiro, in se- veral provinces and lately in that of Minas-Geraes ; to the establishment of territorial banks, and the introduction of intelligent and industrious colonists, which the State con- stantly promotes, will doubtless contribute to a better dis- tribution of rural landed property in Brazil, and to raise S agriculture to that degree of perfection to which the coun- i try aspires. ( ) To this result will also contribute national and interna- tional exhibitions, and, above all, the provincial exhibi- tions, which these institutes will inaugurate at fixed dates, j granting prizes to agriculturists who excel in these indus- trial contests of intelligent labor, A project, of the Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio de Janeiro for these exhibitions in the capital of the Empire is, at the present moment, under examination by go- vernment. . i The bill for reforming public education, presented by go- ( vernment to the General Assembly, creates, at the expense of the State, in rural districts, agricultural schools for (substituting old practices condemned by science. The great impulse lately given to rail-roads, and the re- duction in their tables of freights, will greatly contribute to ; < facilitate intercourse between producing centres and consu- ming markets, and to increase agriculture. — 270 — The establishment of rural banks will also powerfully conduce to the same. The powers of the State, convinced of this necessity, have authorized the incorporation of an important company, with the faculty of issuing mortgage bills, up to ten times the value of the fixed capital of 40,000:000$000. Government will guarantee to the company 5% interest, and asinkingfundfor the respective bills, on condition that the bills be issued in European markets, and that the bank lends money on rural landed property, at a rate of interest not execeding 7 %, with a sinking fund, calculated for the time that the loan is to last, between five and thirty years. The bank has also to establish branches, which must embrace the more important portions of the territory of the Empire, in places designated by government, in com- bination with the administration of the company. Loans may also be made, to rural land holders, on aratory implements, on fruit still on the trees, and on the crop of a certain, and previously designated, year ; as well as on domestic animals and other accessories, not included in the mortgage. This pledge will enjoy the same privileges as commer- cial pledges, and shall remain in the hands of the mort- gager, being incribed in the mortage register, as a guarantee for the mortgage. The necessity for the division of labor is daily becoming more sensibily felt, and the rural population of the country is beginning to acknowledge the fact. Many planters cultivate coffee, which others prepare for market, and there are now some industrial establishments which receive coffee in the berry, and for a moderate retri- bution hull or wash it, and prepare it according to the most approved methods. In the city of S. Fidelis, province of Rio de Janeiro, there is a large establishment of this kind, with excellent ma- chinery worked by steam power. This same improvement is about to be introduced in the saccharine districts, to favour the manufacture of sugar, by separating the operations relative to the culture of the sugar cane from those which concur in the improved ma- nufacture, and the conveyance of the product to market. To this end, central mills are about to be established, and are already contracted for, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, where the idea originated; and in those of Bahia, Pernambuco and Rio Grande do Norte. The legislative assemblies of these provinces, have au- thorized the Presidents to sign the respective contracts with a guarantee of 7 % per annum on a capital of from 300:000$000 to 500:000$000, binding those who purpose rea- lizing enterprizes of this nature to offer certain advanta- geous conditions to planters, and to found free primary schools for the childeif of the operatives, and of the poorer inhabitants of the neighborhood. A Brazilian company formed of wealthy and intelli- gent planters of the parish of Quissamit, in the district of Macahe, has been lately incorporated, .with a capital of 700:000$000, with the object of establishing there a large central mill, with capacity for making 3.000.000 kilo- grams of sugar every crop. Besides these prevident measures already taken by the provinces, the central government, was, a few months since, authorized to assist the companies, which may be incorporated, with the view of establishing these mills, which must be furnished with the newest and most im- proved apparatus and processes. This assistance, which consists in a guarantee of inte- rest of 7 % on a capital not exceeding 30,000:000$000, is to be granted on certain conditions, specified in the law, and which are advantageous to agriculturists, such as j loans at short dates, and interest up to 8 % per annum to \ planters and to those who provide the sugar cane. These important measures will doubless raise the saccha- rine industry to a degree of prosperity corresponding to j the fertility of the soil. They will also contribute efficiently to the increase of agriculture beyond the 1.1 18.995,416 hectares, estimated ' as the area of cultivad lands in the vast territory of * Brazil ; and at least, to double the number of 25,000 or ' 26,000 agricultural establishments, now existing, according ( to the most moderate calculations. i ) ( s AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTES Agricultural institutes have been created, in the capital of the Empire, and in the provinces of Bahia, Pernambuco, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and Sergipe. The first two have already commenced operations, and the others prepare to do so. The Imperial Institute of the capital is under the in- spection of the minister and secretary of State for affairs of agriculture ; the others are under that of the presidents of the respective provinces. Imperial agricultural institute of rio de Janeiro. — It is incumbent upon this establishment to improve the Botanical Gardens at the Lagoa de Rodrigo de Freitas, in one of the suburbs of the city, for which service it receives from government an annual subsidy of 24:000$000. Its assets exceed 315:000$000. For its foundation, its members subscribed different amounts, and H. M. the Emperor gave 108:000^000 from the civil list. The sessions of the Institute have generally been honored with H. M’s august presence. Contiguous to the Botanical Gardens, the Institute has created a model farm, which has only been a few years in existence, but where those work-shops, on which agriculture mostly depends, are seen, and which manu- facture the vehicles for the service of the farm, agri- 35 — 274 — cultural implements adapted to the soil of Brazil, and apparatus which are sold to planters at lower prices, than those paid for imported articles. On the farm there are nurseries of thousands of indi- genous and exotic plants ; many of those whose products constitute important a tides of exportation, or are gene- rally used by the population, are under high farming. There are 21 varieties of the sugar cane, 27 species of manioc, many of aipim ; Djebel and Havannah tobacco, as well as from other sources ; cotton of the most esteemed qualities, and a great number of fruit-bearing and orna- mental plants. The Institute has also established a hat manufactory, imitating those imported from Chili, some of which are so beautifully made, that they obtained prizes at the Vienna Universal Exhibition, and will appear at the Philadelphia Exhibition. The substance employed in the manufacture of these hats is extracted from the straw of the bombanassa, a plant imported some years since from Peru, and exten- sively cultivated on the model farm. To this manufactory, the operatives and apprentices of which are poor boys, chiefly from the Rio de Janeiro Hospital, a school has been annexed, in which the method of rearing silk-worms, of the Asiatic species Bombix mor, and of the national called Saturnia, is taught, as well as the process for winding off the silk. The Institute also created an Agricultural Asylum, mo- delled after the most modest of Switzerland, for destitute children, who, whilst they daily apply themselves to practical agriculture in its different branches, at the same time, cultivate the intellect and receive religious education. — 275 — This asylum is in a vast building with an enclosed play- ground for gymnastic exercises, chapel for divine ser- vice, school rooms, sleeping rooms and work rooms for rainy weather ; stables and pinfolds skilfully built, swim- ming baths, agricultural engines and implements ; arable lands, and plants cultivated by the pupils, of which the product serves to vary their food. The object of the Asylum is to train the pupils so as to make them excellent overseers, or managers of large rural establishments, and the best assistants for the progress and improvement of agriculture. The Institute lately proposed to government, in con- sideration of a subsidy, to establish a zoological garden and a veterinary school in the Botanical Gardens, and at the same to take charge, gratuitously, of the su- perintendence of the nursery of forest trees, at present under the charge of the inspector general of public works. With these measures the Institute has in view esta- blishing, at some future period, practical courses of zob- techny and silviculture. The Institute also promotes the culture, on an extensive scale, of textile plants lately discovered in the forests of Rio de Janeiro and Minas Geraes, which afford fibres whose excellence was recognized in London and Manchester in the experiments made there by order of government, the discoverer having obtained a prize medal of merit at the Vienna Exhibition. It has already been ascertained that the acclimation and culture of these plants, as well as the preparation of the raw material which they afford, are very easy and require but a small outlay. In the opinion of competent persons who examined them in England, these fibres are worth more than £ 84 per — 276 — ] 793,243 kilog, or 11 7/10 d per pound of 0.459 kilos, | that is, more than flax. The Institute publishes a review of practical agricul- ture, which is in its 8th year and receives a subvention ' from the province of Rio de Janeiro. Government acceded to the project of an Industrial ; Museum at the Botanical Gardens of the Lagoa de Ro- ' drigo de Freitas. For this purpose a building is being erected, with the , accommodation indispensable during the first few years, !> and which will be finished and inaugurated within a few months ; it will, for the present, comprise four rooms for collections of the respective objects, and an equal c number of cabinets for study, and scientific work. The first room will serve for the collection of those specimens of Brazilian woods, adapted for house and ship building, which may __ be obtained from the provinces of the Empire. These specimens suitably arranged, and of such di- ) mensions as to allow them to be properly studied and | scientifically arranged, will be accompaned by a special description of the nature and properties of each one, whence they come, and how they may be obtained ; and other conditions which msy recommend them, after a comparative examination to be made between Brazilian ; woods and those from other countries. Corresponding to this room, and as near to it as pos- sible, there will be an area of ground on which to plant the respective trees, that the wood may be more easily | known and examined. The second room is destined for the permanent exhibi- ) tion of the more interesting products of Brazilian agri- — 277 — culture, large and small, also with a special description and a circumstancial notice of its respective culture, of its progress and of the means of improving it. The chemist of the model farm will make repeated ] experiments, on the most efficient means of preserving maize, beans, rice and other products subject to rapid de- terioration, in consequence of atmospheric valuations, or of the destructive action of certain insects. The third room will serve- for a kind of industrial exhibition, to contain articles manufactured from national products, of both spontaneous and cultivated growth. There will be arranged collections of fibres and textile plants, l which are so abundant in Brazilian forests, as a means of making them known and of shewing how they are used in many places of the Empire, and what may be expected from them if improved processes be employed. In the fourth room will be deposited all the products which may be obtained from the provinces, belonging to any of the divisions of natural history and not included in the preceding classes. The cabinets are destined for those who may desire to study more carefully the products existing in the In- dustrial Museum. Tiie Imperial Agricultural Institute of Bahia. — Having been established in the capital of the province, it awaits the approval of its statutes to open its night course of Agriculture. It has erected, with the assistance of the natural trea- sury, and of the province, a vast building, specially designed for that purpose, on which 473:9-35$580 have been expended. A competent person who had been sent to Europe to purchase agricultural implements, and other necessary oh- < jects, has lately returned. \ The Institute has a good library, an excellent museum, < a laboratory, physical and chemical cabinets, seeds, some s animals, and other objects pertaining to agriculture and |> the correlative industries. The course of agriculture is to be theoretical and prac- tical. The estate of S. Bento das Lages, on which the es- \ tablishment is located, has the necessary roads for its \ traffic ; plantations of different kinds of sugar cane, which are distributed among the planters ; and a large quantity j of cattle on its meadows. s The Imperial Agricultural Institute of Pernambuco. > — As yet it has not commenced working, awaiting the ne- cessary elements. The respective legisiative assembly vo- ted the sum of 100:000$000 for the purchase of the lands : on which the model farm is to be established. Besides this, it receives a subvention from the provin- cial treasury. A society to promote the advancement of agriculture is also being formed in the capital of the province, Societies of the same nature have been organized in the district of Campos, and other districts of the province of Rio de Janeiro. At Maranhao, and in other provinces, agricultural socie- ties and courses are being established. In the municipal district of the capital of the Empire, there is, besides the Imperial Agricultural Institute, the Society for the Promotion of National Industry, officially founded in 1825, but in operation since 1828, which, with persevering and constant solicitude, has done good service to agriculture, and to all the branches of national in- dustry. Its sessions are frequently honoured with the au- gust presence of H. M. the Emperor. Not only has it introduced into the Empire many agri- cultura limplements and machines, butit has been indefati- gable in promoting, by every means in its power, the advancement of manufacturing industry. The Auxiliador da Industria Nacional (Promoter of National Industry) a monthly review, which the Society has published since 1833, contains many important articles concerning industry and agriculture. It has also established two night schools, one primary, and the other professional, attended by many pupils. It is consulted by government on most subjects relative to agriculture and industry, specially in what concerns the concession of privileges. On the 7th of May 1872, the Brazilian Acclimatizing Association was founded, with the object, principally, of acclimatizing plants and animals, of improving, domes- ticating, and multiplying species, breeds or varieties of indigenous animals and plants ; and of usefully employing those recently introduced, acclimatized or propagated, and their products. Government has granted it some grounds, and though but a short time in existence, it has rendered service to national agriculture. To attain its object the society intends creating zoolo- gical, botanical and acclimatizing gardens, a special library, and a scientific review, prizes, and exhibitions of the pro- ducts which it may obtain. INDUSTRY The most perfect liberty of industry exists in Brazil, guaranteed by the Constitution, so long as the public mo- rals are respected, and the security aud health of citizens ; are not menaced ; this liberty may be exercised individually ' or by association. It is limited by no law or privilege, except in temporary or exceptional cases of patents for the invention or intro- duction of a new industry. Though Brazil cannot, properly speaking, be called an industrial country, nevertheless its manufacturing industry ; has made some progress in many of its different branches. Important manufactories exist in the capital of the Em- pire, and in the provinces, many of which are worked by steam, and employ a large number of hands. To judge from the machinery employed, and from the perfection of the products, some of them can bear com- parison with those of the most advanced nations. The proof of this assertion may be found in the number of industrial products which were sent to the international exhibitions, and which received prizes. The State has sometimes assisted some of the more im- portant with a subvention, and has always granted reaso- nable favours to the most useful. — 281 A certain number, fixed by government, of the operatives employed in cotton mills are exempt from recruiting for military service. The products of these mills are free of export duty, or of imposts, in passing from one province to another. The machinery, or pieces of machinery, the number and quality of which are determined by government, for the use of manufactories, are imported duty freed. Patents for inventions may be granted for not more than 20 years ; the concession for a longer time depends on the Legislative Power. Government has often granted privileges to persons who introduce new industries, these privileges, however, depend on the approval of the Legislative Power. The effects of a patent of invention cease, if it be proved that the grantee was untruthful, or concealed any essencial fact in the specification made to obtain it; or if an invention has been printed and described, like the one which the pretended inventor alleged to be his. And also : If the grantee do not, within two years after the grant, put in practise his invention ; If the inventor has obtained in a foreign county a patent for the same invention ; If the object manufactured be prejudicial to the public, or contrary to the law ; Lastly, if the inventor employed his invention before obtaining a patent. The following are the products extensively manufac- tured in the interior of the country : sugar, rum, ma- nioc farina, maize meal, and wheaten flour, tapioca and other fecula, tea, herva mate, guarani, oils, vinegar, liqueurs, butter, cheese, sweetmeats, cashew wine 36 and others, specially of grapes in the southern pro- vinces; jerked and salt beef, cigarettes, cigars, and fish in brine and dry, tobacco in rolls, tallow, wa and carnauba candles ; India rubber, glue, dry and sal- ted hides, coarse cloth for coffee and sugar bagging, and finer cloths for dresses ; ropes, oakum, and pottery for domestic use. The capital of the Empire and the provinces have, besides, many manufactories and work shops which prepare articles that were formerly imported in large quantities. Such exist, in the capital of the Empire : Manufactories of chemical products, ice, optical, nau- tical, engineering and surgical instruments ; boots and shoes, oil-cloth, carpets, varnished and morocco leather, glass, fine and coarse pottery, artificial stone, mosaics ; dyers, carriage and varnish makers, spirit and liqueur dis- tilleries, vinegar, alimentary pastes, brown paper, paper hangings, asphalt, artificial marble, card-board, snuff, cigars and cigarettes ; diamond lapidaries, cloth and feather flowers, many of which obained medals, and were distinguished in the last exhibitions. There are also 18 first class founderies, with improved machinery, which turn out excellent work. Twelve, not including those of the arsenals, are iron founderies, and manufacture machinery ; six are bronze, brass and copper founderies ; there are, besides a consi- rable number of smaller work-shops. The former employ upwards of 700 operatives and produce ironwork worth more than 2.140:000$000, and other objects of the value of about 320:000$000. In this estimate of the general production, that of the establishment at Ponta d’Area is not included; this being now reorganized, employs near 400 operatives in — 283 — the foundery, in ship building, and in the new work- shop fitted up with complete wood-working machinery. , Water pipes are now cast there ; and bridges for the Don Pedro II railway, and passenger cars are made. There are now on the stocks : a steamer of 300 horse power, and two guard boats for the Custom House. Another establishment at the Saude employs 200 ope- ratives in iron and bronze work ; and in making steam engines, boilers and other articles. The machinery for the four lifts of the large iron store of the Custom House, was made in this establishment, which has also undertaken to set up the hydraulic cranes received j from England. All agricultural instruments can be, and in a great measure are now, manufactured in this establishment. There are many work-shops, some with steam power, for making carriages, cabs, and every kind of vehicle for passengers or freight. One of these makes wagons and trolleys for railways, cars for tramways ; and has the wood-working machinery for preparing timber for houses kiosks, chalets, pavillions, and other fancy buildings. Many carpenters and cabinet makers shops also exist which employ the best Brazilian wood in the manufacture of simple and rich furniture, and others which carve wood for ornamental purposes. There are also eighteen breweries which employ 400 persons, and make every year between 8.000.000 and 10.000.000 bottles of beer ; consuming from 36.000 to 40.000 kilograms of hops, and from 11.000 to 13.000 barrels of barley of 74 kilograms each, and from 360.000 to 400.000 kilograms of sugar, There are also several hat manufactories, some of which are of considerable importance ; the articles — 284 — j made are of so good a quality as to have in a great ■ J measure and, for some years past, supplanted those im- i ported. Twenty four of the largest, which make silk, felt, \ ■ and fancy hats, employ 500 operatives, some use steam : power, and turn out on an average 34.000 silk, 406.000 felt ] and 30.000 straw and fancy hats, of the value of - - 1.600:000$000. In the suburbs there are 46 stone quarries, in which : ; about 750 quarry-men and stonecutters are employed ; the value of the stone quarried and cut amounting to about \ \ 2.2000:000$000 yearly. Some prepare smooth stones, others make moul- - dings for building houses, pilasters, columns with | capitals, obelisks, mausoleums and other objects ; others ? are specially employed in cutting paving stones, and j blocks, which are extensively exported to some provinces ; of the Empire, and to the River Plate. There are three manufactories of artificial stone, and two > of encaustic tiles, which also make baths, water tanks, > mouldings and other objects of art. Near the capital of the province of Rio de Janeiro, in S. Domingos, there is a cigarette manufactory on a very extensive scale, employing about 100 children, giving them board and lodging, clothes, shoes, primary edu- cation, and instruction in music, during the first three years of apprenticeship ; and afterwards, wages comes- ' ponding to their aptitude. In the city of Campos, in the same province, a great j number of hands are employed in making sweetmeats, < an important branch of commerce. There are some iron founderies in the same city, which '( manufacture nearly all the machinery, even the most com- plicated, of the greater part of the sugar mills of that dis— ! trict. ) Throughout nearly ihe whole of the Empire there are soap, oil, und candle manufactories, from the stearine can- ; die company, in the city of Rio de Janeiro, down to the tallow candle ; there are many wax candle manufactories in the provinces, and of carnauba candles in Ceara, and !on the banks of the S. Francisco. In 25 of the more important candle manufactories of the > capital of the Empire more than 260 operatives are em- ployed, and steam power is used. They produce annually an average of 850,000 boxes of candles of the value of / 5.750:000$000 ; near upon 430, OOo boxes of soap, of the I value of 1.700:000$000, and 780 pipes of oil containing 412,000 litres, worth 140:000$000. In many capitals, and other cities and towns of the ; provinces, there are watch-makers, sadlers, black-smiths, boot and shoemakers, tinmen, tailors, feather flower makers, crochet and lace makers, and needle workers ; be- sides many other branches of industry including beautiful I leather work, in the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande " do Sul, Parana, and some districts of S. Paulo, and Minas Geraes ; and gold and silver jewellery, which in some \ cities, even of the interior of Brazil, is very perfect. The cotton mills of Santo Aleixo, in Mage ; Brazil In- j dustrial, at Macacos ; S. Pedro de Alcantara, and Petro- \ politana, in Petropolis ; and Santa Thereza, in Paraty, in ; the province of Rio de Janeiro ; of Santo Antonio do Quei- ( mado, Modelo, Nossa Senhora da Penha, Nossa Senhora do Pilar, Conceigao, S. Salvador, and Progresso, in the capital of the province of Bahia ; S. Carlos de Paraguassu, in the > city of Cachoeira ; Todos os Santos, Nossa Senhora do Am- ' paro, and Conceigao, in the city of Yalenga, in the province — 286 of Bahia; of S. Luiz, Major Barros, Cachoeira do Votuzan- i tim, Industrial Jundiahy Company, and Santo Antonio, and i Salto in the province of S. Paulo ; of Fernao Velho, in that l of Alagoas ; of Canna do Reino, Cedro, Machado, Biribiri and s Bruinado do Pitangui, in Minas Geraes; and that of Magdale- ) na, in Pernambuco, working, collectively, 70,000 spindles ( and 1,180 looms, employed in 1874, more than 1,830 opera- ] fives. < The water and steam required for this machinery is equi- > 5 The Todos os Santos mills, on the banks of the river Una in Valenga, province of Bahia, have 4. 160 spindles and 136 looms, employ 200 operatives, and have 4 tur- bines of the aggregate power of 130 horse. They make 1.000.000 metres of cloth yearly, besides a large quan- tity of yarn. The Nossa Senhora do Amparo mills utilize the first falls of the river Una, with two mule jennys of 4.192 spindles, and 48 looms ; they employ 90 operatives, and 3 turbines of collectively 30 horse power. They produce daily 2.000 metres of plain cloth and 140 kilograms of yarn. ? } ( The wool factory of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul only employs native raw material. It \ started in 1874, but all the machinery is not yet put up, > this consists of a 70 horse power steam engine to work 1.200 spindles and 40 looms. It employs at present 100 ope- ratives and, from the 20 looms at work, it produces 200 ; kilograms a day of ^blankets, baizes and shawls, of the ; yearly value of 400:000$000. In the same province there are several breweries, hops > being cultivated; there are also saw mills, tan yards for the preparation of hides, and establishments for manu- ; facturing objects from the native marble. In the capital, the city of Porto-Alegre, there is a large j manufactory of oils from the palma christi (castor oil), the pea nut, and linseed. Not far from this, there is another in- dustrial establishment, where extractum carnis, and other concentrated extracts are prepared, as well as glue, soap — 288 — and candles. In the city of Pelotas, there is an important soap and tallow candle manufactory. In many cities of the province, there are also factories and industrial establishments, among which the following may be mentioned : In the province of S. Paulo, iron, bronze, and other metal founderies, in the cities of Campinas, Itu and Pindamonhan- gaba; saw mills, wax candle manufactories at Itu, Guara- tingueth, and S. Roque, for which the raw material is furnished by the bees reared in the province ; the hat manufactories of Sorocaba, Campinas and other places ; the marble sawing establishment of S. Roque ; and different machinery worked by steam power to clean and press cotton, and prepare coffee. In the same province there are also a great number of soap and tallow candle manufac- tories, and others for pressing oils of different kinds. The province of Bahia, besides its eleven cotton mills, has, in the capital and other places, more than 80 different industrial establishments, including steam saw mills, sugar refineries, one of which is on the Derosne and Cail system; many soap and tallow candle makers, breweries, distilleries, tan yards, manufactories of vinegar, matches, oils, wines from different fruits, sweetmeats, chocolate, pottery, hats, ice, gaseous waters, snuff, cigars ; besides sculptors in wood and more than 100 work-shops of different branches of industry, and several ship building yards. In the town of S. Felix on the banks of the Paraguassu, in the same province, there are several cigar manufactories which excel not only in the quality of the tabacco but also in the make. In the cities of Cachoeira, and Santo Amaro there are also founderies, and soap and candle manufactories. In the capital of the province of Alagoas, there is a foun- t® m PROVINCES MARANHAO . PERNAMBUCO . MINAS-GERAES. RIO DE JANEIRO. No. TITLE Maranhao Cotton Factory Co . Magdalena Factory . S. Carlos de Paraguassu Nossa Senhora da Penha .... Nossa Senhora do Pilar Model Factory ConceisSo da Capital Santo Antonio do Queimado. S. Salvador Progress All-Saints Concei$5o de Valen^a Nossa Senhora do Amparo.. Fabrica do Cedro Industria Machadense.. Canna do Reino. Biribiri. Brumado do Pitangui. Santo Aleixo Santa Thereza — Brazil Industrial. S. Pedro de Alcantara. Petropolis Co Major Barros’ Factory. S. Luiz Industrial Jundiahyana.. . Salto Cachoeira do Votusantin . Santo Antonio CAPITAL 300:0008000 300:0008000 200:0008000 80:0008000 200:0008000 90:000$000 173:0008000 280:0008000 120:0008000 .600:0008000 1.000:0008000 100:0008000 140:0008000 100:0008000 LOCATION OF ENTERPRISE To be fixed by the Provincial Government .. Idem Maceio City of Cachoeira Capital. Capital. Capital Capital Capital. Capital. Capital. City of Valen^a City ofValenca. City of Valenga Taboleiro Grande Santo Antonio do Machado City of Mag6 City of Paraty Village of Macacos City of Petropolis (Rhenania) City of Petropolis (Cascata Bulhoes) S. Paulo City of ltu City of Jundiahy City of ltu Votusantin Setlement S. Jos6 de Parahytinga REMARKS Contracted, May, 1874, in virtue of Provincial Act, guaranteeing 7 o/0 interest. Chartered by Decree N.o 5879, of Feb. 20, 1875. Initiated on Ap. 30, 1874. Belongs to Messrs. Pernambuco, Barroca & Co. Established, Aug 22, 1857. Is two leagues from Maceio with which it communicates by land and sea. Began to work in 1863. Manufactures 247.500 metres of cloth. 2 100 spindles; 40 looms; 74 operatives. Consumes 45.000 kilogrammes of cotton yearly. Moved by water. Established bv Francisco Alvares dos Santos Souza. Belongs to a company. Consumes 80.300 kilogrammes of cotton per annum. Consumes 71.450 kilogrammes of cotton per annum. Consumes 222.320 kilogrammes of cotton per annum. Situated on the River Una. Employs 200 operatives, 4.160 spindles, 136 looms, and 4 turbines of 130 horse- power in the aggregate. Produces 1.000.000 metres of cloth and a great quantity of thread. Situated on the River Una. Has 2.500 spindles; 6 spinning-frames with 223 spindles each; 48 looms; 2 warp-beams; 3 turbines with 30 horse-power in tho ag- gregate. Employs 90 operatives, and manufactures daily 2.000 metres of cloth, consuming 140 kilogrammes of cotton. In the Municipality of Curvello. Belongs to Mascarenhas & Bro. In the Municipality of Alfenas. Manufactures 1.000 metres of cloth per diem. Belongs to Commander Jos6 Antonio de Araujo Filgueiras. Employs 160 operatives. Has 7.000 spindles and 160 looms, and is able to manufacture 8.000 metres of cloth and 12.852 kilogrammes of thread, worth 350:0008000. Water wheel of 50 horse-power. Water has a fall of 12 metres. Belongs to Messrs. Souza & Co. Has 20 looms and 432 spindles. Employs 47 persons, including 30 children from 10 to 13 years old. Manufactures daily 1.650 metres of cloth. American machinery, furnished by Milford & Lidgerwood. At tho terminus of the Macacos branch of the D. Pedro II R. R. Has 400 looms and 20.000 spindles. Machinery driven by 3 turbines, 2 of 200 horse- power each, and 1 of 50. Yearly production is estimated at 4.389.000 metres of cloth. Works 230 hands, of which 126 are men, 32 women, 44 boys and 28 girls. Most important factory in the Empire. Inaugurated its operations on April 1, 1874. Established in 1872. Has 50 looms and 1.200 spindles. Moved by a wheel turned by the waters of the Piabanha with 20 or 30 horse-power. Employs 100 per- sons and manufactures daily 2.750 metres of cloth. Situated on the Uniao e Industria road. Has 108 looms and 3.500 spindles. Machinery bought of J. Hetherington & Sons, of Manchester. Driven by water with 1.000 horse-power. Employs 100 operatives and manufactures daily 6.000 metres of white and colored cloth. Manufactures daily 800 kilogrammes of thread and 2.400 metres of English N.° 3 cotton cloth. Employs 13 men, 20 women and 60 girls from 11 to 13 years old. Belongs to Major Diogo Antonio de Barros. American Machinery, imported through the medium of Milford &i Lidgerwood. Has 24 looms. Is able to manufacture daily 1.365 metres of coarse cotton cloth. Clear profits amount to 50 o/q. Company chartered by Decree, N.o 5731, of Aug. 27, 1874. A league from the city. Has 50 looms, 18 carding-cylinders and 1.600 spindles. Machinery of Platt Brothers, Manchester. Employs 100 operatives. On the Sorocaba River. Belongs to a company. Went into operation, Feb. 9, 1875. Has 25 looms. Driven by a 50 horse-power turbine. Established by a planter called Jos6 Arouca. . ' dery, which, as well as the cotton mill already mentioned, belongs to the Uniao Mercantile company, incorporated with a capital of 290:000$000 ; in the city of Penedo there is an establishment for extracting oils. In Pernambuco there are several founderies and other industrial establishments. In the city of Diamantina, province of Minas-Geraes, there is an establishment for polishing diamonds ; and in other districts of the same province, wool and cotton mills which produce more than 800:000$000. In the province of Parana, coarse woollen fabrics are made, and herva matte is prepared by engines, worked both by steam and water power. 37 POST OFFICE ) The general administration of the Post Office is centered in the city of Rio de Janeiro, whence it ramifies throughout the Empire, by means of special administrations in the ' capitals of the provinces, and of agencies in the cities, in most towns, and in some important districts. The marine and fluvial mail service is performed hy companies which receive subventions from government ; - and by six English, four French, and one Italian com- panics, which carry the transatlantic mails from the ; port of Rio de Janeiro to Southampton, London, Liverpool, i Falmouth, Bordeaux, Havre, Marseilles, Antwerp, Genoa, ' Naples, Barcelona, Lisbon, Saint Vincent, Pernambuco, Bahia, and Santos, the River Plate, Saint Point, Arica, Islay, and Callao de Lima. Government has granted certain favours to the com- panies, in order to facilitate the despatch of their steamers in Brazilian ports. As a rule, the following favours are granted to the ;• Steam packets : 1st. The immediate discharge and loading, either on week days or holydays, independent of waiting for their turn. 2nd. The permission to keep on board their stores unsealed. 3rd. The substitution of the manifests of intermediate ports — 291 — by lists of the cargo received in the said ports, or by certifi- cates from the fiscal agents of Brazilian ports for merchan- dize destined for the River Plate. The steamers may leave Brazilian ports, at any hour of the day or night, if the police regulations of the port be observed, the agents of the respective companies being res- ponsible for the fines which the masters may incur. Passengers may land on the day of arrival, up to 7 0’ clock in the evening. By this means, the civil and commercial relations of Brazil are established with most of the civilized nations of Europe and America, from whence news is received almost weekly. The Brazilian Post Office has postal conventions with Great Britain, France, Spain, Belgium, Italy, Germany, the United States, Peru and the Argentine Republic, and is treating with other powers. The Post Office receipts in the year 1873 — 74 were 941:977$291, and the expenditure was 932:987$660. If it cannot yet be considerad as a source of public reve- nue, as happens with other nations, these results must, ne- vertheless, be considered as satisfactory, if the peculiari- ties of so extensive a region and of a population so sparse, be taken into account. The following table shews the progressive increase, in ( tke last five years, of the Post Office receipts. PRftVINfP<: YEARS I IlU \ lFil/Lo 1869—70 1870—71 1871-72 1872-73 1873-74 Rio de Ja- neiro E s p i r i t o 33 '.7063816 372.0093802 417.1048184 452.8918554 481.4313967 Santo 2.P268050 2.3313810 2.5828180 3.1788780 3. V 68520 Rahia 57.470,3182 53.3533258 61.660,8480 60.9088960 59.4583930 Sergipe 3.5' 9.S990 3.996,3660 4.2718130 4.1348970 3.7188000 Alagoas. . . . 5.7543800 6.3753720 6.5788800 6 8928450 7. 1693' 70 Pernamb. . . 51.2573365 55.7653120 62. 4838576 71 .3 '3.8440 75.7748S07 Parahyba . . Rio Grande 1.16 >g336 1.4398810 1.7058510 1.9078560 2.0063380 do Norte. . 1.7153770 1.6293110 1.8088930 1.8393650 2.2728140 Piauhy 2.869,3148 1.8288010 1.9263894 1.94 '8480 2.0453910 Ceara 8 431,3290 8.1753750 8.9H3480 8.9418480 10.4493980 Maranhao. . 19.6253370 '7.5588860 19.8383660 20.3883911 20 . 20 1 37 0 Para Amazonas. . 23.0493270 23.5118850 23.5418769 27.0713430 25.9218290 Goyaz Mato Grosso 35.8533410 35.0348380 40.2983772 49.9858404 56.9743220 .Minas Ge- 781,8496 1.1168373 1.2973477 1.9868996 raes 8873080 1.031,8810 1.81331 '0 1.9138690 2.38 3400 S. Paulo . . . 77.7593790 76.0128210 86.2 53920 91.8148120 101.5848802 Parana Santa Catha- 7.0393920 8.1468430 8.8248400 9.6683590 10.1743800 rina S. Pedro do Rio Grande 5.5633510 5.596S270 5.8708400 6.2223880 6.4273810 do Sul 39.4613220 42 632,8990 51.8448050 59.2218080 64.2748720 700.1173311 718.1143406 812.8 >98782 881.8593607 941.9773291 < ) l > ) I £ i l 5 ( I ELECTRIC TELEGRAPHS / ( ? ) The establishment of the electric telegraph in Brazil dates from 1852. It was at first represented by short lines, in the capital \ of the Empire, specially destined for governement service ; \ in 1856 the electric telegraph reached Petropolis, the line ) comprising 20 kilometres of submarine cable. I The requirements of the defence of the bay of Rio de Ja- neiro called, in 1863, for the employment of this powerful means of communication between the government and the \ fortresses at the entrance of the bay ; and, once there, the s telegraphic line was continued to the city of Cape Frio, on the coast of the province of Rio de Janeiro, that it might be < of use to maritime navigation, till then served by the optical telegraph, established in 1808. The war against the government of Paraguay, in the year 1865, gave a fresh impulse to this service ; a line with double wires being constructed from the capital to the south of the Empire, which, whilst it supplied the war require- ments, served at the same time a great number of places on the coast of the provinces of Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo, Pa- rana and Santa Catharina, and more particularly theimpor- tant commercial port of Santos. Great difficulties had to be overcome in constructing this — 294 — line, which crosses 16 rivers and creeks ; mountains covered with virgin forests, and places destitute of every resource, and where no roads existed, whereby to convey the person- nel and materiel. These causes, which still subsist, though in a less degree, contribute to render difficult the maintenance and repairs of this telegraphic line; nevertheless, since 1860, it has been of great use to government, to the public in general At the stations in the more important cities, such as Pa- raty, Santos, Iguape, Paranagua, Desterro, Laguna, Porto Alegre, Pelotas, Jaguarao and Rio Grande do Sul, Morse’s double apparatus is employed, and in the intermediate sta- tions, Siemmens’ electro-magnetic apparatus. Having been constructed under pressing circumstances, and subject to great difficulties which appeared at every step, the line in a short time began to need important repairs. Some posts of inferior wood, and others of good quality, but green and cut at an improper time, rapidly decayed, and ) their substitution by iron posts became nece sary ; to many io ther advantages these posts join that of sheltering the lines from the thunder storms so frequent in the south of the Empire, at certain periods of the year. At present these posts, and wires of five millimetres, are used in preference, as also insulators modified by the director < of the telegraphs, in which the contact with the wires has | been greatly diminished, by which means they are much < less subject to the action of rapid changes in the tempera- i ture, than the insulators protected by an iron cap, the por- ) celain bell of which cracked very easily, besides which | those can be much more easily replaced, when no longer serviceable. The State telegraph department is now definitely orga and to commerce in particular. — 295 — & nized, advantage having been taken of the experience of the most advanced nations. The government linos are 6,120 kilometres in length, with 8,523 kilometres of wire laid down, serving 87 sta- tions. They are divided into three sections : The first is, strictly speaking, urban, and extends over 24 kilometres, it has 13 stations, and 1,200 metres of sub- marine cable, between the war arsenal and the fortress of Yillegaignon, to serve the different public departments ; The second, to the north, already constructed between the central station and Linhares, in the province of Espi- rito Santo, 873 kilometres in length, with 2/200 kilometres of wire, and 22 stations, including the Cape Frio line, and that to the light house on the said cape, in the province of Rio de Janeiro. This line is meant to connect the capital of the Empire with the northern provinces. Another portion of this line, of 1,242 kilometres in ex- tent, is open to traffic, it has 14 stations, from Camamu to Recife, passing through the capitals of Bahia, Sergipe, Alagoas and Pernambuco. The portion of the line between Linhares, in the pro- vince of Espirito Santo, and Camamu, in that of Bahia, will shortly bo concluded and then the capital of the Empire will be in telegraphic communication with the intermediate cities, as far as the province of Ceara. The only thing wanting in this line, of 730 kilometres, is extending the wire and putting up the apparatus. The southern section extends over 2,866 kilometres, and has 4,461 kilometres of wire, 38 stations and double lines in some portions. This line, which commences in the capital of the Empire and terminates at Jaguarao, on the frontier of the Oriental — 296 — t> ; Republic of Uruguay, comprises four branches : the first ( from Santos to S. Paulo, with stations in those two cities ; ; the second from Paranagua to Coritiba, capital of the pro- ') vince of Parana, branching from Morretes to the city of ; Antonina; the third, from Porto Alegre, capital of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, to the city of ; Uruguayana, with seven stations ; the fourth with two sta- ( tions, from the city of Pelotas, at the mouth of the Rio \ Grande, in the same province. Great improvements have been carried out in this line ; / a cable of 8 kilometres has been substituted by a line of 40 kilometres. The land line from Iguape to Paranagua | is nearly finished, in substitution of the present line, six cables being thus avoided ; and in Santa Catharina, the line which crossed the island has been carried over to the con- ; tinent, two cables being thus suppressed. The line from Cachoeira to Cruz Alta andPasso Fundo, ' in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, is being constructed and is finished as far as Santa Maria do To the north the line has been extended from Recife to / Parahyba and Ceara. As it is almost impossible to keep the lines in repair ) without roads, these are being constructed by order of go- ( vernment, by which means, lands, until lately abandoned, I' are becoming available. In consequence of improvements realized on the lines, such as : the substitution of wooden by iron posts ; greater facilities for repairs, owing to the opening of roads, more regularity in the service is to be expected, specially ] as self acting apparatus of transmission are to be employed, Monte ; its length is 106 kilometres ; as the branch from Rozario, in the Uruguayana line, as far as Santa Anna do Livramento is also finished. which will increase the rapidity and the precision of tele- graphic writing. Besides the lines under the charge of the Director Ge- neral of Telegraphs, there are others belonging to the different railway companies, which not only satisfy the requirements of their respective traffic, but also serve the public at modei'ate rates, which are approved by go- vernment. Brazil is in telegraphic communication with Europe, through the cable which, starting thence and going to Pernambuco, follows the coast of Brazil as far as Parti, whence, by way of Saint Thomas, it meets the United States line. The cable which joins the province of Pernambuco to that of Bahia and of Rio de Janeiro ; and that which goes to Santos, Santa Catharina, Rio Grande do Sul and Barra do Chuy where it meets the Montevidean line, is in act- ive service. All the coast of Brazil is therefore linked to Europe, to the United States, and to the Argentine, the Paraguayan ; nd the Chilian Republics. The receipts of the government lines have increased in propotion to their advancement. In the financial year 1861 62, when the Petropolis line alone existed, the receipts were only328$140, which increased to a little over 3:000$000 when the southern line was inaugurated. In the year 1866 — 67, this line being open, though working irregularly, the receipts rose to over 26:000$000. Thence forward the ascending progression continued; and in the financial year 1873 — 74 the receipts amounted to 170:174$800. 38 The average distance between the stations, which is not in proportion to the length of the lines, is 70 kilometres. Since the financial year I860 — G7, when the southern line was finished, between the capital of the Empire and Porto-Alegre, the receipts of the telegraphs, in relation to the expenses, have been as follows: I860 — 67, 25 % of the expenses; 1867—68, 21 %; 1868—69, 26 %; 1869 —70, 32%; 1870—71, 39 %; 1871—72, 39 %; 1872 -73, 42 %; 1873-74, 28 %; If the expenses of the stations be added to those ari- sing from repairs, the receipts shew a considerable percen- tage. In the year 1866 — 67 the expenditure with the con- struction and maintenance of the line amounted to 221:685$803; in 1872-73, it increased to 1,228:014$464; : and in 1873 -74, to 1,193:488$093. ( ) MEANS OF COMMUNICATION STEAM NAVIGATION The improvements introduced in steam ships, and the principle established of competition, for the subsidized ma- ritime and fluvial lines of the Empire, have contributed to advance steam navigation between the ports of Brazil, \ without any very great sacrifice to the National Treasury, > which however continues to expend the annual sum of j 3,43G:000$000 in subventions paid. There are at present 28 steam packet lines, mostly be- longing to Brazilian companies, receiving subsidies from government, not including the New-York and Rio de Janeiro line, calling at the ports of Bethlem, Pernambuco and Bahia, until lately in the hands of a North American company, which used to make a monthly voyage between those ports and received a yearly subsidy of 200:000$000 granted by government, who is again about to contract for this service. The maritime navigation embraces the coast of Brazil, from the port of Bethlem, in the province of Parh, to that of Rio Grande, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and thence as far as Montevideo, where it meets the fluvial line of Paraguay, which goes as far as the port of Cuyabh. Fluvial navigation, assisted in a great measure by go- vernment, and by the provinces, in many of ther rivers, ; comprises all the Brazilian Amazon, as far as Tabatinga, ( and many of its affluents, the Madeira as far as Santo s Antonio, the Purus as far as the confluence of the Hyuta- ) naham, the Negro, as far as Santa Isabel, the Araguaya, l the Itapicuru, the Mearirn, the Pindare, the Parnahyba, ^ the Parahyba do Norte, the S. Francisco, the Paraguassu, the Maragogipe, the Jequitinhonha, the Mucury, the Ita- | pemirim, the Ribeira de Iguape, the ltajahy, the Pardo, \ and the Paraguay, from Montevideo to the capital of ) the province of Mato Grosso, and the lakes Mangabo, | Jequia, and dos Patos. These lines are estimated at 24,500 miles or 53,900 ki- ] lometres. | The province of Amazonas lately contracted for the ( direct navigation between Manaos and some European ) ports, with the Liverpool and Amazon Royal Mail Steam | Ship company, which commenced the service in January of ( the present year, with the steamer Mallard. Other lines, more or less protected by government, and by the provinces, are in the hands of private companies, { such as: the line between the ports of Rio de Janeiro and Santos, and those on the rivers Tiete and Piracicaba, in : the province of S. Paulo, A company was lately incor- porated in that province, for the navigation of the river Parahyba from Jacarehy to the Cachoeira station of the < Don Pedro II railway. \ RAILROADS \ Government continue to promote by every means the i construction of railways. With this object a body of Brazilian and foreign en- — 301 — gineers has been commissioned by government, and has commenced, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, to study the general system of roads of the Em- pire; an authorization having been given to government by the Legislative body, to grant, during 30 years a guarantee of 7 % a year, or to warrant the provincial gua- / rantee, on the capital employed in those provincial rail- roads which, by their plans and statistics, shew a proba- bility of a net annual revenue of 4 % ; the capital to be guaranteed is limited to 100.000:000$000 ; in lieu of a guarantee, government may grant a kilometric subven- tion. These engineers are to construct the itinerary map of Brazil, indicating the existing roads, and those which ought to be constructed, in accordance with the general system, which must be referred to geodetical triangles of the 1st and 2nd order, so that the position of the projected roads may be indicated with exactitude. For the more rapid execution of this interesting work, the territory of Brazil was divided into 24 districts, discri- minating between the inhabited portion, in which it is only necessary to improve the roads, and that which re- quires more accurate study. Government have already availed themselves largely of this authorization, having given the guarantee of 7 %, or warranted the provincial guarantees, on the sum of 80.750:000$000, destined for those rail-roads, in constuc- tion or only projected, which can more easily fulfill the con- ditions of the law. Of all the means of conveyance, the railroad is that which, of late years, has received the greatest impulse in Brazil. In 1867, there were only six railroads in the Em- — 302 — pire, of the aggregate length of 683 kilm 200m ; in 1872 there were 15 with 1.026 kilm 596ra ; and now there are 22 lines with 1.660 kilm 110m under traffic; 16, with an extent of 1.362 kilm, in construction ; and 28, with an extent of 6.531 kilra, under survey. These numbers repre- sent a mean of 138 kilm of railroads constructed every year since that date. The assistance given to these railroads in the provinces, has in no way been detrimental to the extension of the great trunk lines. The works of the D. Pedro II line continue with all convenient expedition ; and the surveys for the extensions of the Bahia, and Recife lines, the former, 556 kilm 232m. and the latter 618 kilm 660m in length, having been fin- ished, government called for tenders for the construction of these roads, and 324 kilometres of the former were given out at the rate of 26:600$000 per kilometre for the cons- truction of the bed of the road. The surveys, made for government account, of the stra- tegic and commercial railway, authorized by the Legisla- tive power, between the cities of Porto Alegre, the capital of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and Uru- guayana, on the frontier of the Argentine Republic, 772 kilometres in length ; and those of the also strategic and commercial line, between the city of Coritiba, the capital of the province of Paranh, and Miranda, in that of Mato Grosso, 852 kilm 229m in length, are also concluded. This is one of the most complete works of the kind. ; Among other interesting subjects, the immense uneplored riches which Brazil possesses in that vast expanse, are dis- covered at first sight. After the construction of this road, the journey from the city of Rio de Janeiro to Cuyabh, capital of the pro- vince of Mato Grosso, may be made in from 7 to 10 days, whilst at present, by way of Buenos Ayres, it cannot be made in less than 30 or 40 days. The journey from Rio de Janeiro to the northern frontier of Paraguay will also be reduced to five days, and to Chuquizaca, in Boli- via, to 12 days. The definitive studies for the extension of the Santos and Jundiahy line are nearly finished; this line is open nearly as far as Limeira, and will shortly reach Rio Claro. The studies extend over 660 kilometres, from that city to Santa Anna do Paranahyba, on the banks of the ri- ver Parana, which separates the province of Minas Geraes from Goyaz. The surveys and studies of the first portion of the rail- road from the south to the north of the Empire are also finished ; this line connected with the Don Pedro II rail- way by the navigation of the S. Francisco, and with the city of Bethlem, in Parh, by the fluvial line of the To- cantins, will place te capital of the Empire in rapid communication with many of the provinces of the ex- treme north. The surveys for the railway between the cities of Rio Grande and Alegrete, in the provinces. Pedro Rio Grande do Sul, are being made. The number of kilometres surveyed for railways since 1867, amounts to nearly 5.796, and the sums paid by go- vernment for this service, amount to 2.130:226$221. Be- sides this, the sum of 1.650:000$000 was voted in the last budget, for the studies of the railroad from Cori- tiba to Miranda, already finished, and for those of the railway from the south to the north of the Empire. GENERAL RAILROADS ( Don Pedro ii railway.- — This is unquestionably the most important railroad in Brazil, being the trunk of the present system of railways, and that which has the largest traffic. Commencing in the capital of the Empire, it crosses an important part of the province of Rio de Janeiro ; one of its branches serves a great portion of the province of S. Paulo, and will shortly be connected with the Santos and Jundiahy line, by the railway which is being cons- tructed by a Brazilian company, assisted by the central and the provincial governments. Another of its branches collects the products of extremely rich districts of that part of the province of Minas-Geraes, which confines with that of Rio de Janeiro, and which is also served by a railway under traffic ; and lastlyr it extends into the pro- vince of Minas Geraes, in the direction of the S. Francisco, where the navigation of that river, and of some of its powerful tributaries, will connect it with the interior of many provinces. There are 478 k i 1 m , 52Gm, of lm, 60 gauge, open to traffic, and 101 kilometres more nearly finished, government ha- ving expended with this line, up to the present time, the sum of 65.691:464$000. The last budget authorized the expenditure of 9.528:81 1$000 with the extension, during the years 1874 — 75 and 1875 — 76. The Don Pedro II railway, crossing high mountains, and being, from the commencement, forced to ascend the steep maritime range, is a subject worthy of professional study. 305 Of its first sections the most remarkable is that which comprises the said range, in which, besides other impor- tant works, there are 16 tunnels, one of 437m, 3 in length, one of 654m. 47, a third of2,237m. 51, and others of smal- ler dimensions ; all cut in solid, and very hard rock, mostly granitic. The total length of these 16 tunnels is The trunk bifurcates into two great branches of the same gauge : one, called the 4th section, ascends the banks of the river Parahyba, immediately beyond the Barra do Pirahy station, and terminates at a place named Ca- choeira, distant 157 kilm. 492m. in the province of S. Paulo, where the S. Paulo and Rio de Janeiro line will soon meet it. The other, known by the name of the 3rd section, be- gins at Entre Rios, and descends the river Parahyba, as far as Porto Novo do Cunha, where the Leopoldina line meets it, in the province of Minas Geraes : this branch is 63 kilm. 850m. in length. The central line is open to Mathias Barbosa and will shortly reach Juiz de Fora. The importance of this undertaking is attested by the extraordinary traffic on it, which increases yearly, in pro- portion as the road advances into tho rich districts of the provinces of Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo, and Minas Ge- raes. The gr ss receipts, of the value of 5.731 :931$010, in the year 1872, amounted in the year 1875, to 7.604 :032$290 shewing an increase of 1.872: 101$280. The traffic on the line during the year 1874, was as follows : Passengers 1.230.114; luggage 3.751.798 kilograms ; 5 kilm. 189.39 — 306 — merchandize 208.871.439 kilograms, and 30,882 ani- mals. The expenditure with the traffic did not increase in the same preportion as the receipts, for in the first of those years it amounted to 3.220:533$143, and in the se- cond to 3.381:894$1 13, or only 161:360$969 more; the net receipts, therefore, in 1874 amounted to 4.222: 138$177, corresponding to 8,03 % of the capital employed on the portion of the line under traffic, or about 6 lj2 % on the whole amount expended. Coffee is the article of exportation which has constantly contributed the largest share to this satisfactory result. With such a heavy import traffic the D. Pedro II rail- road could not continue at the mercy of foreign industry for the acquisition of the necessary materials, running the risk of stopping the service in consequence of any emer- gency, which might delay the shipment of an order sent to Europe, or to the United States. A work-shop was therefore established at a place call- ed Engenho de Dentro 14 kilm. 727m. distant from the central station, and on the right side of the line ; this establishment covers an area of 19,000 square metres, in- cluding the carpenters’, turners’, and boiler makers’ work- shops, those of the mechanical carpenters, and for fitting up cars, tlie iron and bronze founderies, and the painters, and varnishers’ shops. An excellent 60 horse power horizontal engine by Forcot A, fils, works simultaneously all the machinery, and, in case of need, can be substituted by two locomotives. The machinery and instruments of the work-shops are of the latest make, and from the best manufactories of Europe. The ventilator of the black-smith’s shops is by Mareelin, it performs 1,800 revolutions per minute, and supplies air to 24 forges and 10 furnaces. On the establishment there are 2,300m of railroad ; eight small turn-tables for cars, and a large one for an engine and tender. The work-shops are supplied with water from the Ja- carepagiffi mountains, distant 2,500m, by means of cast iron water tubes, / The water is deposited in two reservoirs, with capa- city for 150,000 litres each, placed at a height of eight metres above the work-shops, which are thus abundantly supplied, as well as the offices, and other dependencies of the establishment. On each side there is a row of houses, built for ac- count of the railroad, which, for the convenience of the service, are hired at moderate rents to the operatives, who are thus commodiously lodged. ; A vast building, the property of the railway, is occu- pied by an eating house, which provides the operatives with wholesome and sufficient food at a table d’hote, and at moderate prices, stipulated in a contract with the di- rectory of the railroad. ) The eating room of this building accomodates 200 ope- ratives. During four years, counting from the 1st of December 1871, when the buildings were finished, the workshops have made important repairs in 65 locomotives, and 350 different passenger and freight cars ; they have also made more than 300 freight cars, and the metallic superstruc- ture for several bridges, of from 4 to 6, and from 25 to 36 metres span. They have cast cylinders, and American wheels of large — 308 — diameter, and have prepared other work of difficult execu- tion. About 260 tons of iron, and 30 of bronze are cast every year. The work-shops, generally, employ 350 operatives. From this short notice, it will be seem that the work- shops of the Don Pedro II railroad have a claim to be ranked among the most remarkable, if not the first, of j the industrial establishments of South America, and among the best of the continent of Europe. This road has several important feeders under traffic, such as: the Valenga branch, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, whose extension as far as the city of Presidio do Rio Preto, has been granted by an Imperial decree, the traffic to be carried on by animal traction ; and that of Leopoldina, in Minas Geraes; and in construction, that of the S. Paulo and Rio de Janeiro company, from S. Paulo to Cachoeira, and the one that is to connect the city of Resende, in Rio de Janeiro, with that of Areas, in the province of S. Paulo. By order of government, the definitive studies were made for a branch from the Sapopemba station, on the Don Pedro II railway, to the curacy of Santa Cruz, where the new public slaughter-house is to be built. This branch, which will also serve the new war arsenal, now being built at Realengo, is 36 kilometres in length and of lm. 60 gauge, and its cost is estimated at 1,800:000$000, which sum will be furnished by the Public Treasury. Concessions for the following branches were also granted: in the province of Rio de Janeiro : from the city of Barra Mansa to that of Bananal, in the province of S. Paulo ; from Porto das Flores, to the Commercio station ; from Rio Preto to the Barra do Pirahy ; from the city of Vassouras — 309 to the station of the same name ; from the town of S. Joao do Principe to the Sant’Anna station ; from Amparo to the Volta Redonda station. In the province of Minas Geraes : from some point of the Cachoeira branch, to the confluence of the river Y erde, and the Sapucahy ; from the city of Itajuba, where the navigation of the Sapucahy commences, to the said branch ; from Ouro Preto, capital of the pro- vince, to some convenient point on the trunk line, from Ponte Nova to the city of Juiz de Fora ; from the river das Mortes to a navigable spot of the river Grande; from S. Joao Nepomuceno, to the Chiador station. Santos and Jundiahy railroad. — After the D. Pedro II, this is the most important line, owing to the development of the traffic, which accompanies the progressive increase of the production of one of the most important provinces of the Empire. ( It was constructed with a lm,60gauge, and belongs to an English company with a capital of £ 2,650,000 on which the province guaranteed 2%, and the central Government 5 % interest ; it commences in the city of Santos, which has an excellent sea-port, in direct communication with Europe, ' and terminates in the city of Jundiahy, being 139kil“5min / length ; it ascends the steep Cubatao mountains, and serves < several important places, the chief of which is the capital. ' The ascent of the mountains is effected by means of four inclined planes, with a gradient of 1 in 9.75, their lengths being respectively 1,948, 1,080, 2,697, and 2,140 Besides these the line has other remarkable works of art, such as iron viaducts, one of which is 152m4 in length, and the tunnel between Belem and the city of Jundiahy, which is 591m3 long. metres. The service on the inclined planes is performed by stationary engines, and steel wire ropes. Its extension is finished and open to traffic as far as Santa Barbara, being 75 kilometres in length, and, owing to the intelligent efforts and persevering activity of the inhabi- | tants of the province, the 59 kilometres, which still sepa- ; rate that town from the city of S. Joao do Rio Claro, will shortly be opened, as the works are well advanced. The works for its extension as far as Santa Anna, on the Parnahyba, which divides the province of Goyaz from that of Minas Geraes, will also shortly commence. This road has the following branches : the S. Paulo and / Rio de Janeiro, which will meet the Don Pedro II railway | at Cachoeira ; the Itu, which commences at the city of Jundiahy; the Mogy-mirim, between the city of this name and Campinas, with a branch to Amparo ; and that of Ipa- nema, between the capital of the province and the iron / foundery of that name, which belongs to the State. The well delineated plan of the Santos and Jundiahy railroad favors the concentration of the greater part of ; the products, of the important and extensive agriculture | of the province, whose fertile soil, suitable for every kind ; of culture, and specially for coffee, sugar and cotton, lar- \ gely remunerates the planter's labor. The revenue of the province increases in proportion to " the development of its agriculture ; in the year 1874, it ; amount ed to 3,475:374$270, that is 1,462:754$925 more | than that of the year 1872, which did not exceed ; 2,012:619$345. Notwithstanding the very heavy expenses of the service of the inclined planes, the total expenditure, in the first of ) the above mentioned years, did not exceed 1,0 18:642$740 | being only 36:371$677 more than in 1872, when it amounted ) to 982,271$063. The balance of 2,456 :731$530 realized last year repre- sents 10,042 % interest on the capital, at a par of ex- change. The traffic consisted in 91,044 passengers, 114,400,934 kilograms of merchandize and 251,685 of luggage. Recife and S. Francisco railroad. — This also belongs to an English company to which the province guaranteed 2 % and the central government 5 % on the primitive ca- pital of £ 1,200,000, which was afterwards increased by £ 485,000 with the same guarantee ; it is 124 kil.m 9.m in length and of l.m60 gauge, it is to be extended in the direc- tion of Boa-Vista, on the banks of the S. Francisco, the ' definitive studies of the 618 kilometres, which separate it from that place, are finished, The gauge for the extension is to be one metre, and its cost is estimated at 47,855:484$016 or 77:361$539 per kilo- j metre. Government has called for tenders for its construction, which will be realized for government account. The part under traffic commences at the Cinco Pontas - station, one of the suburb? of the capital of the province of Pernambuco, and terminates at the town of Palmares, on the banks of the river Una, after crossing the richest sugar producing district of the province. The extension will serve fertile cotton districts, and others suited for immigration on account of the mildness i of the climate, and of the fertility of the soil, adapted for i the culture of cereals and other plants. The works of art on the part of the road under traffic are not, in general, of importance ; there are however several j iron bridges worthy of notice, and a tunnel lined with stone and brick. The receipts, arising from the conveyance of 193,839 pas- sengers, 756,71 6 kilograms of luggage, and 62,965,556 of \ merchandize, were, last year, 826:955$130, the expenses being 413:973$895, or 50,06 % of the receipts. Bahia and joazeiro railroad. — This is another road belonging to an English company, to which the central government guaranteed 5 % and the provincial 2 % on the capital expended, fixed at £ 1,800:000, until the respective accounts are liquidated. It is constructed on a l.m60 gauge, it is 123 kil.m 5.m in length, between the capital of the province and the ter- minus at Alagoinhas. The definitive studies, for its extensiou as far as Joazeiro, with a branch to a place named Riacho da Casa Nova, both on the right bank of the river S. Francisco, having been finished, government called for tenders for its construction on a l.m gauge. The studies comprise 556 kil.m 232. m, and the works esti- mated at 36, 100:000$000, were given out at 26:600$000 per kil.m only for the construction of the bed of the road. Government will supply the materials for the permanent way and the rolling stock. The part under traffic, though well constructed, possesses no very important works of art, there is however a tunnel lined with brick work, and an iron viaduct. As a commercial undertaking it offers, as yet, no profit ; hut when the extension is carried to the fertile banks of the S. Francisco, its position will probably improve considerably . The receipts last year were 366:247$458, and the expenses 410:722$965, with the conveyance of 65,661 passengers, 84,251 kilograms of luggage, and 15.173.264 of merchan- dize. Piranhas and Jaboata railroad. — This is 104 kilometres in length, and is meant to connect the lower with the upper gbnebal classification List of railroad enterprises in Brazil on the 1st of December 1875 ( Table N.° 1 ) DISTANCE LENGTH IN KILOMETRES :in kilometres from Rio do Janeiro to the first Station -aj 5=> O bo . O o=! (=> W w E- Pi 1 z: CL. Pi m E-* PROVINCES TITLE COMMENCEMENT, TERMINUS AND SOME OF THE INTERMEDIATE STATIONS 1=3 -g -1 t--n § § GOVERNMENT MAKING THE GRANT ■ s w E-* Cm O E-< HU « PARAUYBA DO NORTE. 140.00Q 140,000 2.056,000 2.167,000 Juno 22, 1872. 6.000:000$00oj Piovincial enactment of Nov. 30. 1864, guaranteed 2 »/„ to any company that would build a railroad in Pa'ahvba do Norte. Security "1 general government granted for 30 years by Decrees, N.o 5008. of April25, 1871, and N.o 5971, of Aug. 4 1875. One-metro gauge. » t> * PERNAMBUCO 2 12-1,900 618,600 743,500 1.914,000 2.056,000 Aug. 7. 1852. 90 | Guarantee of 2 "/<> payable by province of Pernambuco. Enactment of JuK 9, 1870, granted 5 "/„ guarantee on additional capital of 4, 316:97 1|,77. Cost x 1 ,801) 000, and has guarantee for t 1.184.000. Open to 1'na. Explorations completed to River S. Francisco. Terminus to be Boa Vista by governraunl's declai m, Nov. 7, 1873. Gauge of part in operation, 1 1"',60; of prolongation, 1 metre. 10.316:9 ( <$7 it, J ALAGOAS 3 Piranhas and Jntubd p P1 , , , , , • 104,500 104,500 1.700,000 1.950,000 Grant of guaranteed interest depends on the vote of the Sonate. One-metro gaugo. 1 Junsdio 123,100 556,232 679,692 1.278,000 1.444,000 Dec. 19, 1853.. 90 is.00():000$000 j Guarantee ol 2 payable by province of Bahia. Port in operation has gauge of l”, 60. Capital guaranteed, x 1.800. 000. Road open to Alaguinlms. Explorations made to Joozciro and Casa Nova, above Sobradinho Falls, lowest point of open navigation of the upper S. Francisco, which embraces 1.270 kilomolres. First section of prolongation is contracted, with ono-metro gauge. 1 BAHIA y Prnm nf £1 , . (|, f rn .1. In r\.'r 1 C.nClnn, 43,000 256,000 1.318.000 1.401.000 ro j r ( 13.000:000$00o| English company, having failed, was bought out by province of Bahia which ordered continuation ot Ihc works of Ilia S. Felix I bridge, and of the branch to Sanl'Anna-da-teira. Genornl government guaraulced 7 «/„ iutorcst for 30 venrs by Decree I N.O 5777. or Sept. 28. 1874. Gauge, lm,10. 1 Alngoinhas ond Ilaliii-in.-i 140,000 1.587,000 Chartered by Decree N.o 4916, of March 30, 1874. j 7 Tocantins 800,000 1.200,000 2.840,000 Tho explorations progress rupldlv, and are already concluded os far as the River S. Francisco. Decrees, N.o 4797, of Oct. 4, 1871 and N.o 5000, of July 3, 1872. CAPITAL DO 1MPEIUO.. 4,000 0,000 0,000 Tho company lias already been floated . j Main trunk 252,135 105,202 106,200 ( 01,052 88,000 197,000 / i l Al lirsl, guarantee of 7 7„ (2 "/„ payable by provinco of Rio do Janeiro, in virluo of legislative enactment of Oct, 13.1851 for the term of 90 years. Constructed al present under immediate direction ol the State. Appropriation of 20 000 contos granted by Act X 11 1953, of July 17, 1871, was exhausted in March. 1871. Decree N.o 5601, of April 25, 1874, made an extraordinary appropriation of 4.7 21:252.'$000 for llsoat year of tiyifl-t-t. Up to tlvia dulo road has cost 65.691:4644000. Parliament voted 9.528:81 1$000 for liscol years 1874-75 anil 1875-76. 66 000:0008000 J l 183,020 4,719 189,000 77,500 56,000 approximately ^ 65,000 ) RIO DE JANEIRO AND MINAS GERAES.... 10 259,600 259,000 Dec. 4, 137 1. . . 14.000:000$000| Security I.f general government for gnaranloo of interest, conceded by Decree \' « 5972, of July 23, 1875 Provincial Act, granting guarantee, N.° 202, of Dec. 4, 1871. Ouo-metre gaugo. Will have branches to Baodpendy, Atambary and Coxarabii. lliijuhii 75.000 80.000 21S.240 216,813 llnjubit is head of navigation on the Sapucaliy. Provincial Acl, N.O 1912, permits right of option to subsidy of 9.0>i)$000 per kil 'metro. Company availed itself of right of option to subsidv of 9:000$000 per kilometre, allowed by Act, N.° 1826. Opened to Volta Grande { distance of 26 kilometres) on Oi t. 24, 18/4. One metre gauge. s. Joio Nopomuceno From Chiador, Station of D. Pedro 11 R. R,, to S. Joilo Nopomuceno in Minns-Geracs. 95.000 July 10, 1872.. Provincial Government ol Minas 20 13 6,000 15 Rio-Prcto 1 30.0D0 62,000 Oct. 10, 1871... Chartered by Decree, N.° 4693, of Feb. 14, 1871. Provincial Art. N.° 1672, of Dec. 21, 1871. Chartered by Dccreo N 0 1393 of Fob. 21, 1872. Plans, maps and drawings approved In Decree N « 5671, of Jmir 17, 1871. 8uli»idy uf 9:0U0$000 per kilometre for 26 kilometres by contract of Feb. RIO DE J \NF.1R0 AND \ S. PAULO 26,000 36,000 132,000 190,590 2.200:000§000 j S. Paulo guarantees 7 °/0 on 1.200:000$000. 139,500 139,500 661,000 316,000 Sept. 12,1855 and 7 7 33 ond 90 26.500:000$000 2 o/0 guorontcc to be paid l*y province of S Paulo. By agreement of Nor. 6, 1873, capital llxcd at x 2.050.000. Gaugo, l™, 60. 19 Snnl'Annn do Poronahyba GO 1,000 April 46, 1856. . ° 11 """l* ° ” 1 . i D. 1 abol R, R 83,000 83,000 690,000 710,000 April 10, 1871.. 4.500:000$000 j Tho province also granted 30:000*000 for delinitc explorations . Guarantee on tho additional 500:00<)$000 was conceded b\ Acl of April 12, 1872. 21 00.000:000$000 j Route nlrcadv explored. Embraces 832 k. 229 m. railway and 733 k. 109 m. at river navigation for steamers of 1 moire draught Road to )iave ono-motre gauge. SANTA CAT11ARINA.. 22 D. Pedro I 384,000 96,000 j Company organised in London forcITcrling delinitc explorations. Charter for operating In Brazil granted by Decree N.o 5237, of March 24. 1873. General government's security for guarantee of interest, conceded by Decree N.° 5774, of Oct. 21, 1874. Ono-metro gauge. 23 I>. Thcreza Christina From the River Tubarflo to the coal-mines 96,000 861,000 963.000 June 1, 1874. . . Province of Sonia Cutharina, and General Government. 7% 30 4.000:000$000 21 Porto- Alegre and Uruguajuna Sept. 10, 1873.. Sept. in. 1873. . 7 % 30 37.069: 131$000 Exploration contracted )>\ Decree N.° 5500, of Dec. 10, 1873. Cost, with 1™. 44 track, estimated at 47. 134:234.$1 16. GRANDE DO-Sl'L 23 400,000 400,000 . 1.500,000 1.675,000 7 7. 30 j Explornlinn conlracltd P, |mt N.» .1303, of Man* M, 1871. Acl, N.« 23W,of Sept. 10, 1873, gr.nlcd W.OOO.OOOSOOO for Hie two Rio Grande railways. MATO GROSSO 20 Madeira and MamorG. 2S6.000 236.000 123.000 2.926,000 6.446,000 10.000:000$000 1 Works impeded by natural dillicuUles and economic blundors of English coauny. Ono-mclre gauge. Length, 153 •/* English miles. Contracted for x 915.000. Guarantee i f interest is pending liororo tho Sonato. Explorations on general government orcount. Are already completed. One-metro gouge. 27 CuyahA and Alogulnha From Cuy.ibii to Alagoinha 123,000 4.500:000$000 Tm.it 910,386 513, 2G2 6 108,405 8.836,961 33 .121: 108^7 7 G iF’iRO'ViiiNroi-A.Xj CLASSIFICATION List of railroad enterprises in Brazil on the 1st of December 1875 (Table N.° 2) PROVINCES PAHA MARANHAO PLRNAMRl CO ( TITLE Para city R R. . Rraganca Maranhao and C.ixias Caxins nud Parnuhybi Coxins and S. Jos6 dr Parnahyba. . Rarra do C"rda and Chapnda . Carolina Parnaliybn and Iguarn- Caninde Valley Fortale/a and Sonic Acaracu and Ipu Mundnii and llnpipora Mossorn CnxnngA Recife and Olinda . . Gomes and Bebcdou l.imoclro.. Biejo-da-XIadre-df-Deii', Central Central Northern Pilar •Xlaroim and Propria Larangiirns Italiainnn Timbo Nazareth Animov'm Industrial., Jequitlnhonho Rom-Jardlni | Rio-VcrmcRio 1 Valent* and Porto dc Musa Manliuassu Caldas. .. Uka MINAS (iliRAES ( Farpito Sa purali) Diarannlina. . Uv,as Ponte-Xova . . Scrro and S. Mathew.,.. Ouro-Protu and llapcmir&iu o-Alcgre.. Culdas and Puusc Hiodas-Morles .. Itajubu Poyo-do-Farpa® and Ara««aliy , Montey-Clarnx. t ■ II Paraeold « .... Dumanllna COMMENCEMENT, TERMINUS AND SOME OF THE INTERMEDIATE STATIONS From Belem to Nazareth • • Fioni Belem to Rragonta w illi branches to Pinhciro, Vigia, Cintro, Ourem and S. Miguel. . From the rapttal to the city of Caxias From Ihocnpi'al to nai ra do Curda, on the River Mea From Cnxins to S. Josd dos Maltoes From Caxins to S. Jos6 das Cojaxciras or Parnahyba . From Barra do Corda to Chapada From Rarra do Corda to Carolina, on the Tocantins.. From the mouth of Hie River Iguarnssuto Parnnhyb From Amaiontc to Oeiras with branch to Valenga . . . From Fortaleza to Sourc. . . . From Fortaleza to RaturitO , , From Acaracu to Ipu From Miindahu to Itopipora . n Natal to Ccurn-jT n Mossor b to its s( iA S. Goncalo From Natal lothe (lupin valley, lo S.-Jose-dc-Mipihii,to Jacii.lo Goianmha.lo Pcnha and toN >va-Cru From Pernambuco lo Coxanga From the capital to Olinda and Bebcrlbe. Fiom Gomes to llclvdourn J . From Pernambuco lo Limociro, Pao-d'Allio, X.izarclh, Gorita and Bi rjo-da-Madrc-dc-i)cUS . From Pernambuco lo Hrep -Ja Madrc-do-Deus, with branch lo’ Bom-Ja>dim.. Fi ' hi Pernambuco to Victoria From Pernambuco lo Caruaru.. From Porlo dc Jaragua to Imperalriz From Mnceio to Jamliipc and to the Pernambuco R. R.. From S. Miguel to Pilar From Matvim to Propria From Aroc.tju lo Snnto-Anlonio, Soccorio, l.a From Il.ibai.inn to Alngoinhas From Alngoinhas to Timbo From Natorclh to Onlia From Santo-Amaro lo Camboat.i. n Cnchoeirinlin, on the Rio Jcc|uitinhonIia to the Minas line ( Forpao }.. n Santo-Amaro to Bom-Jardim n A'agoinhas lo tlio municipality of Prazcrcs or Entre-Rios. n the capital (Campo-Grando ; lo the Rio-Vermelho . . n Valenpa to Poilode Musa From the U- Pedro -II R. R. to Ouro-Prcto From Ouro-Prcto to llobira - From Porto-dc-Souzo, on the UioUocc, to Ouro-Prolo From Mogy-mirim to C.oldas From Leopi.ldina to Uba From FarpSo to Bahia line on tin* Jcquitlnhonha From Itnjnha to Sant' Anna-dc-Sapucaliy From I’m i.i-do-Sou/a lo Diamnnlinn Prom S.-JnAo-d'EI-Roi to Piunhy From the D.-Pedro-II R. R. to Lavras do Funil k Rio-Grande From SimiVo Pereira to Lavras, on the Rio-Grande From Juiz-dc-Fora lo Ponto-Novn From Sorro, in Mlnos-Geraes, tv S.-Mathous, In Espirilo-Snuto From Ouio Prclo, capital of Minns-Gcroes, lo Itapcmorim, in Espirito -Santo .. LENGTH IN KILOMETRES 10,890 13,270 i Qu.il ’ to Santo- Anlunio-de-PadHii and to Sanla*IUta>du-Mcia-P.itaca. ■ From Culilas to PoUso-AIc? rc From the D.-Pedro-ll R. R. station on the Rio-das-Mortcs From terminus of Rio- Verde R. R. to Itnjuhfi Fiom P.x;o do Fnrp3o t> A'assimtiy f . From Montcs-Claro* to Airnlal da Extrema, on Hie river S.-l From Pororniu to the port or the river of t||e -a me name. . . From Diamantina to the Rio-das-Volhas 230,000 68,090 002,500 23,000 70,400 53.820 53,000 11)7,000 125,000 100,000 111,000 49,500 43,000 DISTANCE in kilometres from Ri de Janeiro to the firs station. o 13 I—l f— ' Q Eq e-< ■«*1 cq ed 1 « cq E-< Total (appToxi- ' mately) i On a straight line | By ordinary 1 routes DATE 0E ORAN' RANTEE OF II GOVERNMENT MAKING THE GRANT -al Cd 7=3 O E- tq cd S 2= g Cc o S 05 eq eq cq m El 0 *-q -7*1 IR E 1VE -A- IR, K: S 0 9,132 171.000 Ap. C, 1871 ... Province of Por.4 7 7. 30 A suburban line. • 340.000 230.000 2.321.000 3.550,000 120,000 09,000 2:037,000 2.037.000 3.889.000 3.889.000 Province of Maranhao ' ""'"n"’e "f "'e "S' and the mouth of the Cord,. Conlrac.ad by provincial go- 130,000 062,500 1.890.000 1.890.000 3.050.000 3.050.000 Contracted by President of Maranhao, Ap. 17, 1x74. ; Conlroclcd b, frw«M of Maranbio, Nov. 4, 1073. Preliminary OS|,l„ralions dread- made. 8,000 110,000 2.418.000 3.150.000 July 2, '874... . 30 0c1, ,2’ 1H7J> Proposition to grant security for guarantee is pending before the General Government. 1 metre 23,000 2.259.000 2,944.000 147.000 220.000 2.259.000 2.944.000 Dec. 21, 1872 . Province of Cvara and General Government 7 7. '30 ' 1 000:000 ;ooo | Decree VO ohiht, ol Al'ril *?,oi',wlfn'"ll, d Gf.nci'n! Government's ■ . urily for provincial guaronlce on 2.000 0005000. and IVU 1 ded goal - litre lo l 400:0005000 mm e Completeil lo M J.iuu.n y. 1874 ; and on March 2 President ot ilia i rovince contracted explorations Tor prolongation to Rio S. Francisco. 1 metro gaugo. 45,000 1 metre gaugo. 1 metre gauge. 1 11,000 90 500:000,1000 — — P 0 /0 The r* >ui i Act Includes n bridge en Hie River Potengy . 1 moire gauge. 1*9,000 Aug 8, '873.... Province of Rio-Grande-dol.Vorle 30 I).000:000v;000 | 1 royini ul Act, N.o 040, of Dec. 11, 1871. Not yet contracted. I metro gauge. IVov ifiri.il V'l, N .a 082, Ot Aug. H. IM A. Pvoposnts were caM' . l metre gauge. 1.944.000 2.050.000 ’nf |Vrn 1.00O;(X)OS000 500:00015000 Suburban line. Suburban lino. 1st section in exploration. On June 15, 1873, obtained guarantee for? interest on 5bi 1111150011 |„-r Kilometre, privilege being extended in 3b years, and line to llrejn dn Madro dc Dcus. Security of General Governm.'iil granted liv Decree N." 5701, ol Aug. t, 187 1! 1 metre gnuRC. : 2.050 000 Pf0v|BC0 of 43,000 97/.0) Pcnwtnrn „r p„ 10 1.944.000 1.944.000 2.050.000 June 15, 1873... June, 1874 Province of Pernambuco and General Government.. . 30 7 OOOiOOOliOOO J 50,800 2.050.000 90 3.0OO;OO0S000 | Contract modified, Feb. 20, 1874, dispensing with guarantee of inlered nud provincial lubsidv, and extending privilege lo 9b years ond line to (eirnuio m Im-m-'IiI "f Hi- - u 1 1 -• nitli,- pi m m-'e 1 117.000 140.000 1.722.000 1. 833. 000 1 .833.000 30 1. already in operation from Jagunrii In Mnceio and Bebedouro. Ilaxn provincial Milisi.lv of 1:0905000 per league of 3 Englisl. 8. 000:000' 000 | miles ami guarnnloe of interest by Decree S." 50i2, of Juno 17, I*. 1. 1 metre gauge. Extension to the Pernambuco R. R. authorized by Decree N." 5792, of Nov. 11, 1874. Gauge, P",20. There is a bill bcfoie the Sen ile for granting guarantee of • " 0 interest. 1 7rti nnn 4.500:000j000 5.100:0005000 j lmelregat 111.000 1.730.000 Provincial A t, N ." '.'57, of April 2*l), 1873. Contract of Jan. 8, 1873, approved bv Provincial Awembly in April, 1875. 1 metre 14.000:0005000 gauge. 60,000 1 280.000 1.508.000 1.414.000 1.444.000 1.217.000 1.480.000 1.568.000 Contract of February, 1871. 1.278 000 1.008.000 March, 1871,... "O' 33,000 30 1.500:0005000 ' Law grants right of option to a subsidy of 4:0005009 for every loagu0Con»lrurtod. Contracted, March, 1875, as far os the 1.200:000504*0 Provincial Act, N.° 1131, of July 17, 1870. 11 1 Ad, N.'» 12(*l, of June 12, 1872. Contract of Sept. 29, 1873. .Suburban line, 140,000 202.000 7 ”/ 30 1. (100:000, jrf 00 1 metro gauge. r Xfinnc 30 3.500:0005000 1 metre gauge. 350,000 435.000 July 10, 1872... 7 °/a 20 4.000:0005000 Provincial Act, N.o 1011. 1 melrc gauge. 165.000 100.000 283,000 245.000 170.000 300.000 1.283.000 1 . 000:0005000 1 metre gaugo. Interest guaranteed onlv on lslaoctlon. ; 7*/ 3.500:0005000 123.000 430.000 303.000 250.000 430.000 233.000 780.090 572.000 20 4 000:0005000 Chartered by Art, N.» 1011. Contracted on April 30th, 1873 Right of option lo a subsidy of9:000J000 per Kilometre. • '% 40 7. 000:000, ,000 Right of option lo subsidv . June 9, 1872 — 7 7. 4. 000.000, ;ooo Right of option to subsidv of 9:000J000 per Kilometre. 1 Contracted by the President of Minas Goraes with Dr. Epifanio Pitangn and others. (7ontravled l>y Ihc President of Minns Geracs w illi Commander Manoel da Rocha Miranda and ollicrs. Province or Minas, 30 7 . 500:0005000 ) 1 Conlrnds of Od. 12, 1812. and Jnn. 7, 1-7.1. Ad, S." 211, of s, 1,73, provides for the renewal of these contracts, de- 1 .■lares tluil the load shall li,iv« a narrow -gnugo IracK, and lixex its ..unmcnceincnl at Tanquc olid its lei minus at 8. Ju>c 1 dos^uatla, or at Pedra Bonita in the Parish of Arriptados. Act, N.° 17n2, of Ap. 1, 1871. 105.000 30 1.000:0005000 Right of option (0 subsidy of9-U00.900 pei kilometre. 7 7o 4.0oo:000S000 Id. Id. 3.000:000,7000 Id. 7 7. 2.00O:000.>00o Id. 7 7. 2.000:0005000 | Id. 0,651, 092 65.380:000;000 1 313 S. Francisco, so that about 1,848 kilometres of free naviga- tion may become available, as soon as some projected impro- The capital for this narrow, or 1 metre, guage railway is estimated at 1.435:000$000, according to the surveys made by order of government. The bill, granting a guaran- tee of interest on the capital necessary for the works in the river, is in the Legislative chambers. Leopoldina railroad. — This road, belonging to a Brazi- lian company incorporated with a capital of 2.400:000$000, was commenced in 1873. The guage is one metre. It commences at the Porto Novo do Cunha station, on the 3rd section of the Don Pedro II railway, in the direction of the hamlet of Meia Pataca, in the province of Minas Geraes, 104 kilometres distant from the initial station, it traverses very rich districts of this province. About GO kilometres with 6 stations, are under traffic, and the works are being actively continued. The receipts for the last five months of the past year were G8:416$376, the expenses amounting to 40:766$280. This company receives a provincial subvention of 9:000$000 per kilometre of road constructed. The road has some important works of art. Rezende and Areas railroad. — The works, estimated at 2.200:000$000, have already been commenced. The line, l.m guage, isG2 kilometres in length ; it com- mences at Rezende, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, where it is to meet the Don Pedro II railway, and terminates at Areas in the province of S, Paulo, which guarantees 7% a year, on a maximum capital of 1.200:000$000, the provin- ce of Rio de Janeiro granting a subvention of 9:000$000 ! per kilometre for 26 kilometres. With this assistance, and with the prospect of an impor- vements are carried out in the river 40 tant traffic, it is to be presumed that it will shortly be fi- nished. The central, or Paraguassu’ railroad. — Tills road will be of great advantage to the province of Bahia, it commen- ces at the city ofCachoeira, on the banks of the Paraguassu, and terminates at Chapada Diamantina, at a distance of 300 kilometres. From Cachoeira there will be a branch, 45 kilo- metres in length, to Feira de Santa Anna, situated in an important agricultural district. This branch is finished, and will shortly be opened to traffic, The guage adopted is l.“l and the capital of the English company, to which it belongs, is 13.000:000$000, with a guarantee of 7 % from the central government. Madeira railroad. — This railroad, calculated to be 330 kilometres in length, is to be constructed in order to avoid the falls and rapids of the rivers Madeira, and Mamore, con- necting the navigation of these rivers with that of the Beni, Guapore, and other rivers, which will be the means of gi- ving easy acess to the Atlantic ocean to a great portion of the province of Mato Grosso, and to an important region of the Republic of Bolivia. The hamlet of Santo Antonio, on the right bank of the Madeira, is to be the first station of this road, which will terminate above the falls of Guajara-mirim, bran- ching off to the mouth of the Beni. Government has made a grant of 4.356 kilometres of land to the English company, which has undertaken the building of the road, and which awaits, from the Legis- lative power, the guarantee of 7 % on the sum of £ 400.000 to complete the capital of € 1.000:000, supposed to be suffi- cient for the continuation of the works. Don Pedro I railroad. — In virtue of a legislative au- thorization, a grant was made of this road, which is to be 384 kilometres in length, and will join the province of Santa Catharina with that of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, which will thus obtain a more commodious and secure sea-port. Donna Thereza Christina railroad. — This road is spe- cially destined for the conveyance of the coal from the rich mines of the province of Santa Catharina; it is to commence at the head waters of the river Tubarao, and will terminate at the city of Laguna, with a branch to the port of Imbituba. It will be 90 kilometres in length, and of lm guage* The capital is fixed at 4.000:000$000, and it has a provin- cial guarantee of 7 %, warranted by the central go- vernment. An English company is said to have been lately incor- porated in London to construct this road. Donna Izabel railroad. — Between the port of Antonina, and the capital of the province of Parana, it is 83 kilometres in length ; the cost is estimated at 4.500:000$000, it has a provincial guarantee of 7 %, and the definitive studies are being made. Coxde d'Eu railroad. — This is an important road in the province ofParahyba, 143 kilometres in length; it traver- ses the richest portion of the province, as shewn by the studies made for its construction, the cost of which is es- timated at 0.000:000^000, being of P" guage; the works ought to lie commenced in a few months; the province lias given a guarantee of 7 %, warranted by the central go- vernment. Rio Verde railroad. —This is the most important rail- way in the province of Minas Geraes, and that which will be constructed first; it will commence at a point on the 4th. i section of the Don Pedro II railroad, and will terminate — 316 - at the confluence of the rivers Yerde and Sapucahy, in the same province, being 259kil.m C.ra in length. The first 38kil.m16.m are of difficult construction, owing to a considerable number of tunnels which have to be opened. The cost is estimated at 14.000:000$000, the guage is to be lm. and the road has a provincial guarantee of 7 % interest, warranted by the central government. It will have branches to the city of Baependy, and to Alambary, and Caxambu, where there are excellent mi- neral springs which are frequented by numerous visi- Itors. The surveys made by order of government are fin- ished. The Itaraiana and Alagoinhas railroad. — This road is to be 264 kilometres in length, and of lm. guage, and will connect the province of Sergipe with that of Bahia. The cost is estimated at about 14. 000: 000$ 000 ; the ne- cessary surveys, however, are not yet made. The bill which grants it a guarantee of 7 % is in the senate. Tiie S. Joao Nepomuceno railroad. — Between theChia- dor station on the Don Pedro II railroad, and the city of S. JocTo Nepomuceno, in the province of Minas Geraes. The surveys are also not yet made. The province guarantees a yearly interest of 7 % on a capital of 2.400:000$000, the estimated cost of the road, or grants a subvention of 9.000$000 per kilometre constructed. A RAILROAD FROM THE 4tH. SECTION OF THE DON PEDRO II railway to Itajuba, in the province of Minas Geraes, ’ where the navigation of the river Sapucahy commen- ces, or to any other point to the south; it has a pro- vincial guarantee of 7 % per annum on a capital of 3.000:000$000 ; it is 98 kilometres in length. PROVINCIAL RAILROADS Railway undertakings in the provinces have met, in the respective provincial assemblies, with the same en- couragement as has been given them by the central go- vernment ; a guarantee of 7 % interest on the capital em- ployed, kilometric subventions, and other favors have been granted them. This will be better understood by the following sum- mary : PARA Notwithstanding that this province has, like that of Amazonas, extensive and excellent river navigation, ne- vertheless it has its small railway, a tram-way, which will be mentioned in another place ; and a railroad pro- jected to Bragan$a, with branches to Pinheiros, Vigia, Cintra, Ourem, and S. Miguel, with a guarantee of 7 %; its length will bo about 171kiL“600.m, equal to that of the high road to Braganga. MARANHAO The following railroads are projected in this province : Barra da corda railroad. — Between a place so named, on the right banks of the river Mearim, and the city of Carolina, 666 kilometres in length, of lm guage, and of the estimated cost of 22,000:000$000. It is being studied. From the city of s. luiz, capital of the province, to the banks of the river Mearim, 230 kilometres in length ; capital 10.000:000$000, and lm guage. This is also being studied and, if realized, will be a complement of the preceding. s. jose’ dos cajueiros railroad, to connect this city with that of Piauhy on the banks of the river Parnahyba. 08 kilm 690m in length ; the surveys are finished, and t he cost of the works is estimated at 3.2S0:000$000. PIAUHY | . ■ In this province a railroad is projected from Oeiras, the former capital of the province, to the town of Ama- rante, on the banks of the river Parnahyba, about 140 kilometres in length, inclunding a branch to the town of Valence. ITheguage is to be 1 metre and the capital 7.000:000$000. ceara’ A railway is being constructed from the capital to a place known by the name of Baturite, a great producing district of the province ; it is 100 kilometres in length, 41 of which are under traffic, and the remainder, either building or being surveyed. The guage is lm, and the capital of the company, a Brazilian one, is 4.000:000^000, on which the province guarantees 7 %, warranted by the central government. It is one of the most promising roads of the north of ; the Empire, audits extension, as far as the river S. Fran- cisco, was lately authorized by a provincial law. Three other railways are projected in this province : from Acaracu to Ipu, of 220 kilometres ; from Mun- daln'i to Itapipora, of 45 kilometres ; and from the ca- pital to Soure, of 23 kilometres in length. — 319 — RIO GRANDE DO NORTE There are two railways projected in this province : The first, and more important is that from the capital to Nova Cruz, 189 kilometres in length, of lm guage. The cost is estimated at 6,000:000$000, on which amount the province guarantees, and the central government war- rants 7 % interest. The second, also commencing at the capital, will pene- ; trate the rich valleys of S. Goncalo, and of the Ceara mirim, where it will terminate, being 41 kilometres in length. Both will cross most fertile districts, specially adapted for the culture of sugar cane. PERNAMBUCO • ' ) Besides the railroad already mentioned, the following in this province, deserve notice : Limoeiro railroad. — This contract has already been signed, and the works will shortly commence ; it is to be 91 kilm. 250m in length, including a branch to the city of Nazareth; it is of lra guage. It will commence in the capital, and will cross the richest districts of the province. The works were estimated to cost 5.000:000$000, on which sum the province garantees, and the central government war- rants 7% interest. Victoria railroad. — It commences at the capital and terminates at the city of Victoria, one of the most po- pulous places of the interior of the province. It will be 53.kilm820m long, and the guage l.m44; it will probably be reduced to 1 metre. The cost of the works is estimated at 3.000:000$000. The grantee desisted from accepting the provincial guarantee of 7 % interest. Two railroad concessions have been granted in this province : The central. Between a place named Jaragua, in the capital of the province, and the town of Imperatriz, of lra guage, and 100 kilometres in length, of which 10, to the hamlet of Bebedouro, are constructed, animal traction being employed on this portion. The capital of this undertaking, 3.500:000$000, has a guarantee of 7% granted by the central government, and the province contributes with a kilometric subvention of 4.0003000 a year. An English company has been incorporated to con- struct this line, which will penetrate into the cotton districts of the province. The maceio, and jacuipe railroad. The object of this road is to connect the province of Alagoas with that of Pernambuco; commencing at the capital of Alagoas, it will cross the sugar producing districts of Porto Calvo, and ; Camaragibe, and will meet the Recife and S. Francisco railway ; it will extend over 140 kilometres, of which 125 have been surveyed. The guage adopted is l.m2, and the cost is estimated ) at 8.000:000$000. The bill granting a guarantee of 7% interest on this capital, awaits the decision of fhe Senate. SERGIPE This province has three projected railroads : The itabaiana, and alagoinhas railroad, already men- tioned among the general railroads. The maroim, and propria railroad, intended to establish means of communication between the population of the banks of the S. Francisco, and Cotindiba, traverses the sugar districts of the province over an extent of 105 kil.m883.mof l.m guage, the cost being estimated at 4,500:000$000. The preliminary surveys have been made. The aracaju’, and simao dias railroad, penetrates into the cotton districts of the province; it is 111 kilometres in length, and its cost, if of l.m guage, is estimated at 5,100:000$000. These two projects are under examination by goverment, to ascertain which of them is the more deserving of the gua- rantee of 7 % interest. BAHIA Besides the Joazeiro, and Paraguassu roads already men- tioned among the general railroads, this province has the following : Animaqao industrial railroad. — This road commences at the city of Santo Amaro, and terminates at Camboata ; it is 33 kilometres in length, and is building, the capital is 1,500:000$000. Nazareth tram-way. — This comences in the city of this name, and terminates at a place called Onha, distant 8 kilometres. It is finished and has been open to the public for some months. It is to be extended to Santo Antonio de Jesus, 49 kilo- metres distant from the city of Nazareth, the estimated cost being 600:000$000. In this province there are other roads projected, such as the following : Prazeres, Jequitinhonha, and the tramway 322 from Valenca to Musa ; these still depend on surveys, and on the incorporation of companies to carry them out. ESPIRITO SANTO As the territory of this province offers great facilities for constructing excellent roads, not only on acocunt of its seaports, but also of its rivers, and the nature of its soil, government has lately endeavored to take advantage of these circumstances, and of the position of this province, with regard to that of Minas-Geraes, and of Rio de Janeiro, and has ordered the necessary surveys. In the mean time the following railroad is projected : PROM VICTORIA TO THE PORT OF NATIVIDADE, ON THE RIVER doce, intended to connect Espirito Santo with the province of Minas Geraes, and to make some exceedingly fertile lands available for colonization, as well as to give the province eas}^ means for the exportation of some important products, which, owing to the distance, and the excessive cost of conveyance, cannot be sent to the great markets. It will be 135 kilometres in length, and the estimated cost of construction is 6,000:0008000, on which the provincial government guarantees 7 % per annum. The central government has warranted the interest on 1,600:000$000 of this amount, corresponding to the 46 kilo- metres between the capital of the province, and the colony of Santa Leopoldina, of which the surveys are complete. RIO DE JANEIRO The province of Rio de Janeiro, the richest of the Em- pire, owing to the great development of its agricultural in- terests, has, within the last few years, given a great im- pulse to the construction of railways. F rom the following table it will be seen that it has now 27 §3 lines, of 1,435 kil.m600.m in length, of which 814 kil.m500.m are under traffic, 755 kil.m 200. m are in a more or less advan- ced state of construction, and survey, and 365 lcil. m 900. ra have been granted, but are not yet studied. NUMBER NAMES OF THE RAILROADS OF THE PROVINCE OF RIO DE JANEIRO LENC a H es a 55 P / tjf SURVEYED f |-L| f 2 KILOIV 5 6 » (A H O 55 1ETRES H O H 1 From Maua to the foot of the Es- trella mountains 19.0 19.0 2 From the citv of Cantagallo to the Cantagallo railway G.O 6.0 3 From Rezende to Areas 26.0 26.0 4 The Cantagallo 112.6 41.9 154.5 5 From Porto das Flores to the Com- 42.9 42.9 6 From Nitheroy to Marica 53. 6 53.6 7 From Campos to Gargahu 60.0 60.0 8 From Valenga to Desengano 25.0 25.0 9 From Gargahu to Itabapoana 66.0 69.0 10 From Campos to S. Sebastiao 19.9 19.0 11 From Pieclade to the Theresopolis mountains 31.0 31.0 12 From the Estrella mountains to Pe- tropolis 7.9 7.9 13 From Nitheroy to Campos (1st sec- tion) 41.0 114.3 155.3 14 From S. Fidelis to S. Joao da Barra 71.0 71.0 15 From S. Fidelis to Santo Antonio de Padua 73.8 16 From Macahe to Campos 97.0 97.0 17 From Vassouras to Massambara 20.6 20.0 18 From Barra do Pirahv to Rio Preto 80.0 30.0 19 From Santa Maria Magdalena to Ma- cahe 46.5 33.5 80.0 20 From Campos io Carangola 178.0 17S.0 21 From Vassouras to the station of the same name 6.6 6.6 22 From S. Jose de Leonissa to the Cantagallo railroad 51.0 51.0 23 From Valen<;a to Porto das Flores.. 26.6 26.6 24 From Santa Anna to S. Joao do Principe 53.0 53.0 25 From Amparo to Volta Redonda 19.5 19.0 26 From Barra Mansa to Bananal 12.0 12.0 Total 314.5 755.2 365.9 1.435.6 — 324 — Of these, the following deserve special mention : The Cantagallo railroad 154 kilm 51 lm in length, of which 1 12 kilra582m are under traffic, it commenced with a guage of lmG, which has been reduced to lm 1 between rails. It commences at Villa-Nova, on the banks of the river Macacu, at a short distance from which it meets the Ni- theroy and Campos railway. The section of the Cantagallo railroad, between Caclio- eira, and the town of Nova Friburgo, is remarkable owing to the Fell system having been employed, for the first and only time in Brazil, for ascending the Friburgo mountains. This section is divided into three parts of different types. The first, from Cachoeira to Boca do Mato, 6. kilm 336,15 in length, consists of : Level lines 0.973 kilm. Ascending lines 0.5364 » Mean gradient , , . . , . . 0,025 metre The second from Boca do Mato to Alto 2 kilm. 259m in length, having : Ascending lines 1.594 kilm. Level lines , . . . . 0,857 » Mean gradient 0,071 metre The third, reaches Nova Friburgo at a distance of 21dlm 259m, divided into. Level lines 0,648 kilm Descending lines 1,272 kilm Mean grandient 0,025 metre Ordinary and appropriate locomotives can run over the first and third portions of the line, as the steepest grandients do not exceed, respectively 0m033 aud 0m027. Although it has sharp curves with radii of 60 metres, the Fairlie engines easily pass over them. On the second part of this line, however, of which the — 325 — steepest gradient is 0,032 metre, equal to that of the cel- ebrated Mont Cenis line, it became necessary to adopt the Fell system. The perfection of the works, however, offers greater security than the said railway, owing to the circums- tance of its being only half the length, and the mean gradient being less ; that of the Friburgo line being 0.071 metre, whilst that of Mont Cenis was 0.0471 metre, the steepest gradient being equal in both. Besides which, 50 % of a little more than the first 14 ki- lometres of the European line, were constructed on a curve, an inconvenient circumstance, which, in the Brazilian line, does not exceed 40% in its whole length of 13 kilo- metres, the limit of the radius of curvature being 40 metres in both lines. Lastly, important improvements adopted in the superstru- cture, increase the probabilities, or rather the certainty, of secure and regular traffic. The principal improvements consist : in the greater number of cross-ties employed, the increase being more than 00%; in the greater number chairs, fixed at inter- vals of 0,5 metre, in lieu of 0,8 metre, as in the Eu- ropean line ; in oblique and alternate struts laid down on each side ; and lastly in the outside rails being nail- ed on each sleeper, with four strong spikes, which are substituted, one in every three sleepers, by bolts, the heads of which rest on wrought iron plates, of the full width of the rail under which they are placed. This strong superstructure, says a competent authority, supported a decisive test, being traversed several times by an engine weighing 28. 557,30 kilograms without causing the slightest damage to the central rail. Since \ then the heavy daily traffic has confirmed this opinion : — 326 — The province contracted for the building of this sec- tion for 1,800:000$000, or 50.704$225 per kilometre. From the 1st of July 1S74 to the 30th of June 1875, the traffic consisted of 23.505 passengers, and of 14.329:820 kilograms of merchandize ; the receipts amounted to 683:7368311 and the expenses to 627:7368010. The campos, Ann caraxgola railroad, of 1 metre guage, commences at the rich and flourishing city of Campos, in the direction of the province of Minas Geraes, and will be 178 kilometres in length. The definitive studies are concluded, and the works will shortly commence ; the cost is estimated at 5,000:000,8000, on which the province guarantees, and the central go- vernment warrants 7 % annual interest. Great benefits ought to accrue to the province of Espirito Santo and to colonization from this road. From macahe’ to campos. — This road is of great im- portance to the province, as it is meant specially to serve the northern districts. The guage is lm, and its length is 97 kilometres, open to traffic in June 1875. Maua. — The length of this road is 16kil.m 7.m, and the guage lm.60; it belongs to a Brazilian company. It deserves notice as being the first railroad constructed in the Empire. Its traffic was formerly very extensive, but, since the traffic of the turn-pike road belonging to the Uniao and Industria, was turned over to the Don Pedro II railroad, it has fallen of considerably, and now consists chiefly in passengers. In 1872, the province contracted for its extension, over the Estrella mountains to Petropolis, on the Righi road system, the cost of the works being estimated at 600:0008000 which are to have the provincial guarantie of 7 % a year. The surveys are finished. From valenqa to desengano, has 25kil.m under traffic since 1871, and is of lm. 1 guage; it belongs to a Brazilian company which, with the assistance of the province, ex- pended only 800:0008000 on it, though obliged to overcome difficulties in consequence of the mountainous country through which it winds ; a fact due to the intelligent economy which presided over its construction. It is the oldest, or, rather, the first narrow guage road, built in Brazil, and has concurred to demonstrate by experience, that this system is not incompatible with a heavy traffic, as a great number of passengers and a considerable amount of freight is yearly conveyed by it. Last year 22,996,979 kilograms of merchandize and 18,153 passengers were conveyed on this road. MINAS GERAES In this province the following roads are projected : The farpao railroad, is to commence at the place called Loco do Farpao, and to meet, on the boundary of the province of Bahia, the Jequitinhonha road, for- ming, together, a railway of 277 kil.m in. length. The for- mer which, later on, is to be extended to the city of Arassuahy, is 211 kil.m in length and l.m guage ; the cost of construction is estimated at 1.600:0008000, on which the province guarantees the interest of 7 % per annum. The road is still under survey. The Ouro Preto railroad, between the city of this name, capital of the province, and a point on the Don Pedro II trunk, is to be 140 kil.m in length . The guage is to be l.m and the capital necessary for its construe- tion is estimated at 1.600:000$000, on which the province guarantees 6 % annual interest. The Caldas and Pouso Alegre, of l.m guage and 165 kil.m in length: the cost is estimated at 3. 500:000$000, on which the province guarantees 7 %. This road, which will greatly facilitate the use of the excellent thermal waters of the district of Caldas, de- pends still on the surveys and definitive plans. The OuroPreto and Itabira railroad, is to be 151 kil.m in length; the, capital is 3.500:000$, with a provincial gua- rantee of 7 %, and the guage, of l.m; it is as yet under survey. The city of juiz de fora, and Ponte Nova, is 193 kil.m in length, it has the provincial guarantee of 7 % on a capital of 7.000:000$000, or a subvention of 9:000$ per kilometre ; the guage is to be lm. It still depends on the surveys which will shew the best direction. From Simao Pereira to Lavras, 253 kilometres in length, capital 7.000:000$000, with a provincial gua- rantee of 7%, or a subvention of 9.000$000 per kilo- metre, as yet there are no regular studies of this road. The tanque railroad, from the limits of the province of Minas Geraes, with that of Rio de Janeiro, as far as the hamlet of Quatis, or Pedra Branca, 160 kilm in length, of l.m guage, and a capital of, 7.500:000$, with the provincial guarantee of 7 %. Besides these roads already granted, there are eight others authorized, namely : 1st From Porto do Souza, near the boundary with the province of Espirito Santo, along the valley of the river Doce to Ouro Preto, it has a provincial guarantee of 7 % on a capital of 4,000:000$000. It will be about 346 kilra in length. 2nd. From Itajuba’, in continuation of that authori- zed along the valleys of the rivers Sapucahy and Verde, it has a provincial guarantee of 7 % and a capital of 4.000:000$000, or a subvention of 9:000$000 per kilo- metre. 3rd. From Poqo do Farpao, on the banks of the river Jequitinhonha, to the city of Arassuahy; it is 288 kilom in length, and has a provincial guarantee of 7 %, on a capital of_6.600:000$000, or a subvention of 9.000$000 per kilo- metre. 4th. From Montes Claros, to Arraial da Extrema, on the right banks of the river S. Francisco, 170 kilm in length, with a provincial guarantee of 7 % on a capital of 3.000:000$000, or the same kilometric subvention as the former. 5th. From Paracatu’, to where the navigation of the } river of the same name commences, it is 64kilm. in length, and has a provincial guarantee of 7 %, on a capital of 2.000:000$000, or the subvention already mentioned. 6th. From Ponte Nova, to the boundaries of the pro- vince of Espirito Santo, being an extension of the Juiz de Fora railway, it is 280kilm. in length, of the estimated cost of 4.000:000$000, on which the province guarantees the yearly interest of 7 7th. From the banks of the river das Velhas, to the city of Diamantina, with a provincial guarantee of 7 % on a capital of 2.000:000$000, or a kilometric sub- vention equal to the preceding, its length is 160kilm. 8th. from Pogos de Caldas to the boundaries of the province, already granted, 33 kilometres in length. 42 — 330 — Length in kilometres NUMBER Names of the railroads of the province of Minas Geraes NOT SURVEYED 1 W 2 w g 1 TOTAL 1 From Far pan 211.00 211.00 2 From Ouro Preto 140.01) 140.00 3 From Caldas to Pouso Alogro 163.00 1(35.00 4 From Ouro Preto to Itabira 151.00 151.00 5 From .luiz de Fora to Ponte Nova. 193.00 193.00 6 From Tanque 160.00 160.00 7 From Simdo Pereira to Lavras. . . . From Porto de Souza 253.00 253.00 8 346.00 346.00 9 From Po§o do Farpao 288.00 288.00 PI From Montes Claros 170.00 170.00 11 From Paracatu 64.00 64.00 12 From Ponte Nova to the boun- daries of the province of Espirilo Santo 280.00 280.00 13 From the river das Velhas to Dia- mantina 160.00 160.00 14 From Pogos de Caldas to the boun- daries of the province 33.00 33.00 2.463.00 151.01 2.614.00 The « Rio das Mortes» and « Itajuba » lines are not included in this table, as their initial and terminal points are not \et lived and their length cannot be determined. S. PAULO This is the province of the Empire which lias the lar- > gest number and the greatest extent of railroads cons- tructed and building. Not to speak of the Santos and Jundiahy road already ^ mentioned, the following railways clearly shew the ad- ; vancement of the province, with regard to this improved means of communication. S. Paulo and Rio de Janeiro railroad, lm guage and 1 231.02 kilm. in length, it is being constructed by a Bra - ] zilian Company to which the province guarantees, and — 331 — government warrants, interest at the rate of 7 % per annum on a capital of 10. 665:000^000, at which the cost of the works were estimated, but they were contracted for the sum of 9. 826:20 1$680 or 42:534$000 per kilometre. It commences at the capital of the province of S. Paulo, and terminates at the place called Cachoeira, where the terminus of that branch of the Don Pedro II railroad is built, by which this trunk will be connected with the Santos and Jundiahy railway, as already said. This road crosses several important cities of the pro- vince of S. Paulo, as well as most fertile lands adap- ted for colonists, who will there meet a healthy climate, j easy means of communication with the great markets, ' and important cities at short distances from each other. There are 49 kilm. open to traffic between the city of S. Paulo, and Mogy das Cruzes, and the works are so forward, that it is supposed, that the whole line will be opened during next year. Jundiahy, and Campinas railroad, in continuation of the Santos and Jundiahy; this road also belongs to a > Brazilian company; it is 45kilm. in length and l.m 60 , guage. j Its capital is 5.000:000^000 and the cost of building each kilometre was 94:500^000. It was inaugurated in 1874, and its receipts in that year were 736:908,^467, the expenses being only 274:841$219, or 39.605%. It has lately paid a dividend of 11%, having carried 76.402 passengers, and 66.532:083 kilograms of mer- chandize. Campinas, and Rio Claro railroad, in continuation of the two preceding, is also the property of a Brazilian — 332 — company, it is being built on a l.m CO guage and will be 89.kilm. 230.™ in length. The capital of this undertaking, amounting to 4.000:000$000, has no guarantee of in- terest. The works for preparing the bed of this road cost 24:000$000 per kilometre. Campinas, and Mogy-mirim, with a branch to Amparo, inaugurated a few months ■ since, and also belonging to a Brazilian company; this road serves important and pro- ductive districts. It is 105kil,m 192.™ in length, inclu- ding the Amparo branch, of 1.™ guage; the capital is 3.000:000$000, on which the province guarantees 7% in- terest. The cost of construction was 28:500$000 per ki- lometre. Jundiahy and Itu’ railroad, on a 1.™ guage, has 08 ki- lometres under traffic, on which 2.500:000$000 were expended ; the province guarantees 7% on this amount. It has two branches: one between the station of In- daiatuba, and the city of Constituicao, 80 kilometres in length ; and the other from Capivary to Tiete, 83 kilo- metres long, both of which are building. The cost of the trunk line averaged 36:700$000 per ki- lometre. In 1874 the receipts were 191:7518080 and the expenses 177:532$001. The trafficon it was 10.105.271 kilograms of merchandize, and 31.750 passengers. S. Paulo, and Ipanema railroad. — Besides other advan- tages, this road, the property of a Brazilian company, has that of serving the important iron foundery of Ipanema. About 100 kilometres, from the city ofS. Paulo, to that of Sorocaba, were recently opened to the public. The com- pany has a provincial guarantee of 7 on a capital of 6,200:000$000, each kilometre of the portion built costing 52: 000$000. The following table shews the state of the railways in the province of S. Paulo : Extent in kilometres Names of tie railroads of the Province O of S. Paulo < o ez H W r3 U w a cc g p c n H l S. Paulo and Rio de Janeiro 49 182.02* 231 02 2 From Jundiahy to Campinas 45 45 3 From Campinas to cidade do Rio Claro 5i 89.23* 89.23 4 From Campinas to Mogymirim with a branch Amparo 105.192 105 192 5 From Jundiahy to Itu 113 08 6 From Indayatuba to Conslituigao . 90 90 7 From Capivary to Tiete 33 33 8 From S. Paulo" to Ypanema 100 19.7 * 119.700 Total 466.192 413.95 781.142 Those marked with an asterisk * are in construction. PARANA. A grant has been made in this province for a railroad 109 kilometres in length, and lmguage, between the port called Don Pedro II, in the bay of Paranagm'i, and the city of Coritiba, capital of the province ; the cost of building this road is estimated at 7.000:0008000, the province gua- ranteeing7% per annum on this amount. Part of the surveys of this road are finished. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL Hamburg-Berg railroad. This commences at the capital, and goes to S. Leopoldo, having 33 kilometres under traffic. The construction is progressing, being now only 0 kilm500m from New Hamburg. S. Jeronymo railroad, commences at the town of this name and terminates at the coal mines, on the banks of the Arroiodos Ratos, and has 25 kilometres under traffic. The following railroads are projected in this province, but no definitive studies have as yet been made : From Santo Amaro to Santa Maria da Boca do Monte, 015 kilometres in length, 1™ guage and estimated at 20. 000; 000$000. From Santa Cruz to Rio Pardo, 30 kilometres in length, 1™ guage, and of the estimated cost of 800:000$000. From Boa Esperanqa to Marata, between the town of S. Joao do Monte Negro, passing by the port called Boa Esperanca, on the left bank of the river Cahy, to the vil- lage of Lagoa Vermel ha. The capital necessary is estimated at 2.474:000$000 ; of 1.™ guage. The surveys are finished. MATO GROSSO Surveys ordered by government have recently been fin- ished, for a railway, 123kil.ra in length, between the city ofCuyaba, and a place named Lagoinha. TRAM- WAYS IN TIIE CAPITAL OF THE EMPIRE The following tram-roads in the capital of the Empire convey passengers and cargs. Botanical garden railroad. — Belongs to a North American company, it connects the centre of the capital with the suburbs Gloria, Cattete, Botafogo, S. Clemente, Botanical Garden, Larangeiras and other neighboring places; this line is about 21 kilometres long. In 1874 it conveyed 6,027:809 passengers. Tijuca, and s. christovam tram-way. — Purchased by a Brazilian company from the American company that esta- blished this line; it is the longest, and comprizes seven lines, between the city and the suburbs S. Christovam, Cajii, Tijuca, Saco do Alferes, Catumby, Rio Comprido, and Pedregulho, about 38 kilometres in length. In 1874 it conveyed 7,586:20 6 passengers. Villa Izabel tram- way. — This belongs to a Brazilian company. Its different lines, to S. Christovam, Engenho Yelho, Engenho Novo, Andarahy Grande, and Villa Iza- bel, are 30 kil.m 800™ long. The kilometric cost of this line was 29:0008000 ; and the receipts average 1:3008000 a day. Santa thereza hill tram-way. — Also belonging to a Brazilian company, ascends the Santa Thereza, and the Paula Mattos hills. Part of the line is in different streets of the city, where 9 kilometres of rails are al- ready laid ; all the works are to be finished in a short time, and the ascent of the Santa Thereza hill is to be made by means of an incline plane. Locomotora tram-way. — This also is the property of a Brazilian company, its traffic embraces a large area of the city, where 19 k i 1 . m 500™ of rails are laid, serving also for the conveyance of merchandize. This company has also another line 1 kil.™ 650™ in length called Fleiuss line, from the name of the grantee, for the conveyance of passengers between Acclamaqaio square and the station of the ferry steam boats, between the capital of the Empire, and the capital of the province of Rio de Janeiro. < During the year 1874 this line carried 2,860; 162 pas- sengers. Fluminense tram-way. — This is not yet completed, but has 5,000 metres of rails under traffic. It belongs to a Brazilian company, and is to run along certain streets in the city, designated in the concession. Carioca, and riaciiuelo tram-way — Also belongs to a Brazilian company, and conveys passengers within the city, it has 4,158 metres of line laid down, and was opened a little more than a year since. Besides these, there are other lines, the construction of which has not yet commenced ; these are : Copacabana TRAM-wAY,between the city and the Copa- cabana beach, one of the most pleasant and healthy sub- urbs of Rio de Janeiro ; its object is to facilitate sea-ba- thing for the population. Botafogo, and Praia da saude tram-way, this is an ex- tension, about 2,000 metres long, of the Botafogo line, belonging to the Botanical Garden company. Livramento tunnel tram-way. — This company has to bore a tunnel in the Livramento hill, with the object of placing the Don Pedro II railroad in easier communi- cation with the sea-board. ) ) Pedregulho tram- way. — This line will be about 10 ki- lometres in length, and will terminate at Irajd. Cascadura, and Jacarepagua tram-way, between Cas- cadura, one of the Don Pedro II railroad stations, and ' the village of Jacarepagua. The rails are laid on the j first portion, and the traction is to be by steam, with ) Perkins Tram-way engine . j PROVINCIAL TRAM-WAYS PARA This province has an urban tram-way, with steam trac- tion, belonging to a Brazilian company, incorporated with a capital of 500:000$000, The line is divided into two sections : one, 3,413 metres long, from the capital to Nazareth ; and the other, of 4,474 metres, from Naza- reth, to the place named Boulevard da Camara Mu- nicipal, besides a branch lkil.m610ra in length. The total length of the lines is 9kil.m142m; it receives an annual subvention of 10.000$000 from the province. In 1873, the receipts were 81:471$942. MARANHAO In this province there is a tram-way, with several branches and of the total length of 12kil.m, belonging to the S. Luiz do Maranhao company, which has a capital of 800:000$000, on which the province guarantees in- terest. PERNAMBUCO This province has two suburban tram-ways with steam traction. The Caxanga. — This serves some of the most impor- tant suburbs of the city of Recife; the chief line, l.m2 guage is 13 kil.m 349ra in length, and the «Afflictos» branch is 5 kil.m long. The average, cost per kilo- metre was 24.000$000, the receipts in 1874 amounted to 236:809$000, and the expenses to 199:516$000 ; the number of passengers conveyed being 667.159. 43 The Olinda, and Beberibe, which commences at the capital of the province, and terminates in the city of Olinda, of l.m38 guage, and a little over '8 kilometres in length. A branch, 4kil.ra450m in length, serves the hamlet of Be- beribe, its cost was 40:000$ per kilometre. The capital of the company is 700:000$000. In 1874 tlie receipts were 165:528$195, and the expen- ses amounted to 137:285$107. The traffic consisted of 868:044 passengers, 688.795 kilograms of luggage, and 273,630 of merchandize. There are also the two following with animal trac- tion: One belonging to the Ferro Carrie de Pernambuco Company, for the exclusive conveyance of passengers, 23kil.m200.m in length; from the 1st of July 1873 to the 30th of June 1874, it convej'ed 1.710:550 passengers. The company is hound to develope the existing lines, which ought to reach to nearly all the suburbs of the capital of the province. The other, called Locomotora Pernambucana, convej-s merchandize over 8 kilometres of line under traffic ; the works for the completion of the line are advancing. alagoas The tram- way which forms the commencement of the central line, is the only one which exists in the pro- vince. BAHIA This province has several tram-ways, of which the fol- lowing are under traffic. Vehiculos economicos, between the lower portion of the city, and the Itapagipe suburb. Animal traction is employed as'j far as Bomflm, thence forward, steam is used ; it is 9 kil.m660m in length. Transportes Urbanos ; comprizing the lines between ■ Government palace square, and that part of the city cal- led Graca, passing hy Victoria. To this company also ' belongs the hydraulic lift, which carries daily about 3.000 persons, from the lower to the upper part of the city. Triliios centraes. — This line, 11 kil.m in length, is for the conveyance of passengers ; and also of butcher’s meat from the slaughter-house to the city, going from the Barroquinha, to Ponte Nova, in one direction, and to Soledade, in another. Locomotora Bahian a. — The object of this line is the conveyance of passengers, and merchandize, between the lower and the upper city. It is building and will be C kil.” 600m in length. Trilhos urbanos da cidade da feira de Sant’Anna, ; for the conveyance of passengers ; it is 4 kil.m 500m in length. This province has four tram-way companies : That of the capital, which has four suburban lines, to the districts called Barreto, Icarahy, Santa Rosa, S. Domingos, on which cars drawn by mules pass over 528.154 kilometres per annum. From the 1st of July 1874 to the 30th. of June of the current year, 963.956 passengers were conveyed. One in the city of Campos. One in the city of Macahe. RIO DE JANEIRO And one in the city of Vassouras, between that city, and the Don Pedro II railroad station. MINAS GERAES J A concession has been granted for a tram-way for the conveyance of passengers, and cargo in the city of S. Joao del Rey with a capital of 700.000$000, on which the province has guaranteed 7 % per annum. s. PAULO There are three lines of tram- ways in this province : One in the capital, 4 kilometres in length. One from the city of Santos to the suburbs. And a third from the same city to S, Vicente. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL Has two urban tram-ways under traffic ; one in the city of Porto-Alegre, capital of the province; and another in Pelotas. A concession has also been granted for the city of Rio Grande do Sul. HIGH-WAYS PARA Besides that of Braganga, 171 kil.m 500.mlong, there is a high-road, recently constructed by order of government, 391 kil.m in length, with the object of avoiding the rapids in the rivers Tocantins, and Araguaya. This which is now finished, connects the place called Santa Helena de Alcobaga, distant about 39 hours by stea- — 341 mer from the capital of the province, with the north of Goyaz. The breadth in general is 3.m 33, and the gradients are favorable to traffic ; it cost about 200:000$000. CEARA This province has some fair roads. PARAHYBA DO NORTE Hasan excellent high-road from the capital to the inte- rior, about 60 kil.m in length. PERNAMBUCO It is 36 years since this province commenced to construct its net of high-ways, on which it has expended 3, 500:000$000. At present it has four important roads of this kind : one in a northerly direction, one to the south, and two to the centre, which pass by the city of Victoria, and the town of Limoeiro. The aggregate length of these roads, exclusive of the branches, is 251 kilometres. Their breadth varies from 8.m 8 to 6,m6, they are maca- damized in the centre to a breadth of 3.m 3. The northern road commences in the city of Olinda and terminates at Pedras de Fogo, on the boundary of the pro- vince of Parahyba ; it is 90 kilometres in length. At a place called Pasmado, the northern high-way cros- ses the road to the city of Nazareth, of which 5,500 metres are built. The southern road, commences at the Afogados suburb, and at present it is 65,393 metres in length, including the branches to Boa-Vista, Muribeca, and Cabo. One of the central, of which 53 kil.m are built, crosses the town of Limoeiro, commencing at the Passagem da Magda- lena. At the place called Cham do Caxito, a road, 14 kil.ra long, branches off’ to the city of' Nazareth. The other central road, with a branch from Jaboatao, fo the town of Escada, commences at Afogados, and, penetra- ting into the interior, goes to beyond the city of Victoria. < It is 07 kil.m in length, of which 15 are ready, and the rest ' are building. The road from Una to Capoeira, which commences at the finished terminus of the S. Francisco railway, has 2,940 metres. The gradients on (die roads of the province of Pernambuco, j as a rule, are from 5 to 0%, the steeper gradients having been modified. The average cost of construction per kilometre, bridges, embankments, and other works included, was 14:000$000 and the yearly expenses for repairing them, vary from < 3508000 to 3808000 per kilometre. Notwithstanding t he heavy rains and the floodings of the rivers, the traffic on these roads is never interrupted, in any season of the year. In order to complete the first part of the net of high-ways, from the sea-board to a distance of 198 kil.m into the inte- rior, the province lias ordered 250 kilometres more of roads to lie constructed in the following directions : 1st. Continuation of the road from Itapissuma to Naza- reth. 2nd, Idem of that from Gravata to Caruaru. 3rd. Idem of that from Limoeiro to Bom Jardim. 4th. Idem from the south to the town of Serinliaem. 5th. Idem of that of Escada. 6th. Idem from Palmares to Bonito. 7th. Idem from Bonito to Panellas.' SERG IPE lias a high-road between the cities of Aracajii and S. Christovao, the former capital of the province; and ano- ther, building, from that city to Larangeiras. ESPIRITO SANTO The following roads are being made in this province : From the city of Victoria, capital of the province of Es- pirito Santo, to the port of Cachoeira, 47 lql.ra 490. m in length, of which 16 kil.m 480. ra are finished, having cost 4,0008000 per kilometre. From Piuma to the town of S. Pedro de Itapemirim, 20 kilometres long, already commenced, and which will serve the colony of Rio Novo. From the northern bank of the river Itabapoana, to the river Jose Pedro, 220kil.m in length. That from Victoria to the north of Minas Geraes, commenced some years since, has been used, but depends on surveys which are being made, in order to improve the original plan. RIO DE JANEIRO This province has a very considerable number of good high-roads, and others more or less perfect, which afford transit for vehicles both to the capital, and to the city of Rio de Janeiro, and between the different districts, towns, and cities. The following are the best : That of the Estrella mountains, a monumental work, — 344 — 10 kil.Min length, was opened at one of the steepest points of the sea range, and leads to Petropolis, one of the most pleasant places of Brazil, owing to the mildness of the climate, and to the beautiful scenery ; the Emperor has there an excellent summer palace, and a great number of the wealthy inhabitants of the capital of the Empire spend the summer there. Those of the Itaguahy and Tingua mountains, also on the sea range. That of the Mangaratiba mountains, made by a Bra- zilian company. Lastly, that portion of the road, made by the Brazilian company Uniao e Industria, which runs through the territory of the province. The province expends annually over 600:000$000 in keeping the roads in repair. MINAS GERAES The road built by the Uniao e Industria company, and its branches, serve different parts of the province, the most remarkable portion of this road being that which connects the city of Petropolis, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, with Juiz de Fora, a city in the province of Minas Geraes. It is constructed with every condition of a first class high way. It has bridges, and stone work, which will bear comparison with the best works of the kind in Europe, or the United States. The bed is macadamized in a most perfect manner ; it is 232 kilm. in length, and of these 115 are in the province of Rio de Janeiro, Three branches connect it with the city of Rio Novo, ffc. with Porto das Flores, and with the city of Marde Hes- panha. The Brazilian company to which it belongs, possesses a considerable amount of plant, employd in the service oftheroad. In 1874 the receipts amounted to 1.721:881$471 the expenses being 1.210:426$968, leaving a balance of 511:454$493. It conveyed 26,926 passengers and 55.863:796 kilograms of merchandize. In order to facilite communications in the interior, and open new fields for the establishment of colonial nuclei, government has ordered new roads, more or less perfect, to be opened in different directions of the province of Minas Geraes. To this end, surveys are being made of a road to con- nect the district of Philadelphia, with that of Santo An- tonio do Pecanha, in the circuit of Serro Frio, about 176 kilm to the Cananea colony and the sea-hoard, government or- : dered a road to be made, 10 kil™ 800m. in length, 6m. wide, with a mean gradient of 5%, and of the estimated ) cost of 86.53G$002. j This road, which will be very advantageous to the port of Cananea, which has excellent, and sheltered an- ) chorage, is to be extended to the Iporanga mountains, noted for their lead mines. 'i PAR YNA This province has the following high-roads : That of Graciosa, between the city of Antonina, in the hay of Paranagua, and Coritiba, capital of the province, whence it is being extended in the direction of the pro- vince of Mato Grosso, 85 kilm are macadamized. Its gradients are of 5 %, except on the Sea range, where these ■ slightly evceed 0%. Surveys are now being made for a road between the ca- pital of the province, and the Assunguy colony ; this will be 99 kilometres in length, and will greatly favor the co- lony. Besides these roads, there are others under survey, > — 347 — and building, such as the branch from Graciosa to Porto de Cima, and Morretes, and those from the city of Castro, and port of Apiahy, to the city of Mata ; from Pon- ta Grossa to the hamlet of S. Jose dos Pinhaes, and others. SANTA CATHARINA As the principal State colonial nuclei are located in this province, government endeavors to develope its high-roads. That known by the name of D. Francisca, is the most important, it is intended to connect the town of Joinville, in Santa Catharina, with that of Rio Negro, in the province of Parana. It is to be 156 kil.m in length, 6.™ 8 wide, and the gra- dients are not to exceed 7.5 %. From it a road, 50 kil.m long, branches off to the colonial nucleus of S. Bento. The construction of these two roads is proceeding with great activity. The road between the Blumenau colony, and the town of Coritibanos has been commenced ; it will make many go- vernment lands available, and will greatly influence the prosperity of the colony, and that of all the district of Itajahy. The province is endeavoring to construct the high-way which is to connect the sea-board with the circuit, and city of Lage ; for which it is about to contract a loan of 500:0008000. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL The vast prairies of this province are of themselves ex- cellent high- ways ; if they are not easy for carriages, they can at least be commodiously traversed on horse-back. The conditions of the soil, and the easy navigation of the rivers and lakes, have in a great measure been the cause — 348 — of the little at tention hitherto paid to the construction of a complete system of improved high- ways in this province. GOYAZ This province has the following roads, more or less well constructed ; the south east road, the southern road, the western, in the direction of Mato Grosso, the north road i through Jaragua, and the Cariaca road. The southern road crosses very rough ground, and will meet the railroad projected, between S. Paulo and Santa Anna do Paranahyba. MATO GROSSO Besides some roads already mentioned, connecting this province with different places, it has excellent river navi- gation, and some roads, which offer regular transit between the capital, and the interior. CANALS With regard to canals but litle has been done, owing to i river navigation, which, in a certain measure, dispenses ) with them, and to railways, government having given the ^ preference to the construction of these. When the opportunity offers, however, efforts will be > made to construct those, which may be necessary in the lo- calities in which this means ought to be adopted, in combi- > nation with some of the principal railroads, or lines of flu- vial, or maritime navigation. Nevertheless the following may be mentioned : MARANHAO Has the following : — 349 — Coqueiros, 1,650 metres long, and 22 wide, connecting the river Mosquitos with the Coqueiros, and which shortens the journey between the capital, and the Itapicuru, and Mearim, avoiding the shallows of the islands Tana Redondo, and Tana-mirim. It is kept in very fair repair ; steamers, drawing from 3.m05 to3.m66, navigate through it. Arapapahy, with which the province has expended large sums. The works, extending over 1.540 metres, were execu- ted in the years 1848 to 1858. When finished the canal will be 2.200 metres in length, and will connect the waters of the Bacanga, and Arapapahy, with those of the bay of the Arraial, and S. Marcos. Mearim, not yet finished but projected, with the ob- ject of avoiding the place called Lage Grande, where there are obstructions to the navigation of any but very small craft, on the river Mearim. SERGIPE After the construction of the canal, which is to con- nect the rivers Poxim, and Santa Maria, had been con- tracted for, some difficulties arose which postponed the continuation of the works, when only 424.1 cubic me- tres had been excavated. ESPIRITO SANTO The Pinto canal, about 12 kil.m in length, which is to connect the Rio Novo colony with the port of Itapemirim, ; is being constructed, — 350 — RIO DE JANEIRO The canal which connects the districts of Campos, and Macahe is 100 kilm. 560”. in length, of which 17 kilm. are in rivers and lakes. It commences at the, now extinct, lake Ozorio, dis- tant 230 metres from the right banks of the Parahyba, and continues on to the left banks of the river Macahe, facing the city of the same name, connecting the ri- vers Ururahy, Macabu, Carrapato, and Macahe, and lakes Piabanha, Jenuez, do Paulista, Carapebus, Jentahiba, and others. The province spent on these works nearly 2.000:000$000, and recently put it into the hands of a company which undertook to navigate it with steamers. Cacinibas, on the left bank of the river Parahyba, beyond the city of S. Joao da Barra, is 32kilm. in length, and down it timber is floated during the wet season. Mage, 2,596 metres long, between the city of Mage, and the port of Piedade, in the bay of Nitheroy. Before the Don Pedro II railway was built, this canal served the districts of Cantagallo, Nova Friburgo, Para- hyba do Sul, Mage and different places in the province of Minas Geraes, being the means of conveyance for the products of these districts, which were exported by the Sapucaia road. Now it merely serves the small craft, which convey merchandize, and produce to and from pla- ces near the port. The province expended on this canal 64:000$000. Itaguahy, between the river and the city of the same name, 2,552 metres in length. Part of the produce of the districts of Rezende, Barra Mansa, Pirahy, Itaguahy and S. Joao do Principe, was 331 formerly sent to the capital of the Empire, by way of the port of ltaguahy. Now, the interests of these districts are better served ■ by the railroad, but the canal is still utilized by the neighboring planters. V araclouro cental. — The object of this is to connect the bay of Paranagua, in the province of Parana, with that of Iguape and Cananea, in the province of S. Paulo, ( through the isthmus which seperates them. According to the plan adopted, the execution of which / is being actively pushed, the canal will be 2.709 metres in length, lm.G5 in depth, and 2. m8 in width at the bot- tom, and from 6.m6 to 8.ra 8 at the water line. The cost of the works is estimated at 60:000$000. Besides these canals, there are those of Ceara-mirim, and Trahyry, in the province of Rio Grande do Norte, : for draining the waters of the adjacent rivers during PARANA AND S. PAULO floods IMMIGRATION AND COLONIZATION It being generally acknowledged that one of the most urgent requirements of Bi'azil is the increase of popula- tion, the powers of the State continue to make efforts to obtain it, by offering important favors to industrious, and well conducted immigrants, providing them with guides and assistance, so that they may not suffer priva- tions, or be distressed, on arriving. With this view, besides the facilities for naturalization afforded to immigrants and colonists, as will be explained in another place, regulations for their conveyance have been published in order to guarantee them good treat- ment on their voyage out to the Empire. These regulations are copies of the measures adopted in most of the European ports. They establish the pro- portion which ought to exist between the number of passengers, and the tonnage of the ship that conveys them, the space allotted to each individual, the quantity, and i quality of the stores to be shipped, the below deck ac- commodation, the sanitary and police precautions to be adopted, and the penalties to which ship masters are sub- ject for transgressing the rules prescribed. A land-law has been published, similar to that of the United States, with the alterations required by the cir- { cumstances of Brazil. Among other provisions, the law — 353 — forbids the acquisition of waste lands by any title ex- cept by purchase, unless they be situated on the frontiers; and orders the descrimination of the public lands from those which are private property, and the measurement and allotment of lands for sale. The minimum price of these is 0.5 real, and the ma- ximum 2 reis per 4.84 square metres. But the sale price of lots in the State colonies, will be stated hereafter. The law, however, is to be altered by complemen- tary measures, which will facilitate its execution. An official agency, with an office in the centre of the city, has been commissioned since 1864 to execute, and to watch that the despositions of the law regarding the conveyance of immigrants are observed, in the port of Rio de Janeiro ; it is also the duty of the agency to in- spect the service of the lodging house prepared for newly arrived immigrants, to provide for their landing, and conveyance to the lodging house, to despatch to the State colonies those who arrive with that destina- tion, to encourage spontaneous immigration, and to be the intermediate agent, between those who wish to re- ceive colonists, and the emigration agents in foreign coun- tries. On the other hand, government grants immigrants the following favors : payment of the difference between the passage money to the United States, and that paid for conveyance to Brazil ; payment in advance of the whole of the passage money to those families which may come for the purpose of settling in the State colonies ; several consuls, and specially those in London, Liverpool, Swit- zerland, Marseilles and Hamburg, being authorized to make these advances ; exemption from import duties on the articles they may bring with them, such as clothes 45 — 354 — and other articles of daily use, beds and bed-steads, in proportion to the means and condition of the immigrants, common crockery, agricultural implements, or the tools of their trades, furniture of any kind in a sufficient quantity for their use, a fowling piece for each adult ; the right to go to the lodging house maintained by go- vernment in the capital of the Empire, where, on landing, board and lodging is found them at the rate of 800 reis a day for adults, and 500 reis for minors under 12, and over 9 years, of age, and, lastly, all the official infor- mation which they may require, and free passage for the State colonists, newly arrived, heads of families, or agri- cultural laborers. The official agency, also endeavors, either by enqui- ries, or by advertising, to obtain employment for those who wish to remain in Rio de Janeiro, allowing eight days free board and lodging to the newly arrived immi- grants, who may wish to remain in the city of Rio de Janeiro, and, until their departure, to those who, not being agricultural laborers, may wish to go to other places, a free passage being given them. The State colonies are under the management of di- rectors appointed by government, in accordance with the regulations of 1867. The new arrivals are received for a time in a buil- ding, specially destined for the purpose, until their res- pective lots of land are made over to them. If they wish it, board and lodging is afforded them during ten days, STATE COLONIES ' on condition of repayment, when they become free from > their other engagements. On the allotment of the lands, the colonist receives a | bounty of 20$000, an equal sum being distributed to ? every individual of his family, over 10 and under 50 arrival. In the colonies, numbering more than 500 inhabitants, 4 % is deducted from the wdges of the laborers and applied to local improvements, by a board, elected from among the colonists who have paid their debit to the State, and who are destined to assist the director in the administration of the colony. The colonial lands are divided into urban, and rural lots. The areas of these are GO, 5, 30,25 and 15,13 hec- | tares, the price varying between 2 and 8 reis per 4,84 square metres ; those have, from to 22 to 44 metres front- age, and are from 44 to 110 metres deep, the price | varying from 10 to 80 reis per 4,84 square metres. If the lot be sold on credit, the price is increased by > 20 %, and payment is to be made in four yearly instal- | ments, the first of which is to be paid two years after the lot is delivered to the purchaser. If the colonist anticipate the payment of the instal- ments, an abatement of 6 % is made on their value. All the colonies have primary schools for children of — 356 — both sexes, a chaplain, and a protestant minister, who afford spiritual contort to catholics, and protestants. SANTAREM COLONY Situated in the province of Parana, 13 kil. m distant from the city of Santarem, with which it communicates by the Diamantina and Piquiatuba roads ; the inhabitants are 93 Ncrth American and English agriculturists. The lands are fertiie, and, as the colonists are active and laborious, it is to be supposed that the colony will thrive and prosper. Brazilian consulates in the United States of North Ame- rica, are authorized to give free passages to the natives of that country who may wish to come to Brazil as agri- culturists. TIIEODORO, RIO BRANCO, MONIZ, AND CAROLINA COLONIES. These colonies were founded on the sea-board of the province of Bahia, by a private association. Difficulties, > however, having arisen superior to the means at the dis- ^ posal of the association, government took charge of them ] and will resolve on the best means of placing the co- lonists. The population of these colonies is 228 individuals. SANTA LEOPOLDINA COLONY This is 52 kilm 800m distant from the city of Victo- ria, capital of the province of Espirito Santo, with which intercourse is kept up by the river Santa Maria. At present its inhabitants number 5,000 individuals, mostly Germans, many Italians, and some Swiss, and Dutch. — 357 — There are 1,700 lots of 302,500 square metres each ; with- in the bounds of the colony there is sufficient space to accommodate thousands of families. The production of the colony consists in coffee, sugar cane, cereals, and potatoes of different kinds. Some stock is also reared. In 1874, it exported 1.027:600 kilograms of coffee. At present the following high roads are being con- structed $ from the port of Cachoeira to the capital, from the colony to Santa Izabel, and between Mangaratiba and the Tyrol. The colony has two catholic chapels, and two pro- testant houses of prayer ; two public schools, and other private ones, assisted by government ; these were atten- . ded last year by 261 pupils of both sexes. This is a prosperous and promising colony. RIO NOVO COLONY Also founded in the province of Espirito Santo, it is 30 kilometres distant from the sea-board, and 12 from the ' shipping port on the river Itapemirim. In 1874 it had 1,535 inhabitants, including some Bra- \ zilians, shewing an increase of 535 over the previous > year. In the same year the imports were 122,907$160, ; and the exports of coffee alone 186:0008000. It has land measured and marked out in lots, a ca- > tholic chapel, and other public buildings ; and, besides four public schools maintained by government, it has night classes created by an association of colonists, these ) are attended by 86 pupils. Coffee, maize, beans, and potatoes are raised, and some ) cattle is bred. The colony communicates with the port of shipment — 358 — by a high-way, there being also one to the capital, and another from Piuma to Cachoeira. The Pinto canal is being constructed, it will connect Rio Novo with Itapemirim. This colony was founded in 1855 by a private asso- ciation, and in 18G5 it was transferred to the State. S. JOSE DO TYROL Annexed to the Rio Novo colony, a colonial district has been recently established, under the name ofS. Jose do Tyrol, in a'diealthy situation, where excellent coffee, and cereals are grown. Its population is estimated at 562 individuals, nearly all Tyrolese. The colony has more than 100 lots of land, measured, and marked out to be distributed. The rivers Iconlia, and Benevente, both navigable, completely traverse the district, and the colonists have moreover, the advantage of communication, by land, with other colonies, in the same province, where there are many Germans and Tyrolese. The port of Benevente, which is that of the colony, is only 24 hours journey from the capital of the Empire, by a line of steamers running between the two ports, and immigrants meet with a good lodging house near the land- ing place. MUCURY COLONY The territory of this colony belongs to the district of Philadelphia, in the province of Minas Geraes. Its seat is 389 kilm. 400m distant from the sea-port, that is 191 kilm. 400“. by a high-road and 19“ kil. of steam navigation on the river. The population numbers 721 individuals, nearly all Germans. A considerable quantity of coffee is exported to Rio de Janeiro, and to the interior of the province of Minas Ge- raes. In 1874, besides coffee, it exported bacon, rice, fa- rina, tobacco, and some cattle. The value of the exports was 150:000$000, and that of the imports 80:000$000. The communication of the colony, with the fluvial ship- ping port of Santa Clara, is kept up by the above mentioned road ; and with the interior of Minas Geraes by a fair road, 90 kil.m in length. In the last exhibition of colonial products held there, 10 silver medals, 17 bronze medals, and 23 honorable diplo- mas were distributed. This colony has a parish church, a house of prayer, and \ several other buildings. PORTO REAL COLONY This is situated in the district of Itezende, province of | Rio do Janeiro, 4kil.m840.m from the Diviza station of the Don Pedro II railway, it was established in 1874, on an estate of that name, purchased by government ; it has ; > an area of 1.980 hectares. The lands are divided into lots, of which 60 have been distributed among its 400 inhabitants, mostly Italians, ) French, and Swiss. The plants cultivated are coffee, sugar ' cane, maize, rice, potatoes, beans, and manioc. Is has a night, and two day schools, fairly attended. CANANEA COLONY Established in the province ofS. Paulo, at a distance of 23 kil.m from the sea-board, and near the town of the same name, it numbers 462 inhabitants mostly English colo- nists. Tobacco, sugar cane, and cereals are raised ; it has a good road to the sea-board, which will shortly be extended into the interior ; there is a public school for children, another, a mixed school, a chapel, and different buildings. ASSUNGUY COLONY Established at a distance of 99 kil,m from the capital of the province of Parana, in the parish of Serro Azul, this colony has 1.318 inhabitants, of different nationalities, being 878 more than in 1873. Tobacco and sugar cane are the principal plants cul- tivated. In the colony there are two public, and two private schools, one of these being subsidized, a chapel and different colonial buildings. In 1874 it exported 60.000$000, and imported 30:000$000. ITAJAIIY COLONY This colony, recently raised to a parish, is 46 kil.” dis- tant from the port of the same name, in the province of Santa Catharina. It has 2.891 inhabitants, being 591 more than in 1873, they are almost all Germans. The products are tobacco, cotton, sugar cane, manioc, tuberous plants, wine, beans, and rice. The meadows extend over more than 300 hectares, and graze cattle of different kinds. On this colony there are 81 sugar, and 20 saw, mills which utilize water power. There is also an agricultural society, to whose efforts the annual exhibitions are due. — 361 — The value of the exports is estimated at 120:000$000. There are some public buildings, a parish church, a ca- tholic chapel, and a house of prayer for protestants. Primary instruction is provided in 12 schools ; two pu- blic, and 10 which receive a subvention from government; these are attended by 300 pupils. There is a good road to the port of Itajahy, and another is building to Tijuca, BLUMENAU COLONY This is situated in the parish of S. Pedro Apostolo, on the banks of the navigable river Itajahy, in the province of Santa Catharina. It was established in 1852 as a private undertaking, but in 1800 it passed to government. The colony numbers 7.621 inhabitants of different natio- nalities, or 1.292 individuals more than 1873. The area under cultivation is 7. 180 hectares, and that of the waste lands 002:720 hectares. Many of the planter's use the plough in the cultivation of maize, beans, rice, manioc, tubers, cotton, coffee, and to- bacco ; some cattle is also bred. The colony has several public buildings ; the parish church, and a house of prayer are being erected. There are 84 mills, 72 stills, and other manufactories. In 1874 the exports were 439:153$000, and the im- ports 293:0008000. f In the same year the population was increased by 376 births ; the deaths were 103, and the marria- ges 66. Besides the 17 private primary schools assisted by government, there are two public schools, and one for secondary instruction ; these were attended by 642 pu- > 46 w — 362 — pils of both sexes. An agricultural society created there has done good service. The colony has plenty of means of communication, including the navigation of ihe river Itajahy, to which there is a regular line of steamers. SANTA MARIA DA SOLEDADE COLONY Belongs to the territory of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and is situated at a distance of 10 kil.m from the port of Guimaraes, with which it traffics, as also with the town of S. Joao do Monte Negro, distant 46kil.m, with the city of S. Leopoldo, distant 00 kil.m and with that of Porto Alegre distant 105 kil.m It is divided into four districts, and the whole area is occu- pied. It has four private schools attended by 140 pupils, four catholic chapels, and two houses of prayer for pro- testants. There are public primary schools for both sexes. The products are maize, beans, rice, potatoes, wheat, rye, oats, lentils, pea-nuts, and mustard. The colonists have several mills and looms ; the po- pulation is 2.187 individuals, or 599 more than in 1873. In 1874, there were 71 births, 20 deaths, and 7 mar- riages. The population of the State colonies is, at present, 23,018 souls, not including a good number of eman- cipated colonies which have passed to the common re- gimen. In 1873 the colonial population numbered 10,412 inha- bitants, in two years therefore it has had an incre- ment of 0.000 individuals. PROVINCIAL COLONIES CACHOEIRA DE ILHEOS The province of Bahia founded, and maintains, this { colony which has 422 inhabitants. It is situated in the neighborhood of the town of Ilheos, j and has brick fields, sugar, and farina mills, and stills for rum. > / \ The works for bringing water from the river Ca- ; choeira, through pipes, for working the cotton, coffee, \ rice, and farina mills, are progressing. ] Through the efforts of the colonists alone, about 330 kil.m of road have been opened from the town of Ilheos to the interior. > ABRANCHES, S. VENANCIO, PILARZINHO, AND SANTA CANDIDA These were established in the city of Coritiba, with the subsidy granted, by the central government, for spontaneous immigration. The colonies are in a properous, and satisfactory con- dition. The first has 400, the second 220, the third 120, and the fourth 300 inhabitants, all employed in husbandry. Situated at a distance of 59 kil. m from the city of S. Jose, in the province of Santa Catharina. It has 1.484 inhabitants, mostly Brazilians and some Germans, who cultivate maize, beans, rice, sugar cane, cotton, and tuberous plants. NEW PETROPOLIS Belongs to the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande ; do Sul, and has, at present, 1.284 inhabitants. The exports are of the estimated value of 34:000$000, and the imports of 28.000$000. mont’alverne Also belongs to the province of S. Pedro do Rio ( ; Grande do Sul ; it is situated on the banks of the river Taquary, and its population numbers 561 inhabitants, employed in agriculture. S. FILICIANO, D. ISABEL, AND COUNT d’eU The province paid the cost of establishing these colo- nies which have at present 503 inhabitants. Government has recently sent many immigrants to the i Count d’Eu colony, paying the necessary expenses, and has authorised the president of the province to make ex- tensive to these, the favors granted to the immigrants of the State colonies. J ( The above mentioned provincial colonies have 5.294 , < inhabitants. PRIVATE COLONIES PROVINCE OF ESPIRITO SANTO At the head waters of the river Iconlia, in the dis- ) trict of Benevente, there is a private colony with 200 \ inhabitants, mostly Englishmen. — 365 — PROVINCE OF MINAS GERAES The Uniao e Industria highroad company established the Don Pedro II colony, in the neighborhood of the city of Juiz de Fora. At present it has 1.296 inhabitants, of whom 1.170 are Germans, and 120 are Brazilians. Primary education is provided in two catholic schools, for both sexes, and one protestant for boys. In 1864 they were attended by 146 pupils. In the same year there were 51 births, and 23 deaths. The colony has several saw, and others mills, besides some manufactories. \ The chief products are cereals, vegetables, and fruit. PROVINCE OF S. PAULO Colonization, in this province has received a powerful impulse, due to private efforts. Planters enter into contracts of three kinds with the / colonists, all of which have produced good results, na- mely : 1st. Partnership contracts ; 2nd. On wages ; 3rd. For work done. The following colonies are now in existence in the province : S. Jeronymo, in the district of Limeira, has 643 in- J habitants. Pau cl’Allio, in the district of Campinas, has 71. Crescuimal, in the district of Pirassinunga, has 240. Cafeiral, in the district of Rio Claro, has 120. Boa Vista, in the same district, has 143. Cascalho, in the district of Limeira, now coramen- Icing, has 44. Morro Azul, has 104. Nova Louzd, in the district of Mogy-mirim, Tias 100. Nova Colombia, in the district of Campinas, has 82. Saltinho, in the same district, has 72. Salto Grande , in the district of Amparo, has 64. PROVINCE OF PARANA Alessandra do Parana Colony, recently created in the district of Paranagua, has 242 inhabitants. Maize, beans, rice, manioc, and tuberous plants are cul • tivated. Euphrosina colony, founded a very few months since, in the same district, with a population of only 28 inha- bitants. ( PROVINCE OF SANTA CATHARINA D. Francisca colony, belonging to a private associa- tion, has a subvention from government. Its population amounts now to 7.860 inhabitants. In 1874, it exported 370:000$ and imported 330:000$000. The last exhibition of colonial products, gave excel- Ilent results : 22 first class prizes, 38 second class, 50 honorable mentions, and 40 simple mentions, were dis- tributed. The colony has 13 schools, attended by 1.155 pupils of both sexes, and its former seat is now an important town. PROVINCE OF S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL S. Lnurenen colony, near the foot of the Tames moun- tains, has 4.100 inhabitants, good culture, several ma- nufactories, and schools for both sexes. The population of the private colonies, therefore, amounts to 15.409 inhabitants. Epitomizing what has been said regarding colonies, it is seen that the colonial population of the Empire, amounts at present to 43.721 souls, distributed in the following manner : In the State colonies 23.018 « « provincial colonies. . . . 5.294 « « private colonies 15.409 If, to this number be added 8.816 inhabitants of the colonies Santa Cruz, and Santo Angelo, which became emancipated and entered into the common regimen, the colonial population will number 52.379 individuals, or 12.056 more than in 1873. Among the emancipated colonies, those of Nova Fri- burgo and Petropolis, situated on elevated spots of the Organ range, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, deserve special mention. The former, founded in 1820, at the cost of the State, with Swiss and Germans, many of whom became wealthy, has been for some time an interesting town, much frequented as a sanitarium. It is the head of the district, lias four parishes, and a population of near 14.000 sauls, a hand- some parish church, a vast and confortable hydrotherapic establishment, hotels, and good private buildings, some of which are remarkable for richness and good taste. The latter, formed by German colonists, on lands of ■}he Emperor, and assisted at the outset by the province, is now a beautiful city numbering 8.661 inhabitants in the municipality, about 3.000 being Germans, or their des- cendants; it has 1.200 houses, 638 being in the circuit of the city itself; public gardens, a good boarding school, in which humanities are taught, primary schools, important cotton mills, and other manufactories, hotels, and no small number of commercial, and work shops. The Imperial family spend the summer in Petropolis, as also most members of the diplomatic corps, many Bra- zilians and foreigners, from the capital of the Empire, whose presence raises the population during some months of the year to 10.000 souls, more or less. In the city there are two catholic churches and a pro- testant temple, some public buildings, and several elegant private houses of great value. A well built and spacious charity hospital, is deserving of notice. The former colony of S. Leopoldo, now an important city, Santa Cruz, and Santo Angelo, remarkably prosperous, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, are wor- thy of note. CONTRACTS FOR THE IMPORTATION OF COLONISTS Government has entered into contracts for the introduc- tion of immigrants into several provinces of the Empire. The general clauses, are the following, with unimpor- tant alterations, according to circumstances : Observance of the conditions regarding the conveyance of colonists ; Grants of government lands, situated within 13 kil.m 200. ra of railroads, sea-ports and large markets, or other places, which may be chosen as more convenient, at the price marked by law, payment being made by instalments spread over six years. The expenses of measuring the lands being paid by the contractors ; Free passages for the immigrants and their luggage, by rail, or in packets belonging to companies subventioned by the national treasury, or protected by government ; Exemption from duteis on their luggage, utensils, tools, and agricultural implements ; A subvention of G0$000 for every adult agricultural laborer, who shall work on wages; of 70$000 for those who make contracts of partnership; 150$000 for those who shall establish as land proprietors ; and half these amounts to minors, between 14 and 2 years of age ; The obligation on the part of the contractors not to exact interest from the immigrants, during the first two years, or more than G % per annum for the subsequent years, up to the fifth year, when the time conceded for payment ought 1 to expire, and to provide every requisite for the colonists until their difinitive establishment ; Responsibility on the part of the same contractors for any abuse which they may commit, either in conveying in- dividuals, who are not in the conditions stipulated in the contracts, which are examined by the consular agents or other functionaries in Europe, appointed by government, or illuding immigrants by false promises, or disfiguring the truth in any way, respecting the circumstances of the coun- try, the conditions of work, or any other, which may in- terest the immigrants. The immigrants ought specially to be made perfectly acquainted with the conditions of their contracts, and, be- fore embarking, must sign a declaration that they do not come to Brazil for account of the Imperial Government, and that they will not, at any time, or under any pretext, claim from the same government any thing beyond the protection which the laws afford foreigners. The violation of these and other clauses, subjects the con- tractors to fines, and to the rescission of the contract. — 370 - Seven contracts of this nature are in force. In virtue of the clauses contained in them, about 100,000 immigrants are to be introduced, within the period of eight years, into the provinces of Parand, Santa Catharina, Rio de Janeiro, Espirito Santo, Bahia, Alagoas, Pernambuco, Maranliao, and other provinces of the Empire. For this purpose government designs 2,431,324 hectares of lands. Mention must here he made of the pecuniary assistance given by government to the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, which contracted with a company for the introduction of 40,000 colonists ; and also of the contracts made with two planters of the province of S. Paulo, under conditions similar to those above mentioned. • Besides contracts for the introduction of immigrants, who, for the most part intend to establish in Brazil as agri- culturists, government, considering the necessity of assis- ting with the means in their power, the transition from slave labor to free labor, did not hesitate, following the example of other civilized nations, to accept projects for the importation of Asiatic laborers. With this view such contracts have been made, the grea- test precautions being taken to avoid the abuses which have been practised in other countries, by binding the con- tractors, to insert in the contracts made with the Asiatics, a clause expressly declaring the period of service, the wa- ges, the time of payment, and the right of rescission. It is moreover terminantly declared, that, with regard to the engagements made in Asia with the laborers, the laws and regulations of the different localities must be observed, and no colonist, will be allowed to land in any port of the Empire, unless the master of the vessel whith conveys them, can shew documentary evidence that such laws and regulations were observed. On the other hand, in order to facilitate the purchase of government lands by immigrants, government continues to have them measured, and marked out in places suitable for colonization, affording them, at the same time, easy means of communication with maritime ports and navigable ri- vers. Up to 1867, an area of 338,405 hectares had been mea- sured and marked out, in the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Catharina, Parana, S. Paulo, Espirito Santo, Alagoas, and Pari. After 1867 the area was reduced to 295,845 hectares, as 17,424 were taken for the district of the newr colony Prince Don Pedro, in the province of Santa Catharina, 17,424 for enlarging the colonial circuit of Assunguy, in the province of Parana, and, lastly, because 8712 he- ctares, to the south of the province of Espi.ito Santo, near the Rio Novo colony, were occupied by Brazilians. With later measurements, in the provinces of S. Pe- dro do Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Catharina, Parana and S. Paulo, the area of these lands has again increased to near 550,000 hectares, registered in the respective depart- ment. Other lands have also been measured, in the provinces of Espirito Santo, Bahia, Pernambuco, and Para, in va- rious lots, also meant for immigrants ; these however are not included in that number, as they are not }'et verified or registered. Whilst these works are being executed, and data are being collected, not only statistical, but topographical and descriptive, with regard to the colonies, the localities, measurements, means of communication, and other cir- — 372 — cumstances, which recommend the public lands ; maps ; are being made, in the respective department, such as the two which will be ent to the Philadelphia exhi- < bition. I One of them comprizes different territories and vast portions of land, measured, and marked out, in the districts of Cananea, and Iguape, and in the parish of Itapecerica, in the southern part of the province of S. Pau- lo, with an area equivalent to 200,000 hectares, including J the territory of Cananea, in the district of the colony of the same name. On the said map, is found a printed descriptive notice of the lands measured and marked out, of the existing co- lonies, of the rivers, roads, towns, and of the different districts, which contain waste, lands of excellent quality, in a westerly direction, 26,4kil.m distant from the sea- board, which represent an area of 3,019:200 hectares. Two more topographical and descriptive maps of the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and Parana, are being lithographed and will shortly be published, be- sides one which is being drawn up of the province of Espirito Santo, all containing information useful to im- migrants, in the choise of the lands which they may wish to purchase from government, in any of those provinces. In this manner immigrants will see the public lands set off, measured, and marked out, and may receive them in lots of 121 hectares, in half lots, or in quarter lots as they may wish. These lots can be sold by public auction, or not, at the minimum price of 1 real for 4,84 square metres, including cost of measurement. As a rule, the price is for cash, but if the immigrants wish to settle in colonial and agricultural districts, five years time will be allowed for payment by instalments, with interest at the rate of 6 % a year, from the end of the second year. Orders have been issued for drawing up partial maps of all the state colonies ; those of the colonial nuclei Blumenau, D. Francisca, Santa Leopoldina, Rio Novo, and S. Jose do Tyrol, are all ready. CATECHISATION OF INDIANS It is estimated, that 1.000:000 savages wander through the interior, and in the virgin woods of the centre the Em- pire. Government has always promoted their catechisation and civilization, being assisted in these endeavors by the evangelical zeal of the Capuchin, and observant fran- ciscan friars, who duly fulfil their noble calling. In spite however of repeated efforts, is has as yet been impossible to obtain the number of missionaries corresponding to the requirements of the service. For this large number of Indians, spread over so vast a territory, there are only 57 capuchin missiona- ries, some of whom are weakened by their advanced age, and six observant franciscans, The system of catechising generally adopted, is that of assembling in villages those savages who, owing to the apostolic devotion of the missionaries, lose their wan- dering habits, and acquire the idea of property, and love of work, and settle in a fixed dwelling. At the outset these villages are administered by the missionaries, but afterwards pass into the hands of se- cular directors, either on the death of the founders, or on their removal to other places in the Empire, where their presence is more needed. Although the aborigines, with the exception of a few tribes, no longer numerous, be of a peaceful nature, and easily take to field work, to manning the canoes on rivers of the interior, and to extractive industry, their wandering habits, however, hinder their employ- ment in sedentary work. Experience has shewn that with adults it is difficult, if not impossible to obtain, in this respect satisfatory results ; therefore, without completely abandoning them to their wretched lot, government resolved on acting principally on the new generations, creating suitable es- tablishments, for the education of the young. To carry out this system, the boarding school of Santa Isabel was founded in 1870, in the valley of the Araguaya, in which children of both sexes are received, belonging to the Canoeiro and Tapirape, warlike tribes, and to the Guajajara, peaceful ones, of the great tribe of the Tupis ; and to the peaceful Chavantes, Chrentes, and Ca- rajas, to the warlike tribes of the Cahiapbs, Gradahus, and Apinages, of the great tribe of the Tapuyas. In the same valley also live Indians of the tribes of the Chambioas, a branch of the Carajas ; of the Apina- ges, Canoeiros, Coroados, and others whose names are unknown. The Indians are proverbially sober, expert in bodily exercises, and of great physical strength. The boys, received in the school of Santa Izabel, easily learn reading and writing, and are commencing to learn the trades of black-smith and carpenter, in the work shops of the grantee of the navigation of the Ara- guaya, whilst those of the school are being prepared. The girls are employed as domestic servants. To obtain these children it was necessary at first to conciliate the parents, by means of presents of iron ( tools, latterly however, this has become easier and l the parents often come and offer them sponta- / neously. Government hopes, that these children, being edu- \ cated under religious precepts, and with habits of ci- vilized life, will later on be of gnat assistance in at- tracting their parents and brothers to civilized so- \ ciety. With the same object government granted a subsidy j to the school established in Manaos, on condition that a certain number of Indian children shall be educated there. Government purposes founding another school on the ) Mucury, in the valley of the river Doce, for the tribes, that live there. The experience of the old jesuit missionaries, and the ; great results obtained by them in catechising savages, clearly shew that it is very difficult fo civilize them, as long as there is no one who can speak their language, and transmit to them, with ease, ideas and creeds. With this view government has latterly endeavored to have Indian children taught the Portuguese language, without, however forgetting their own. There is also a project of creating a corps of inter- preters, formed of contingents drawn from the army and navy, of men who speak the more generally spread lan- guages of the Brazilian Indians, destined to serve in the military colonies situated, as most of them are, in districts thickly populated by savages. As the interpreter is the indispensable companion of the missionary, and the easiest means of transmitting ci- vilization to barbarous peoples, there is no doubt but — 377 — that Brazil, once in possession of so powerful a means, will in a short time be able to reclaim many Indians, and not only to dissuade them, from throwing obstacles in the way of peopling the interior, but also to persuade them to contribute to its wealth, by working in the extraction of natural products, as do those of the valley of the Amazon, or by assisting in field work, as those of Goyaz and Mato Grosso. To the same end government ordered an easy method to be composed, according to Ollendorf’s plan, for tea- ching the Tupi or Nheengatu language, the one most generally spoken among the savages. The observant franciscans, six in number, were es- tablished on the upper Amazon, where they arrived in 1870, and founded the following settlements : S. F rancisco , on the river Preto, inhabited by Indians of the Arara, and Tora tribes, and where efforts are being made to catechise the Jaru, and Umturucu Indians ; this settle- ment has now 135 inhabitants, 53 houses, a chapel, a store for keeping the agricultural products, and a pri- mary school ; beans, manioc, maize, and tuberous plants are raised. Caldeirao, on the river Solimoes, inhabited by 176 in- dividuals of different tribes, has 22 houses, besides the school-master’s house. The inhabitants are employed in making canoes, in planting manioc, and cereals, in stock breeding, in hunting, and fishing. -S'. Pedro, on the river Madeira, has 75 Indians, of the Mura tribe, who plant manioc, and cereals, 14 houses and a chapel. The capuchin missionaries are distributed as follows : 48 Central prefecture of Rio de Janeiro. . 6 Prefecture of Bahia and Sergipe. ... 12 « of Pernambuco, Alagoasand Rio Grande do Norte. ... 13 Vice prefecture of Para 1 « « « Maranhao 4 « Goyaz . « Parana « Minas Geraes « Mato Grosso. In the Republic of Paraguay (sei in the Brazilian brigade). . vmg 6 Q O 8 Q 0 1 57 Besides those administered by the observant franciscan friars, there are the following settlements : In Para, the Bacabal, on the upper Tapajoz, compo- ’ sed of Mundurucu Indians, some of whom are married, and baptised, it has a small hospice, and several houses. The population numbers about 500 individuals, employed in the extraction of natural products, and in the cultivation of manioc, potatoes, maize, and beans. In Maranhao, S. Pedro de Pindare founded in 1840, composed of 50 Guajajaras, who plant manioc, and work regularly. The settlement produces enough for its requi- rements. Leopoldina, established in 1854 for catechising Indians of the same tribe, numbers 128 Guajajdra Indians, and produces, besides alimentary plants, some cotton, which is \ sold for the maintenance of the settlement, which for some / years past has required no assistance from government. Januaria, founded in the same year, for the Creuse and Potege Indians, numbering 70, who also raise alimentary plants. Dous bracos, recently created, with Guajajaras, who number more tham 200. Aratanhy grande, established in 1870, and peopled by about 600 Indians. Palmeira Torta, founded in 1870, with Guajajara Indians, whose number cannot as yet be fixed. This set- tlement was created in consequence of the existence of 22 villages with 2.500 Guajajara Indians, on the right bank of the river Grajahu, whom it would be very conve- nient to civilize, owing to the excellent position, and the fertility of the soil. In this province there are 21 settlements administered by laymen, named, partial directors, with a population es- timated at 12,000 souls. The Indians inhabiting them belong to the following- tribes : 1st Guajaj&ras. 2nd Caractajes. 3rd Canellas. 4th Gavioes. 5th Tymbiras. 6th Jaulejes. 7th Carajes. 8th Caraetes, 9th Caracahys. 10th Tembes, 11th Amanares. 12th Mutuns. In the province of Ceara, there is the settlement of Milagres, inhabited by a few Indians. In Pernambuco, there are those of Brejo dos Padres, and Santa Maria, whose organization lias lately been ordered. In the province of Espirito Santo, that of Mutum, with 80 Indians. In Minas Geraes, those of Immaculacla Conceigdo de Itambacury, Immaculacla Conceigdo do Rio Doce, and Manhuassu. In the first there are 303 baptized Indians, of whom 80 are married, and a primary school attended by 39 girls, and 28 boys ; in the second the population is 250 Indians, it has a primary school very well attended ; the third, but very recently established, is not yet comple- tely organized ; there are on it three missionaries. In the province of Parand, that of S. Pedro de Al- cantara, has 1.000 inhabitants, and covers an area of 19,800 square metres under cultivation, it possesses seven sugar mills, one saw mill, five stills, one black-smith’s shop, and one brick field; that of 5. Jeronymo has a director, an overseer, 172 Indians, and 13 operatives; and that of Para- napanema has a director, an overseer, ten operatives, and about 200 individuals of the Cavaha tribe, who cul- tivate maize, sugar cane, tuberous plants, beans, rice, and manioc. In S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, there is the No- nohay settlement, with 302 Indians of the Coroado tribe. In Mato Cirosso, that of Paricis, in the parish of Nossa Senhora da Conceiqao do Alto Paraguay Diamantino ; that of Piyuery, adjacent to the military settlement of that name, on the border of the parish of Santa Anna da Chapada, composed of Coroado Indians ; the Jauru, on the right banks of the river of the same name, and in the same parish, composed of Cabagal Indians ; that of Nossa Senhora do Bom GonselJio, at Mato Grande, near the parish of Conceiqao de Albuquerque; that of Miranda, in the district of the same name, parish of Carmo ; and that of Santa Anna da Paranahyba, composed of Guay- curii Indians. In Goyaz, that of S. Jose de Jamimbu, has from 250 to 300 Indians, Chavantes and Carajos ; Boa Vista has Apinagge Indians ; Pedro Affonso and Piabanhas, have Cherente Indians; Chambiods and Santa Maria, have Cahiapo, Cherente and Guajajara Indians. Orders / have been forwarded for the establishment of primary schools in the settlements of S. Jsse de Jamimbu, Santa Maria, Chambiods, and Piabanhas. In virtue of instructions forwarded in 1870, a new system of catechising has been initiated in the valley of the Araguaya ; this consists in leaving the Indians in their own villages, supplying them with tools, and re- ceiving some of their children to educate. This system, unquestionably much more economical, is \ producing excellent results, and bringing more than 20,000 wild Indians, directed by four capuchin missio- nares, into contact with civilized society. The same results will probably be obtained in the valley of the Purus, where government has contracted with Lieutenant Colonel Antonio Rodrigues Pereira Labre, the creation of an agricultural establishment, which, being surrounded by Indian villages, may serve chiefly to pro- mote the civilization of the Indians already settled, and of those who Inhabit those localities. ( i FOREIGNERS Foreigners are received in Brazil with the greatest be- nevolence ; their rights are respected, and, in their civil relations, they are protected by the laws. The schools of primary education are as free to them and to their children, as to Brazilians ; and they can, in the same manner, matriculate in public colleges, and in the fa- culties of superior instruction. They can travel over the Empire with the freedom gran- ted to Brazilian citizens, and they may avail themselves of t lie Habeas Corpus guarantee. As long as the laws are observed, they are allowed, as a rule, to enter into business, and freely exercise any indus- try, so long as it is not contrary to good morals, injurious to public health, or dangerous ; they may own real pro- perty with the same liberty as Brazilian citizens. They enjoy the utmost liberty of conscience, without fear of being oppressed from religious motives, so long as the}' respect the established religion. The rights of their children, born in the Empire, deserve the special attention of the State, it being established that the jurisprudence that regulates the civil state of forei- gners, residing in Brazil, though not in the service of their country, is also applicable to the civil state of their chil- dren, during their minority. On arriving at their majority they assume the rights of Brazilian citizens. — 383 The Brazilian woman who marries a foreigner follows her husband’s condition. The law recognizes as valid, for all civil effects, marria- ges of non catholics, celebrated in or out of the Empire, so long as the formalities required by law are observed, and they be legally registered. The inheritance of foreigners who die in Brazil, is, in general, regulated by the same laws, proceedings and authorities as intervene in these of Brazilians, if there be, no consular convention, or, if there be, they are adjusted in accordance with it. The consular conventions which the Empire had whit France, Switzerland, Italy, Spain, and Portugal have cea- sed, being provisionally substituted by the Decree of 1851, while new treaties are not adjusted, independent of the reciprocity enacted in the said decree, and saving, with reference to France, the clause of the most favored nation, stipulated in the treaty of 1820. A consular convention was celebrated, in 1873, with Great Britain, which in some respects differs from those which have become extinct. With regard to other nations, and by a simple accord, in which reciprocityis established, by means of reversal no- tes, the authority of consuls is admitted, in the cases, and in the manner, determined in the said decree of 1851. Brazil celebrated treaties for regulating the extradition of criminals with the following nations : Oriental Repu- blic of Uruguay, Argentine Republic, Republics of Peru, Equador, Bolivia, and Paraguay, and Kingdoms of Spain, Portugal, Italy, Belgium, and Great Britain. A similar con- vention has been entered into, by means of reversal notes, with the Republic of Venezuela. NATURALIZATION ) Naturalization, now, is very easil}- obtained in Brazil. The subject is regulated by the law, which modified the former one, in a more liberal sense. ’ > By it government is authorized to grant letters of natura- lization to any foreigner, over 21 years of age, who shall demand it, having resided in Brazil, or out of Brazil, but in the service of this country, for more than two years, with < the manifest intention of continuing to reside in the Em- pire, or of serving the country, after being naturalized. Government may forego the time of residence in the fol- | lowing cases : 1st. If a foreigner be married to a Brazilian woman : 2nd. If he own real property in the Empire, or if he have / a share in any industrial establishment ; 3rd. If he be the inventor, or the introducer, of any new ; industry ; 4th. If he be recommended by his talents, his learning, > or his professional aptitude for any branch of industry. 5th. If he be the son of a naturalized Brazilian, and born i out of the Empire before his father became naturalized. Certificates extracted from books of notaries public, and l official departments, are sufficient proof for all effects of \ the law, as are also certificates passed by an authority, or \ by persons of good repute. Letters of naturalization are exempt from all taxes, ex- cept the stamp duty of 25$000 ; but they produce no effect unless the petitioner, either in his own person, or by proxy, swear, or promise, obedience, and fidelity to the Constitution, and to the laws of the country, swearing or promising to acknowledge Brazil as his country from that day for- ward. The oath may be taken before the government, or before presidents of provinces. On that occasion the naturalized individual must declare his religious principles, his native country, if single or married, if with a Brazilian or foreign woman, if he have children, and how many, their names, sex, age, religion, state, and country. With these declarations all naturalized foreigners are inscribed at the Foreign Office. Naturalization is still easier for those who buy lands, and settle, or enter into any of the colonies founded in the Em- pire, or establish, any industry for their own account. To be considered a Brazilian citizen, it is sufficient that, after two years residence, they sign a document before the respective municipal council, or justice of peace, declaring that such is their will. On presentation of a certificate of this document, the minister of the Empire, in the capital, or the presidents in the respective provinces, order the necessary diploma to be passed, free of all expenses. Citizens naturalized under these circumstances, are exempt from military service, being only subject to that of the nacional guard within the district. Government may forego the lapse of two years, with those colonists who may be judged deserving the concession. The fathers, tutors or guardians, of colonists, minors, 49 — 386 — born out of the Empire, may make these declarations on behalf of the said minors, and obtain the respective diploma, saving the right of these minors changing their nationa- lity, on attaining their majority. On the other hand, the Legislative power, has, for some years past, frequently, on a simple petition ; waived the clauses required by the law of naturalization, and authorized government to grant it, without the above mentioned con- ditions. From 1867 to 1874, 1,480 foreigners were naturalized, not including colonists. The individual naturalized is immediately considered a Brazilian citizen, and enjoys all the civil and political rights, which belong to those born in the country, with the only exceptions established in the Constitution, with re- gard to the regent of the Empire, minister of State, and deputy. FINANCE The administration of the public revenue and expen- diture, which, in colonial times was entrusted to Juntas, brandies of the Lisbon Treasury, was centered in the Bra- zilian Treasury in 1808. In virtue of the Constitution, however, the Tribunal do Thezouro Nacional (Exchequer), presided by the mi- nister of finance, was organized in 1831. It is incumbent upon this tribunal : to direct and au- dit the revenue, and expenditure of the country, to examine the collection, the distribution, and the accounts of the pu- blic revenue, to decide the respective administrative questions, to indicate improvements in the tributary system, and in financial legislation, and, lastly, to promote by every means in their power, the interests of the Na- tional Treasury. In 1850 it received a new organization, by which a deliberative vote was given to the members, on certain subjects, specially with regard to auditing the accounts of the functionaires responsible for the collection, and expenditure of public monies, and of sums belonging to the State ; and to appeals from the decisions of fis- cal departments. The National Treasury, which Is the centre of financial administration, is composed of a State bureau, four Di- rectories, a Treasury, a Pajon aster’s department and a ■' Notary’s office. A treasury, in each province, different tax collecting departments, in the capital of the Empire, and in the pro- vinces, and special agents in each district, are subordi- nate to the National Treasury. The minister of finance is bound to present to the Cham- ber of Deputies, every year at the commencement of the session, a budget stating the expenses of the follow- ing year, and the amount of all the public contribu- tions, and receipts, as also a difinitive balance sheet of the revenue, and expenditure of the last year but one, and a provisional one of the last year. The financial year commences on the 1st of July and ends on the 30th of June ; the collection of the revenue, and the payment of expenses relative to the year, how- ever, continue to the end of December. The suits of the National Treassury have a priviledgd ; court. The payment of the capital, and interest of the in- ternal debt, funded by law, and represented by bonds I(apolices) is entrusted to a department, irrespective of the National Treasury, called the Caixa cle Amortizagao (Sinking fund department), presided by the minister of finance, composed of the Inspector General of the depart- ment, and of five Brazilian capitalists, holders of go- vernment stock. This department has branches in the provincial treasuries. The payment of the foreign debt raised in London, and the respective sinking fund, are under the charge of the financial agents of Brazil in that city. The Treasury has there a delegacy, entrusted with the acounts of the revenue, and expenditure realized out of Brazil. PUBLIC REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE The public revenue comprizes the municipal, the pro- vincial, and the general income. The first, decreed in the capital of the Empire by the general assembly and the government, and, in the pro- vinces, by the respective assemblies, under proposal of the municipal councils, and collected by their agents, is des- tined to pay the municipal expenses. The second, fixed by the provincial assemblies, with tbe sanction of the presidents, for the provincial expen- ; ses, is collected by the provincial treasuries, the Col- lectors, the Revenue boards, the Agents, and at the toll stations. The third, depends on the General Legislative Power, and is collected by the Custom Houses, the Collectors, the Inland revenue offices, and other fiscal stations. The general revenue of the Empire, which, in the year 1826, when the General Assembly met for the first time, amounted, to 6.042:049$000, deposits and other resour- ces excluded, and in the financial year 1831 — 32 did not exceed 11.118:700$000, rose, in the year 1840 — 41, the first of the majority of the present Emperor , to 16. 133:170$000. In 1863 — 64, one year before the war which the Empire maintained against the dictator of Pa- raguay, it amounted to 54.801 :409$000, in 1872 — 73 it ( produced the considerable sum of 109.180:063$000, and, in 1873 — 74, the last year whose accounts are closed, but are still depending on a definitive liquidation, it amounted to the sum of 101. 163:918$000. The provincial revenue, estimated in 1864 at 12.731:329$, is now estimated at 21.731: 157$000. The municipal, which in 1864 was 2,655:649$000, amounts now to 4.551 :919$000. The number of Custom Houses in the Empire is 23, in- cluding that of Rio de Janeiro, in the municipality of the capital. The import and other duties collected in these depart- ments in the year 1872 — 73, amounted to 81.167:998$000, not including 580:304$000 arising from deposits; and in the financial period of 1873 — 74, to 75.242:291$000, also exclusive of 469:079$000, of deposits. To these amounts the Custom House of the capital of the Empire contribued, in 1872—73, 38.372:647$000, and, in 1873 — 74, 39.194:902$000, the average receipts of the last three years, being 37. 456:51 3$000, exclusive of deposits, the average amount of which was 290:204$000. Then follows an average of 12.262:571$000, for Per- nambuco ; of 9.583:538$000, for Bahia; of 4.453:494$, for Para; of 3.396:813$, for Santos; and of 3.389:460$, for Rio Grand do Sul. The Inland revenue offices collected, in 1872 — 73, the sum of 9.064:087$000, not including the deposits and, in 1873—74, 9.247:273$000. That of the municipality of the capital, contributed 7.658:437:000, in the first of the years referred to, and 7.898:464$000, in the second. Legislation respecting the fiscal regimen, and the Custom House tariffs of the Empire are analagous to those of European nations, and especially to those of France. It is not based on the protective system, and tends daily to become more liberal, although the faci- lities for smuggling require precautions, which, in other countries, are becoming unnecessary. Government, and the Legislative power acknowledge the necessity of improving the fiscal process of these departments, and have modified them in accordance with the lessons taught by experience. To enable the Treasury to meet the extraordinary ex- penses occasioned by the Paraguayan war, new taxes were levied, which however didnot influence the exports or imports. These imposts are being diminished in proportion as other sources of income, and the liabilities of the Treasury, permit. The general revenue and expenditure of the Empire are the following: 1872—73 The accounts of this year are definitively closed, and the respective balance sheet was presented to the Cham- bers in the last session. REVENUE General revenue arising from ta- xes, national capital, and public establishments Deposits Issue of government stock, for the purchase of the « Custom House Docks», of the capital, and pay- ment of an old debt Issue of nickel coin Issue of Treasury bills 109. 180:063$000 j 1.417:894$000 2.443:000$000 ; 434:048$000 730:900$000 114.205:905$000 / — 392 — Balance from last year (1871 — 72) deducting tlie emancipation fund. . EXPENDITURE Amounts paid for account of the dif- ferent State departments .... Balance to 1873 — 74 1873—74 The provincial treasuries not having sent in their de- \ finitive balance sheets, for they closed the accounts in s March of the current year, only a synopsis has been ) organized, or a provisional balance, of revenue and ( expenditure, which was also presented to the chain- s / hers. > REVENUE General Revenue 101.163.918$000 j Deposits. . . . , 2.436:013$000 j Issue of nickel coin 226:824$000 j Issue of Treasury bills 14.050:700$000 j Balance from last year, deduction being made for the amount of the < hills which have to be recovered executively 5.313:892$000 plants, as well as those of temperate zones, grow luxu- riantly; containing mines of gold, silver, lead and other metals, and important diamond deposits ; advanced rapidly in commerce, as was to be expected, since the opening of its ports to all friendly nations in 1808. Government has granted important favors to this great j source of national wealth, and has been most liberal in the regulations for commerce, having provided for its requirements, by degrees, and as they become manifest. With the view of facilitating and developing com- / merce, government threw open to foreign flags the coas- ting trade, and the waters of its most important ri- \ vers : the Paraguay, the S. Francisco, the Amazon a far > as the frontier, over an extent of 3, 828k.il. m, and their j respective affluents, thus giving a good example to all nations. < The commercial legislation of Brazil, modelled after that of the most civilized nations, is embodied in a code, pu- blished with the view of giving greater impulse, and better guarantee to commercial trasactions; since the — 406 — \ law was published, some legislative enactments have pas- ’ sed, correcting faults pointed out by experience. < Owing to such favorable conditions, and to the secu- rity offered by a liberal jurisprudence, Brazilian com- merce has advanced as much as that of the most pros- \ perous European States. The foreign importation and exportation which, before 1808, passed through the ports of Portugal, to the value of about 22.600:000$000, rose, in the last quinquennium of 1869 to 1874, to 347.279:400$000; the imports repre- senting 155. 126:000$000, and the exports 192. 153:400$000, there being consequently a balance of 37.027:400$000, in favor of the exports. c According to the data furnished by the chief of the official statistics of the finance department, the incre- ment of foreign maritime commerce is estimated by the following tables, which embrace the years 1839 — 40, and 1873 — 74, in which the imports and exports are put down, added tagether, and in quinquennial averages : QUINQUENNIUMS Or AVERAGE VALUES INCREASE 1839 a 1844 96.169:000$000 $ 1844 a 1849 106.290:600$000 1849 a 1854 148.212:400$000 1854 a 1859 212.087:800$000 1859 a 1864 236.512:800$000 1864 a 1869 314.279:200$000 1869 a 1874 347.279:400$000 From the first to the second quinquennium the value of foreign commerce increased 10,52%, and from the last but one to the last 10.50%, a fact which reveals a cons- tant increasing progress, also seen in the year 1873 — 74. The excess of 251. 1 10:400$000, of the last quinquen- nium, over the first, corresponds to the proportional ra- 10. 121:600$000 41.921:800$000 63.875:400$000 24.425:000$000 77.766:400$000 33.000:200$000 — 407 tio of 261.11% in the 35 years; or to the mean an- nual progress of 7.67%. If these results be compared with those of European commerce, it will be seen that every where, even in France, where the annual increase is 10.2%, commerce has progressed less rapidly than in Brazil, where the foreign, and interprovincial maritime trade has progres- sed at the mean annual ratio of 20.67%. Next come : Norway, with 7,4%; Holland, with 7,4 %; Belgium, with 7,1 %; Denmark, with 6,1 %; England, with 5,2%; theZollverein, with 4,4%; Spain, with 3, 6% ; Portugal, with 3,6; Russia with 1,4 %; and Italy with j 0,2 %. Although the development of the foreign maritime trade be sufficient to give an exact idea of the progress of the country, nevertheless, it is as well to analyse the relations of interchange in the last two quinquenniums, which can > be done by taking the amounts of the quinquenniums, of 1864 — 69 and 1869 — 74, and seperating the importation. QUINQUENNIUMS. IMPORTATION. EXPORTATION. 1864 to 1869 723,978:000$000 847,418:000$000 1869 to 1874 775,630:000$000 960,767:000$000 Increase 51,652:000$000 1 13,349:000$000 It is therefore seen that, from the first to the second quinquennium, the imports increased at the rate of 7,13 % ; and the exports at the rate of 13,37 %. > The excess of the exports over the imports was, in the first quinquennium 123,440:000$000, and in the second 185, 137:000$000, or 49,98% more than in the first. The commercial transactions of Brazil with other na- ( nations, shew a balance, in the years 1864 — 1874, of j 308:577:000$000. The progressive increase of trade, therefore, shews a cor- responding increase in the balance. These conclusions, based on official statistics, prove bey- ond doubt the great development, and the consolidation of the public wealth in the last years, and are the best gua- rantee of the prosperity of the nation. It is well to mention that it was during that decennium, that the Empire maintained the war with Paraguay, which lasted five years, during which its commerce suffered very serious derangements. Nevertheless, the sources of wealth were not attacked, neither did trade diminish ; on the contrary it increased, more, in consequence of heavier exports, than of imports, an evident proof of the productive forces of Brazil. The well deserved credit that Brazil enjoys, is based on this solid foundation, still further strengthened by the sta- bility of its institutions, which are generally the best gua- rantee for commerce, agriculture and industry. As a natural consequence, the interprovincial coasting trade, followed the foreign maritime trade in its progress, as is shewn in the following table which embraces the mean quinquennial values of the years 1839 — 40, 1873 — 74: QUINQUENNIUM MEAN IMPORTATION INCREASE On comparing the first with the seventh quinqnennium, an average quinquennial increase of 76.309:800$ is verified, or a mean annual progress of 12,99 % ; it must however be 1839 a 1844. . 1844 a 1849 . 1849 a 1854 . 1854 a 1859 . 1859 a 1864 . 1864 a 1869 . 1869 a 1874 , 17,275:200$000 20,591 :400$000 24,204:800$000 36,126:000$000 42,020:0008000 51,992:000$000 93,585:000$000 3,316:200$000 3,613:4008000 11,921:2008000 5,894:0008000 9,972:0008000 41,593:000:000 $ 409 — $ borne in mind that the exports, egual to the imports, shew the same results in the interprovineial coasting trade, and ; that, therefore the total increase in the trade was at the annual mean rate of 25,98 %. j By adding the mean qninquennial value of the foreign maritime trade, to that of the coasting trade, in the finan- cial years 1869 — 1874, it will he seen, that the value of the maritime import and export trade, was 534,448:4008000, of which sum, 248,71 1:000$000 belong to the former, and 285,737:400$000 to the latter. It must be mentioned here, that these official statistical data embrace only a small portion of the inland trade, \ which is always, and in every country, more important than the outward trade, as all merchandize, before being exported, and after being imported, passes through many hands. By adding the value of the foreign to that of the coasting and interprovineial trade, of the last financial year, it will be seen that, in the general balance, the transactions of Bra- zilian commerce are, according to official documents, re- presented by the sum of 491, 232:0128000, not including ; merchandize in transit. The different nations of the globe, contribute to the for- eign maritime trade at the following rates per cent : \ PER CENTAGE STATES Imports Exports Total Germany Austria . | 5,21 3,43 8,64 Hanseatic cities Belgium . . . 1,51 0,64 2,15 Chili & Pacific ports . . . . . . 0,49 0,71 1,20 Denmark . , . . . 0,19 0,88 1,07 River Plate . . . 9,13 4,75 13,88 United States . . . . 4,67 20,90 25,57 52 France , . . . . 19,49 13,46 32,95 Great Britain 51,47 45,30 96,77 Spain 1,49 1,41 2,90 Holland 0,15 0,03 0,18 Italy 0,44 0,81 1,25 Portugal 5,01 4,73 9,74 Russia, Sweden & Norway. . . 0,33 2,44 2,77 99,58 99,49 199,07 Other States 0,42 0,51 0,93 The progress of transatlantic steam navigation, for some years past, has greatly contributed to the prosperity of the Empire, and so has also the greater number of banks esta- blished, the liberty given to foreign flags to carry on the coasting trade, the development of railways, and of coas- ting and fluvial steam navigation, greatly assisted both by the central and the provincial governments. During the financial year 1873 — 74 the foreign import and export trade, according to the vessels entered and sailed, was carried on by 10,158 sailing and steam ressels, measuring 6,493:452 metrical tons, and manned by 232,885 hands. The interprovincial coasting trade, in the same period, estimated in the same manner, was done by 19,556, vessels measuring 5,085:949 metrical tons, and manned by 327,391 hands. The progress of the foreign and coasting navigation, may be estimated by comparing the mean of the voyages made in the quinquenniums of 1839-1844, and 1869-74, as by the following table : FOREIGN TRADE COASTING TRADE QlUNQUENNIUNS £ CD — CJ £ u, CJ 1839 to 1844 1.842 393.219 18.389 2.141 144.294 23.183 18.9 to 1874 5.951 3.357.269 119.015 10.990 2.668.217 162.906 Increase in 35 years. . . 4.109 2.964.050 100.626 8.849 2.523.923 139.723 — 411 — To the relative increase in the tonnage of the foreign trade, the steam packets, which, in a great measure, are advantageously taking the place of the sailing vessels, contributed largely. The progress of the coasting trade is explained by the liberty given to foreign vessels to trade on the coast, a measure which has been most beneficial to agriculture, and to commerce. The following provinces have direct commerce with for- eign countries : Rio de Janeiro, Pernambuco, Bahia, S. Pe- dro do Rio Grando do Sul, Para, S. Paulo, Maranhao, Alagoas, Parahyba, Ceara, Sergipe, Parana, Santa Catlia- rina, Rio Grande do Norte, Piauhy, Espirito Santo,* and Mato Grosso. In the Empire there are more than 57,452 commercial houses, besides 7,588 free of taxes; of these 31,436 are Brazilian, 19,512 are Portuguese and 6,504 belong to diffe- rent nationalities. AVithin the last few years tho Budget law has enacted several measures of great interest to commerce. Those of 1873-74, and 1874-75 authorized government to reduce, within certain limits, the additional import duties ; to permit, without limit as to time, foreign vessels to trade on the coast ; to reduce the anchorage, and salvage dues, and other expenses incurred on merchandize saved from wrecks ; and to exempt from export duties the timber and matrials required for repairing foreign vessels in Bra- zilian ports. In execution of those laws, government published the new tariff, in which, with a view to equalize taxation, and to facilitate the calculation of the amount of the duties, the additional percentages of 30,35 and 40, formerly esta- blished, were substituted by a tax of 40% on the import du- ties, for all merchandize ; this may be diminished every year, according as the Budget law may determine ; the ar- ticles which paid 40 and 50 % being taxed at 30 % to avoid the tax becoming too heavy. Machinery in general passes free, not only of import duties, but also of the 5%expediente duty ; amongst the articles, on which the duties were lowered, are those most easily smuggled, and those most necessary to the poorer portion of the population. Regulations were also published, reducing the imposts on the collecting, and the sale of goods saved from wrecks, and ordering the execution of the legislative enactments, concerning the coast navigation, and the favors granted to the national merchant vessels. From the 1st of January 1874, the anchorage dues were reduced to 200 reis per metrical ton, with several exemp- tions. The «Rio de Janeiro Custom House Dock Company» having liquidated, the ware-house service of the Custom House returned to the public administration, and, as acqui- red practice shewed the conveniency of altering the sys- tem followed, a tax was created on the official value of the goods, a basis which appeared more just than that of the amount of the import duties, or of the weight or capacity of the packages, formerly adopted. Ware-house rent, now, in all the custom houses and revenue boards, is collected for the first six months at the rate of 0.3% per month on the value of the goods stored, the tax being increased every six months till it reaches 1%, with the exception of home made rum, and the cargoes of vessels in distress. The budget law of 1875 — 76 exempted some produce from the export duties, and reduced to 7% those on — 413 — sugar, cotton, and wool, and to 5% those on other pro- duce, with the exception of coffee, tobacco and its de- rivatives, hides, India rubber, cocoa, herva-mate, rum, piassava, timber, diamonds, gold dust or bars, bar silver, Brazil nuts, tallow, grease, and horse-hair, which cantinue j> to pay the former duties. Brazil wood was put on the ) same footing as any other wood. ( Government is also authorized to exempt from duties < those articles which may not have paid, within the last j three years, an average dnty of 10:000$000 per annum over the whole Empire. The budget law for the financial year 187G — 77, also j authorized government, from now : 1st. To double the ware-house rent on estiva goods, ) and on those which are stored in private entrepots. 2nd. To revise the custom house tariffs, reducing, in i the frontier provinces, the import duties on cotton cloths, l and on those articles which can be smuggled. 3rd. To abolish anchorage and dock dues, substitu- ting them by light house dues, not to exceed 50$000 a year on each vessel, however numerous the voyages it may make. 4th. To raise, up to 6% more, the tax of 40% which ; substituted the additional percentages. It is therefore to be supposed, that the alterations in ware-house rent, and the anchorage and dock dues, will be put in force on the 1st. of January next, to the ad- vantage of commerce and agriculture. The principal products which maintain the foreign ma- ritime trade are the following : 414 COFFEE This product alone represents, in the last three quin- quenniums of 1859 — 1874, nearly one half of the total value of the exports. I Its culture extends from the province of Amazonas to < that of S. Paulo, and from the sea-board to the extreme west of Mato Grosso, therefore the area of soil suited ) for its culture exceeds 3.000.000 square kilometres. As both climate and soil are well adapted, its culture rapidly increased in Brazil, though at first little care ] was taken in its preparation, whence arose the discre- / dit with which it was branded in European markets. Within the last fifteen years, however, the quality of | the coffee improved so considerably, owing to the introduc- \ tion of machinery and improved processes, that for a j long time, more than one half of the coffee of Brazil, is l being consumed in Europe, under the name of Java, Ceylon, Martinique, S. Domingos, and Moca. ? The international juries of the Paris exhibition of ; 1867, gave witness of this truth, conferring a gold me- < dal for Brazilian coffee, a distinction which no other | coffee obtained ; and those of the Vienna exhibition by granting it a diploma of honor, the highest prize given. The production of coffee increases in Brazil, whilst in India, Central America, S. Domingos and other coun- { tries, it is either stationary or increasing very little. The following table, which embraces thirty five years, shews this increase — 415 — Average exportation of coffee in the years 1839 to 1844, and 1869 to 1874 QUINQUENNIUMS 1839 to 1844. 1869 to 1874. AVERAGE Quantities Values Kilogrs 83.687:846 165.114:223 Reis 18.271:000$ 91,098:000$ ) Increase in the 35 years. . 81.426:377 72.827:000$ In the period under comparison, it will be seen that ;! the exports of coffee increased considerably in quantity, / at the average annual rate of 2.86%, and in value at that of 11.72%, the progress in value is therefore greater l that the increase in quantity. If however, the biennial averages of the last four years, ( from 1870-71 to 1873-74, or the avei’age exports of coffee l in the financial years of 1870-72, be compared with those ' of 1872-74, it will be seen that the exports increased, in s the last few years, at a greater ratio than they did during ? the thirty five years. The following table demonstrates 1 this fact. QUANTITIES VALUE BIENNIUMS 1870 to 1872. . 1872 to 1874. Increase Kilogrs 131,405:379 188,079:068 Reis 76,419:000$ 112,729:000$ . . . 56,673:689 36,310:000$ This increase corresponds to the mean annual progress of the last four years, at the mean rates of, 14,37% as to quantity, and 15,83% as to value ; the exports, the- refore, during these last years, increased faster, than the rate shewn in the other table, being at the rate of 11,51% as to quantity, and 4,11% as to value. The production of coffee in Brazil is estimated at 260,000:000 kilograms, the home consumption being sup- posed equal to one fifth of this quantity. The number of coffee trees existing in Brazil is by com- petent persons, estimated at 600,000:000, which occupy ( an area of about 650,000 hectares. The provinces which export the largest quantities of coffee are : Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo, Minas Geraes, and ) ’ • ’ Espirito Santo, then Bahia, and Ceara, The provinces of Pernambuco, Santa Catharina and Para, produce enough for the home consumption, and some times ! export an excess. It is the chief culture of the the three first named pro- vinces, where collossal fortunes have been made, as large at least as can be gained in the richest diamond or gold mines. COTTON This plant has always been cultivated in the Empire, principally in the northern provinces, but, up to a certain time, only on a limited scale, because the prices of the consuming markets, did not pay the expenses of its culture and conveyance. The high prices occasioned by the United States war, as also the construction of some railroads, encoraged planters, and its culture increased rapidly, even in the southern provinces. The following table shews the increase in the exports : — 417 — Average exports of cotton in 1 839 to 1869 to 1874 1844, and in AVERAGE QUINQENNIUMS Quantities Values 1839 to 1844 1869 to 1874 Increase in the 35 years. Kilogrs 10,374:792 54,435:836 44,061:044 Reis 3,646:000$000 33,013:000$000 29,367:000$000 The increase, in the period of thirty five years, was therefore, with reference to the quantity exported 12,49 % a ’year, and as to value 23,68 % this, therefore, being greater than that. It is well to mention, that the culture of cotton in no way injured that of coffee, sugar cane, and other pro- ducts of the country, a fact which "can be explained by the economical forces being better applied. Nearly all the territory of Brazil is adapted for the culture of cotton ; for not only does it grow exhuberantly in Maranhao and Pernambuco, but thrives and fructifies in the open lands of Sorocaba, and other places of the province of S. Paulo. SUGAR The sugar cane, cultivated in Brazil since the re- motest times, was its chief product until the intro- duction of the coffee tree, which drew from it a great nnmber of laborers. Latterly however the prodution of sugar has in- 53 creased, as will be seen by the following comparative table : Average exports of Sugar in the years 4 839 to 4 844 and 4 869 to 4 874 QUINQUENNIUMS 1839 to 1844. . . . 1869 to 1874. . . . AVERAGE Quantities Value Kilogrs Reis 82.169:922 10.293:000$000 153,285:533 24.106:000$000 Increase in 35 years . . 71.115:611 13.813:000$000 The exports of sugar, therefore, in the last thirty five years, shew a constant average annual increase of 2.51 % as to quantity, and of 3.94 % as to price, this being greater than that. Although, owing to causes explained in the article on Agriculture, Brazilian sugar cannot compete in price with that of some other countries, nevertheless, it may be presumed, that this relative inferiority will disappear when the number of mills shall have increased, some of which already exist with the soil in a high state of cultivation, and which use improved machinery, and processes in in the manufacture of sugar. The prizes obtained in different international exhibitions, and specially in the last, by Brazilian exhibitors of more than one province, clearly prove this. DRY AND SALTED HIDES Although stock-breeding may be extensively carried on all over the Empire, as has been already said, never- theless this industry has only been largely developed — 419 — in the provinces of Piauhy, CearA, Rio Grande do Norte, Parahyba, Bahia, S. Paulo, ParanA, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, Minas Geraes, Goyaz and Mato Grosso. It is estimated that there are at present in the Em- pire 20,000:000 head of horned cattle, which represent a capital of 200.000:000$000. The increase in the products of this industry, in the thirty five years taken for comparison, is seen in the following table : Average exports of hides in the years 1839 to 1844 and 1869 to 1874 AVERAGE Quantities Value QUINQUENNIUMS 1839 to 1844. 1869 to 1874. kilogrs 12.500.413 27.932.442 Reis 3.482:000$000 12.689:000$000 Increase in 35 years . . 15.432.029 9.207:000$000 Notwithstanding the large consumption in Brazil, the exports of this product have sensibly increased, at the mean annual rate of 3.63%, as to quantity, and of 7.77%, as to price. INDIA RUBBER This product, whose different applications to indus- tries are daily augmenting, comes mostly from the pro- vinces of ParA and Amazonas, where the Siphonia elas- tica, from which it is extracted, grows spontaneously and profusely, from the sea-board to the distance of3.300 kilometres inland. The price of India rubber will probably fall, when the regular culture, already commenced, of this article becomes developed ; but, even so, the price will be re- munerative, as the Brazilian rubber is the best known. The following table shews the average quantity and value of the exports in the quinquenniums of 1839—1844 and 1869—1874. Average exports of rubber in 1839 to •8 844, ami 1869 to QUINQUENNIUMS 1839 to 1844. . . . , . 1869 to 1874 Increase in 35 years . . The exports, as is seen, have increased considerably, at the mean annual rate of 38.98 % as to quantity, and of 141.59 % as to value, the latter therefore, much in excess of former. TOBACCO The soil of Brazil is perfectly adapted for the cul- ture of tobacco, the production of which has increased, principally, in the provinces of Bahia, Minas Geraes, S. Paulo, Pard, and in some places of the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and Rio de Janeiro. The increase is shewn by the following table : 1814 AVERAGE Quantities Values kilogrs Reis 391.605 210:000$000 5.582.799 10.320:000$000 5.191.194 10.110:000$000 — 421 — Average exports of tobacco in S839 to 1844 and 186 to 1894 AVERAGE Quantities Value QUINQUENNIUMS 1839 to 1844. 1869 to 1874. kilogrs 4.305.956 14.975.404 Reis 751:000$000 6.540:000$000 Increase in 35 years . . 10.669.448 5.789:000$000 The increase in the exports of tobacco, was therefore at the mean annual rate of 7.28 %, as to quantity, and of 22.67 %, as to value. Greater care is now taken, in Brazil, in the culture and in the preparation of tobacco ; and it is to be hoped, that in a few years, this product will be in a position to compete with the best of other coun- tries. To obtain this result, nothing more is required than the more general employment of the processes adopted in some provinces, the exhibitors of whose products obtained prizes at the Vienna exhibition. HERVA-MATE This product, as an article of exportation, belongs ex- clusively to the southern provinces, S. Paulo, Parana, Santa Catharina, and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, to which, in the last financial year, the greatest contributors were; the last with 1,055:160 kilograms, of the value of 236:688$000 ; and the second with 12,359:640 of the value of 2,156:118$000. — 422 — The v. ild production is, as yet, generally gathered, attempt, however, are being made to extend its culture, commenced in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Su1. From the success of these attempts a large production will result, and consequently great advantage to the Empire, owing to the therapeutic and alimentary use of Mate, of which there are in Brazil, and principally in the province of Parand, different species, which contain, in an equal weight, the same principles as tea, and in a larger quantity than coffee. Despite this, however, lierva mate is almost unknown in Europe, it being exported only to the South American Republics, and to some provinces of Brazil. In the last thirty five years, the exports of this product increased in quantity and value, as will be seen by the fol- lowing table : Average exports of lierva-niate iu 1839 to 1844, and 1869 to 1874 AVERAGE QUINQUENNIUMS. 1839 to 1844 . . . 1869 to 1874 . . . Quantities. Kilogrs. 2,486:971 15,717:503 Value. Reis. 384:000$000 3,595:000$000 Increase in 35 years. . 13,230:532 3,311:000$000 The exports therefore increased at the mean annual rate of 15,64 % as to quantity, and of 34,28 %, as to value. COCOA hTev alley of the Amazon, and that of the Tocantins pro- duce the greater part of the cocoa exported. Its culture, however, is gaining ground in the provinces of Bahia and Ceara. — 423 — It grows abundantly and spontaneously in the Amazo- nian forests, but it is extensively cultivated in the province of Pard. The exports, in the years 1839 — 1874, were as follows: Average exports of cocoa in 1839 to 1844, and 1869 to 1814 AVERAGE Quantities. Value. QUINQUENNIUMS, Kilogrs. Reis. 1839 to 1844 .... 2,540:321 413:000$000 1869 to 1874 . . . . 4,578:143 2, 195:000$000 Increase in 35 years . . 2,037:822 1,782:000$0*00 The great increase realized in the exportation of this product, was 2.35 % with relation to quantity,- and 12,69 % as to value ; consequently more in favor of the latter. Cocoa, which is the product that, after India rubber, leaves the largest profits to the agriculturist, thrives well on all the territory between the province of Amazonas and that of Rio de Janeiro. From 1,000 trees, 617 to 764 kilo- grams are commonly gathered ; the trees last 60 or 70 years, and the cultivation of this number of trees requires only one laborer, who from each crop will make about 500$000 net. Besides the nut from which chocolate, butter, and medi- cinal oils are made, the rind abounds in potash which ma- kes soap superior to Spanish, and from the pulp, rum [and refreshing drinks are prepared. It has moreover been ascertained, that if the trees be planted at convenient distances one from the other, after they have attained a certain growth, coffee may be planted in the invervals, the cocoa tree serving as a shelter against the rays of the sun. RUM Although the price of this product has risen considera- bly, the exports have increased but little ; the heaviest ex- ports having been in the quinquennium of 1854 — 1859, in which the mean rose to 7,227.859 litres of the value of 1,087:600$000; thenceforward they commenced to decrease, owing to planters of sugar cane, giving the preference to the manufacture of sugar. If the average of the quinquennium of 1839 — 1844, be compared with the quinquennium 1869 — 1874 it will be seen that the exports increased both in quantity and in value, as is shewn by the following table : Average exports of Kuin in 18!19 to 1844, and 1869 to 1894 The increase, therefore, was at the mean annual rate of 0,14 %as to quantity, and of 2,43 % as to price, this being the larger. As soon as the alimentary qualities of this product, be- AVERAGE Quantities. Value. QUINQUENNIUMS 1839 to 1844. . 1869 to 1844. . Kilogrs. 5,503,050 5,769:079 487:000$000 890:000$000 Rdis. Increase in 35 years 266.029 403:000$000 MANIOC FARINA — 425 — come better known to foreign nations, its consumption and exportation will doubtless increase. The followiug table shews the progress of the exports during the last thisty five years. Average experts of farina in 4 839 to 4 844, and 4 869 to 4 874 AVERAGE. The exports, therefore, increased as to quantity, * at the mean annual rate of 10,71 %, and as to value 6,68%. ROSE-WOOD This wood, much esteemed by cahinet makers, exists in great abundance in the forests of Pernambuco, Alagoas, Bahia, Espirito Santo, Rio de Janeiro, and Minas Geraes, which exports large quantities by the Mucury, and the through ports of Bahia. The following table shews the great increase in the ex- ports of the last thirty years. Average exports of Rose-wood in 4 839 to 4 844, and 4 869 to 4 874 AVERAGE Quantities Value QUINQUENNICMS 1839 to 1844 1869 to 1874 Increase in the 25 years Quantities. Value. QUINQUENNIUMS — / Kilogrs. Rdis. 1839 to 1844. . . . 1,821:276 207:000$000 1864 to 1874 . . . . 8,453:453 710:000$000 \ Increase in 35 years. . 6,632:177 493:000$000 Kilogrs R4is 564.872 108:000$000 4.740.621 1.051:000$000 4.175.749 943:000$000 54 — 426 — There was, therefore, an increase in the exports of 21,74 % as to the quantity, and of 25,68 % as to value ; this being, consequently, greater. HORSE-HAIR AND WOOL The greater part of the products of this industry belongs to the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. The ex- ports and commercial value of these products have in- creased considerably, as will be seen by the following table of quinquennial means : Average exports of horse-hair and wool in 1830 to 1844, and 1860 to 1874 AVERAGE Quantities Value QUINQUENNIUMS Kilogrs Reis 1839 to 1844 231.591 63:800$000 1869 to 1874 1.469.015 990:000$000 Increase in 35 years 1.237.424 926:200$000 The increase in the exports of these products, was there- fore at the mean annual rate of 15, 71% as regards quan- tity, andef 42,69 % as regards value, the difference being in favor of the latter. GOLD The exports of this productive industry, have decreased, \ owing, doubtless, to the discovery of more abundant — 427 — mines, in other countries ; this is best seen by the following table : Average exports Of gold in 1 839 to 4 844, and 1 869 to 1 894 AVERAGE Quantities Value QUINQUENNIUMS — — Grams Reis 1839 to 1844 1,131.962 861:300$000 1869 to 1874 732.254 739:700$000 Decrease . 399.708 121:600$000 From this comparison it will be seen that the exports of gold dust and bars, have decreased in quantity, and in va- lue, at the mean annual rate of 1,03 % as regards quantity, and of 0,41 % as to value. DIAMONDS Notwithstanding the discovery of abundant mines of this precious mineral, in other countries, the exports have increased with regard both to quantity, and, principally, as to value, this last fact being explained by the quality of the Brazilian brilliant. The following table shews, the in- crease : Average exports of diamonds in 4 839 to 4 844, and 4 869 to 4 874 AVERAGE Quantities Value QUINQUENNIUMS — — Grams Reis 2.275 186:800$000 15.677 1.843:400$000 1839 to 1844 1869 to 1864 Increase . . 13.402 1.656:600$000 — 428 — ;> The exports of diamonds increased in quantity, and in • value; in quantity at the rate of 17.32 % per annun, and j in value at 26.08 %. j UNCLASSIFIED PRODUCTS The different unclassified products of the Empire, have ; increased proportionally, as regards the value of the exports as will be seen by the following table Sundry products exported in 9 832) to 1844, and 1869 to 1874 ] < QUINQUENNIUMS : 1839 to 1874 1869 to 1874 AVERAGE VALUE 1.943:600$000 2.373:400$000 ) Increase in 35 years 429:800$000 The increase has therefore, been at the annual mean rate of 0.65 %. The following table shews the mean annual rate, at which the exports of the Empire increased, in quantity, and in value, in the thirty five financial years from 1839 — 40 to 1873-74. PERCENTAGE PRODUCTS Quantities Value ^ Coffee . . . . 2,86 11,72 ) Cotton . . . . 12,49 23,68 } Sugar . . . . 2,54 3,94 ] Hides . . . . 3,63 7,77 \ India rubber . . . . 38,98 141,59 \ Tobacco . . . . 7,28 22,67 c Herva mate . . . . 15,64 34,28 } Cacoa . . . . 2,35 12,69 > Rum . . . . 0,14 2,43 [ Manioc farina . . . . 10,71 6,68 — 429 — Rose-wood .... 21,74 25,68 Horse hair & wool . . . . 15,71 42,69 Gold .... —1,03 0,41 Diamonds .... 17,32 26,08 Sundry | products 0,65 SUMMARY Imports Mean annual increase 5,44 Exports Mean annual increase 10,65 If however instead of comparing the mean exports to foreign countries of the chief national products in the quinquenniums of 1839-1844 and 1869-1874, the compari- son be made between the first and last financial years of 1839-40 and 1873-74, the results will be those shewn in the following tables : the first shewing the quantity of products exported, and the other the value of these products, both shewing the annual rates of the differences. 430 — Comparative table shewing the quantity of the principal pro- ducts exported in the financial years 1839 — 40 and 1813-14. UNITS QUANTITIES EXPORTED IN DIFFERENCES 1839—40 1873—74 BY UI Increase UTS Decrease YEAF PERCI More VLY :nt. Less Lit. . 6.036.697 3.309.775 2.727.422 1.32 Kil.. 10.260.394 54.474.293 44.213.899 12.67 » 81.452.317 154.815.149 73.362.832 2.64 )) 2.958.360 3.985.120 1.026.760 1.02 » 83.037.374 166.385.484 83.348.110 2.95 » 166.344 1.403.946 1.237.602 21.88 » 8 862.517 21.658.372 12.795.855 4.24 » 1.088.790 1.124.240 35.450 0.09 )) 4.350.714 13.905.122 9.554.408 6. 45 )) 417.862 6.736.520 6.318.658 44.47 2.549.303 13.436.308 10.887.005 12.56 )) 840.100 3.698.325 2.858.225 10.00 Gr. 978.454 954.297 24.157 0.07 6.46 Rum . . Cotton . Sugar. Cocoa. Coffee. Horse hair & wool. . Hides Farina Tabaco India rub- ber Herva mate Rosewood. . Gold & dia- monds Final diffe- rence It is seen by this table that the quantities of the products exported increased, at different rates, which on comparison, shew the mean annual increase of 6.46 % in the period of thirty five years. Comparative table shewing the value of the principal products exported in the financial years 1 839 — 40 and 1873 — 74 PRODUCTS VALUES EXPORTED IN DIFFERENCE 1839—1840 1873— 1874^ OF VAL Increase 0E Decrease ANNO PERCEN More AL rAGE Less Rum 629.7758 472.9248 156.851 8 0.73 Cotton 3.984.4258 23.631.5228 19.647.0978 14.50 Sugar 10.887.4448 17.758.5578 6.871.1138 1.85 flor.fia 40.2748 758.2008 717.9268 52.42 Coffee 20.176.3638 110.172.5358 89.996.17 28 13. 11 Horse hair and wool.. 23.352 8 797.9348 774.5828 97.55 Hides 3.017. 8978 11.220.0978 8.202.2008 7.99 Farina 137.4088 1.898.5248 1.761.1168 37.69 Tobacco 657.7 48 5.372.2428 4.714.6688 21.08 India rubber 257.598 10.631.8298 10.374.4708 118.51 Herva mate. 226.7788 2.329.7128 2.102.9348 27.27 Rose-wood. . 685.2008 1.424.0808 738.8808 3.17 Gold and dia- monds 834.3498 2.000.003S 1.165.6548 4.10 41.558.2988 188.468.1598 147.066.8128 156.8518 10.40 Sundry pro- ducts 1.265.7228 1.230.0058 35.6978 0.08 Final diffe- rence 42.824.0208 189.698.1648 147.066.8128 192.548 8 10.10 From this demonstration it will be seen, that the fi- nancial year 1839 — 40, compared with 1873 — 74, shews but a small difference, from the quinquennial means before adopted in preference, as being less variable. That a more exact idea may be formed of the maritime commerce of each province, the following table is given, shewing the mean annual official value of the foreign imports and exports, as well as the coasting trade, in the last quinquennium of 1869 to 1874. PROVINCES MEAN OFFI Imports DIAL VALUE Exports SUMS Rio de Janeiro 109.362.000S 106.736.0000 216.098.0000 Pernambuco 38. 197.0000 34.060.0000 72.257.0000 Bahia 28.149.0000 25.434.0000 53.583.0003 S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul 16.831.0000 21.151.0000 37.982.0000 Para 12.962.0000 16.936.0000 29.898.0000 Maranhao 6.067.0000 5.929.0000 11.996.0000 S. Paulo 12.252.0000 22.597.0000 34.849.0000 Parahyba 1.297. 0000 3.560.0000 4.857.000 0 Ceara 4.361.0000 6.113.000 0 10.474.0000 Alagoas 5.225.0000 9.165.0000 14.390. COO 0 Sergipe 3.014.0000 3.508.0000 6.522.0000 Parana 4.384.0000 4.109.0000 8. 493.0000 Santa Catharina 1.435.0000 1.086.0000 2.521.OOO0 Rio Grande do Norte 2.293.000 0 1.996.0000 4.289.OOO0 Espirito Santo 1.221.0000 1.080.0000 2.301.0000 Piauhy 1.408.0000 1.058.0000 2.466.0000 Amazonas 2.208.0000 1.979.0000 4.187.0000 Mato Grosso 674.0000 92.0000 766.0000 Somma 25l.34O.OOO0 266.589.0000 517.929.0000 This includes re-exports and goods in transit, and it must be borne in mind, that the sums of the imports comprise : Value of foreign imports. 155, 126:000$000 Value of imports coast- wise 93,585:000$000 Value of goods in transit. 17,878:000$000 266,589:000$ In the exports, the values of goods in transit, and of the coasting trade, are included, therefore the direct ex- ports amount to 192. 152:000$000. EXCHANGES In accordance with the statutes approved by govern- ment, the commercial body of the city of Rio de Ja- neiro, who constitute the Commercial Association*, elect every two years a board of directors, composed of fifteen members of different nationalities, whose duty is to de- liberate on affairs of general interest to commerce, and to present to the powers of the State, and to the autho- rities, any convenient representation either initiated by themselves, or as intermediate representatives of mer- chants. The board of directors, called the committee of the ex- change, elected for the years 1874 and 1875, is com- posed of three Brazilians, two Portuguese, two English- men, two Frenchmen, two Germans, two Spaniards, two North Americans, and one Argentine. One of the members of the board is, by the others, elected president, as is also a committee of three mem- bers, who serve as arbitrators in the commercial or in- dustrial questions, which may arise, and which may be referred to them. The expenses of the building in which the exchange is established are defrayed by the subscribers and part- ners, who have free ingress, and enjoy other rights. Their number at present is 954. In 1874, the exchange pos- 55 434 sessed a capital of 75.542$967; the receipts of that year were 42:369$964 and the expenses 43:240$480. The association allows pensions to fifteen widows of deceased partuers in bad circumstances, with which it spends 7.400$000 yearly. The commercial body having racognized that the exis- ting building was too small, resolved on erecting ano- ther one, on the same site, with better accommodation ; to this end a subscription was set on foot among the merchants. The new building is designed according to architectonic rules, and will be one of the most impor- tant in the Empire. In this palace the commercial association intends, by means of a contract with government, to prepare hou- ses for banking and other companies, and also for the general Post Office, and the Sinking-fund Department, now established at one side of the exchange, and which, owing to their intimate relations with commerce, should \ be preserved in a central position. When this plan is finished, one third of the palace will be at the disposal of government, the other two being occupied by the exchange, and commercial offices. The new building, whose construction is being rapidly pushed, will cover an area of 4,554 square metres, in a space limited by four commercial streets, with thirty one houses which have been expropriated. Similar committees exist in the exchanges of the capi- tals of the provinces of Parh, Maranhao, Ceari, Per- nambuco, Parahyba do Norte, Alagoas, Bahia, Santa Ca- tharina, Pelotas, Porto Alegre, and Rio Grande do Sul, organized with the same object, but with differences in : the number of the members. BANKING ESTABLISHMENTS IN THE CAPITAL OF THE EMPIRE Bank of brazil. — This bank of deposits and circulation established in 1853, with a capital of 30,000:000$000, in 150,000 shares of 200$000 each, through the desistance of the Commercial and Agricultural Bank, and of the Rural and Mortgage Bank, acquired the exclusive right of issuing notes payable to bearer, and on that account raised its capital to 33,000: 000$000, and the number of shares to 165,000. The right of issue being withdrawn from this bank in 1866, the law bound it, in the following year, to cancel its notes within 26 years, at the rate of 5% a year, and also to create a mortgage branch, with a view of assist ing agriculture, and, with this object, gave it a new or- ganization. Of its branch banks, the only one existing is that of S. Paulo ; the others have liquidated. In 1873, the charter of the bank was prorogued to the 31st of December 1.900, the annual sinking fund for notes issued was reduced to 2 1/2%, and the capital of the mortgage branch raised to 25,000:000$000, the bank binding itself to increase that sum, by the amount re- covered of doubtful debts of the same branch, and to — 436 — lend within a certain time, all that capital to agri- cultural landed proprietors of different provinces of the Empire, at 6% interest per annum, and 5% sinking fund, payable at the end of every six months. On the 31st of December 1874, the assistance affor- ded agriculture by this means, amounted to 25,057: 178$123. On the last day of February of the present year their notes in circulation had decreased to 30.780:000$000. Rural & mortgage bank. This bank was established for lending money on mortgages on urban and rural lan- ded property ; its primitive capital was 8:000:000$000, but it was doubled, when, in 1858, it became a bank of circulation, having however , as already said, desis- ted from this right in favor of the Bank of Brazil. It then again became a bank of deposits and discounts ; all the capital has been called. The board also administers a life insurance company named Protectora das Familias. Commercial bank of rio de Janeiro. — It was esta- blished for deposits and discounts, in 1866, with a ca- pital of 14,000:000$000, in 200$000 shares, of which one half has been issued, and calls made to the amount of 2,066:400$000. It has recently petitioned to be also considered a mortgage bank. National bank. This bank, like the preceding, is one of deposits and discounts; it commenced operations, in 1871, with a capital of 10,000:000$000, in 50,000 shares all issued. The capital realized is 2,000:000$000. Recently, in virtue of the commercial crisis, it was forced to suspended payments, having obtained three years to liquidate and pay in full. Industrial mercantile bank — Incorporated 1872 with a capital of 20,000:000$000, in shares which are to be \ issued in two series of 50.000 each. Of the first series the calls made amount to 5,000:000$. 5 This bank also intends operating as a mortgage bank. ) Bank of commerce. The incorporation of this bank \ was authorized in 1874 ; its chief end is to assist and develop trade with the interior of the country. The capital is 12,000:000$000, in 60,000 share of 200$000 to be issued in two series of 30.000 each. The period of s its duration is thirty years, which can be spaced, if the shareholders wish it. i1 Auxiliary economical association. The statutes were authorized in 1872; 740:000$000 have been called on account of the nominal capital, 2.000:000$000 ; of the shares of 100$, only 7,400 have been issued. English bank of rio de Janeiro. - This establishment was at first called the London & Portuguese Bank ; it / has branches in the cities of Santos, and Recife ; its capital is £ 1.000:000. in 50.000 shares, half the ca- pital having been paid up. New London and Brazilian bank. Commenced operations in 1862, under the name of London & Braziliam Bank, as a deposit and discount establishment, with a nominal ca- ' pital of £ 1.000:000, raised in 1863 to £ 1.500:000, di- vided into£ 100 shares; 4.000:000$000 of the capital have been realized. It has been authorized to open branches in Para, Bahia, Pernambuco, and Rio de Grande do Sul, < but as yet only the two latter are in operation. Deutsch brazilianische bank. — Established in Sep- tember 1873 as a bank of deposits and discounts. The calls made amount to 4.752:475$000. It stopped payment and obtained three years to pay in full. Predial bank. Established since 1871, for the purpose ] — 438 — of promoting the acquisition and construction of houses, by advancing the necessary amounts on mortgage, this bank, in 1873, obtained permission to enter into other mortgage operations. Of the capital of 4.000:000$ in 10,000 shares, one half has been called. Territorial credit bank. — Incorporated with a ca- pital of 20,000:000$000 in 200$000 shares, with the object of credit operations. Mortgage bank. — The incorporation of this bank was authorized with the same capital, and for the same ob- jects, as the preceding. Maua & C°. Bank. — Established in 1863, by a com- mandite society, in which the sleeping partners are only responsible for the amount of their engagements, with a capital of 20,000:000$000, of which 10,000:000$000 have been called. It has seven branches in Brazil, one in London and six in the River Plate ; it discounts and does other banking operations between Rio de Janeiro, and several European and South American cities. In consequence of the commercial crisis, this bank stop- ped payment, and obtained three years to pay in full. Savings Bank, and Lombard House. — These establish- ments were created by government in 1861. The first re- ceives in deposit under the government guarantee, small sums, up to 50$000 a week, and not to exceed in the aggregate 4:0G0$000, at 6 % interest per annum, which however is not allowed on sums exceeding that amount. Compound interest is added every six months, even if not exacted by the depositors, and both capital and in- terest may be withdrawn with eight days notice. The Lombard house lends money on pledges of valua- ble objects. It receives a moderate interest at the enp — 439 — of the time for which the loan is made, which is sti- pulated by the pledger, who can renew the transaction on payment of the interest due. It is only at the end of the second contract that the objects are sold by auc- tion, for the reimbursement of the establishment, in which the balance remains to be delivered to the owner within five years, at the and of which, he loses his right. Establishments of the same kind, were last year crea- ted in the provinces, and some are already in operations. / Popular Fluminense. — Establishd in 1871, as a branch of the Popular Argentine of Buenos Ayres, but seperated i from it in 1872, after acquiring the concession granted to ■ that mutual beneficent society. ( Brazil Perseverance. — Commenced operations but a j short time since, with the object of facilitating to per- sons of all classes of society, the accumulation of capital and future profits. IN THE PROVINCES Those of Bahia and Maranhao are the only banks ef cir- culation, at present existing in the provinces. Both continue annually to retract the circulation of their notes. Bahia Bank. — Has called in 4,000:000$000 or 50 % of its capital ; the value of its notes in circulation was last year 1.356:375$000, and the balance in cash 575,97 1$613. To guarantee the issue, they have in de- posit 1,836 apolices (bonds) of the public debt, and an equal amount in bills receivable. Mercantile Bank of Bahia. — Commenced in 1859, un- der the denomination of Caixa de Reserva Mercantil \ (Mercantile Reserve Bank), which in 1872 was changed \ \ to its present name. The capital, 4.000:000$000, has all been called ; it is \ ( represented by 40,000 shares, Commercial Bank of Bahia. — In operations since 1856, \ | with a capital of 2,000:000$000 in shares of 100$00 ). Bahia Bank of Savings. — According to the statutes, ■ | approved in 1860, the capital cannot exceed 30, 000:000$000 ] | in 1$000 shares. j Bahia Savings Bank. — With an authorized capital of < / 6,000:000$000, in 3$000 shares, of which 4,232:442$000 \ had been realized up to May 1873 ; the shareholders may ) ; draw at any time up to 50$000 without previous notice. ( Commercial Association of Bahia. Established in \ 1848 with a nominal capital of 8,000:000$000, in ) 100$000, and a real one of 6,000:000$000. Mortgage Bank of Bahia : — Formerly named Caixa Uniao Commercial (Commercial Union Bank) ; of the ca- ( capital of 1,200:000$000, in 100$000 shares, 938:000$000 ; ; have been called. Commercial Bank of Alagoas. The operations of this ' bank consist in loans, deposits and discounts. Established since 1861, with a nominal capital of 500:000$000, in , 100$000, of which 375:000$000 have been realized. Commercial Bank of Pernambuco. — Incorporated in 1872, in the capital of the province of Pernambuco, with a capital of 6.000:000$000, in 30,000 shares of 200$000. Its operations are deposits and discounts, and 1.800:000$ of the capital have been called. Its duration is to be of 20 years. Maranhao Bank. — Commenced in 1857, with a capi- tal of 1.000:000$, in 10,000 shares and the right to issue notes payable to the bearer, of these the bank is bound to withdraw 6% per annum, until able to pay its notes in gold. In 1871 its capital was raised to 3.000:000$, one third being set apart for mortgage operations, of the 30,000 shares into which the capital is divided, 13,100 have been issued. Commercial Bank of Maranhao. —Of the 20,000 shares of 100$ each, into which the capital is divided, 15,560 have been issued and their nominal value realized. It is in existence since 1869 as a bank of loans, deposits and discounts. Commercial Bank of Para’. — Incorporated in 1869, with a called up capital of 1.000:000$, in 100$ shares. It is a deposit and discount bank. Bank of Campos. — It was authorized in 1863, and called 898:780$ of its capital of 1.000:000$, in shares ef 200$, all issued. In 1873 its duration was prorogued for 10 years more. Commercial & Mortgage BANk of Campos. — Its exis- tence dates from 1872 ; of its nominal capital of 1.000:000$, divided into shares of 200$, 269:600$ are realized. Mercantile Bank of Santos. — Was created in 1872, with a capital of 4.000:000$ in 200$ shares, issued in two series. For account of the first series, of 10,000 issued, calls have been made amounting to 500:000$000. Agricultural Commercial Bank of Campinas. — Of deposits and discounts. Incorporated in 1872, with a ca- pital of 2,000:000$, represented by 200$ shares. Rio Grandense Bank. — Was authorized in 1874, to commence operations in deposits, discounts, loans, and mortgages, in the city of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do 56 Sul, with a capital of 1.000:000$, in 5,000 shares of 200$ each, with the faculty of raising the capital to 2.000:000$000. Its duration is 20 years. Rio Grande do Sul Bank. — Established in 1857 as a bank of issue, it renounced this right, and is a bank of discounts and deposits. The capital is 1.000:000$ of which only 600:000$000 are realized. In 1874 the period of its duration was prorogued for thirty years more, and its capital raised to 5.000:000$, in 25.000 shares of 200$000 each. Confidence of Rio Grande do Sul Bank. — Its opera- tions in deposits and discounts commenced in the mid- dle of the year 1869, with a capital of 1.500:000$, in 7,500 shares. There are also, a small commercial bank in Santos, and another in Campos, both established in 1857. LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES The number of companies of this nature increases daily, and of the various objects which they have in view, those incorporated for carrying out railroads are the most im- portant, owing to the capital they represent. Up to the 1st of May of the present year, 127 railway companies were authorized ; of these 25 for general, or trunk railroads, and 102 for provincial, the nominal capi- tal of which amounts to 307,486:977$776. Os these companies, 25 are definitively organized, and the respective roads built, or building, of these 5 are general and 20 are provincial lines ; the former with a capital of 7G,21G:977$776, and the latter with that of 61,440:000$000, or both together 137,656:977$77G, the greater part rea- lized. The operations of marine, fire, life, inheritance, military and naval conscription, bankrupcy, and other insurance operations, are realized in Rio de Janeiro by fourteen com- panies, some of which are mutual ; and by six agencies of fo- reign companies which obtained premission from government to do business in this, and in other cities of the Empire. The nominal capital of these companies is 100:000:0000$. and according to recent balances published, the reserve funds of 11 amounted to near 1,274:000$000. — 444 — There are also in the same city, 15 tram-way, 7 Steam navigation, 8 gas, 1 market, and 2 turnpike road, companies, representing together a nominal capital of 82,91 1:400$000 of which the sum of 79,429:560$000 has been called. There are besides, 27 other companies for different objects, with the nominal capital of 67,793:200$000 on which the sum of 52,599:200$000 has been called. The above mentioned companies represent a capital of 458, 191 :577$776, a great part ofwhich has been realized. Many other industrial and mercantile, limited liability companies exis in the capital of the Empire, and in the provinces. Some, with the head offices in Rio de Janeiro, have un- dertaken important works out of the Empire, such as the Brussels and Montevideo tramways; or in the provinces, such as the Sorocaba railway, and the tram-ways of San- tos, and of the capitals of the provinces of Maranhao, Cearh, Bahia, Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and others. Besides the companies above referred to, there are 12 banks, of which two are English aud one German, with a capital of near 130,000:000$000, of which mention was made in in other place. CHARITABLE ESTABLISHMENTS The most important establishment of charity in the Empire is the Rio de Janeiro hospital ( Santa Casa da Misericordia do Rio de Janeiro), founded before the year 1545, as is seen by the royal order, kept in its archives, signed by the hand of King Philip of Castille, on the 8th of October 1605, granting it all the privileges enjoyed by the Misericordia of Lisbon, « as already sixty year since, says the order, it had a hospital, where the sick were cured, giving alms, marrying orphan girls, and distributing rations on Satur- days, according to the means of the land. » It may confidently be affirmed that its General Hospital and and its Lunatic Asylum, are not surpassed by others in the principal cities of the world. In the first, 14,512 persons were treated, in the year 1874 — 1875, of whom 9,617 were foreigners of all nations and religions. Of these 11,025 were cured, 7,768 being foreigners; 2,417 died, and 1,070 remained under treatment. If those who died within twenty four hours after entering be deducted, the mortality was 14%, that is 4,5 % less than in the year 1872. In these numbers are included those attacked with the yellow fever, which appeared in that year. The best order and the most perfect cleanliness are obser- ved in the hospital, and the sick are treated with great care and kindness. The same is the case in the Hospicio de Don Pedro II, destined exclusively for those who suffer from insanity, whose number, in the year mentioned, rose to 393. In both hospitals indigent patients are treated gratuitously, no dis- tinction being made as to class, nation or religion ; there are however, seperate apartments for those who wish to pay for them. The assets of the Hospicio amount to 350:000$000. The care of the sick, and the economical and internal re- gimen of these hospitals are confided to sisters of charity of the order of S. Vincent de Paula. The Santa Casa da Misericordia, besides the establish- ments mentioned, the seperate infirmaries which it main- tains in different places in the city, and those which it immediately creates when any epidemic assumes large proportions, has established four consulting rooms in dif- ferent parts of the city and the suburbs, where consul- tations and medicine are provided free of expense, and where medical practitioners are found who visit the sick unable to go to the consulting offices. These however, last year, were attended by 10,354 patients. The revenue of the hospital in the before mentioned year was 939,915$388, the expenses being 888:848$947, leaving a balance of 51:066$441. It possesses 851:200$000 in government stock. The administration has created a fund for the super- annuation of its functionaries, who contribute to it with a day’s salary every month. The following establishments are dependencies of the Hospital : The Foundling Hospital with a fund of 208:000$000. An Orphan Asylum, boards and lodges 150 girls; the fund amounting to 155:800$ is government stock. It has, besides this, a special fund for dowries amounting to 230:400$000 in government stock. The Santa Thereza Asylum, with a fund of nearly 300:000$000, has a magnificent building, where destitute girls are received, boarded, lodged, dressed and educated; last year these girls were 20 in number. The revenue of the General Hospital, and of the an- nexed establishments, was, in the year 1871 — 72, 1.772:627$932, and the expenses 1.605:788$350, leaving a balance of 16G:839$582. The Santa Casa maintains two cemiteries outside the city, called S. Joao Baptista da Lagoa, and S. Francisco Xavier. During last year, several important works were con- cluded, with the view of increasing the capacity of some of the establishments, these are: the General Hospital, the Don Pedro II Asylum, and both the cemiteries, a sufficient space being set of in that of S. Francisco Xavier for the interment of protestants ; this service is maintained with the greatest zeal by the servants of the catholic cemiteries. The Santa Casa de Misericordia, including the de- pendent establishments, has a fund of the value of more than 17.000:000$, namely 14.500:000$ in house pro- perty, 1.795:000$ in government stock, 1.000:000$ in furniture, clothes, utensils, and other objects, and 500:000$ in land rented out. Its administration, assisted by the powers of the State, and by public charity, do not cease to promote the pious ends, for which the Santa Casa and annexed establish- ments were created. Yet in the last administrative year, it was verified that, despite the heavy expenses — 448 — incurred, there was not one single general item of its budget, which did not leave a balance in favor. Besides the General Hospital, the Santa Casa, has a hospital at Gamboa with 300 beds for those who suffer from contagious or epidemic diseases, in which, during the last year, 2,320 patients were treated, of whom 1,374 were foreigners; 1,722, were cured of whom 1,045 foreigners, and 416 died, of whom 205 were foreigners and 184, remained under treatment, of whom 124 foreigners. The crews of merchant vessels of all nations, are trea- ted gratuitously in the hospitals of the Santa Casa. In the Orphan Asylum there are daughters of foreig- ners, having lost their fathers. In the hospital, in the mad asylum, and at Gamboa, there are asylums for children of both sexes and of any nation, where the indigent, numbering over 200, recei- ve food, dress, and education. Hospital for lepers. — This is specially destined for those affected with elephanthiasis of the Greeks; of these the hospital received, maintained and medicated 60 du- ring the year 1874, of whom 43 males and 18 females; 36 Brazilians, and 25 foreigners. In that year 25 died, being 20 men, and 5 women, all of diseases different from that for which the hospital was created ; two sick patients left the establishment. The receipts of the establishment were 88,831$670, and the expenses 63.941$461, including 24.999$970 in improvements, leaving a balance of 24.890$209. The erection of the building, continues ; on it 85.114$867 have been expended. The State gives a yearly subvention of 2:000$ to this hospital. Its fund is 434:600$ in government stock. It owns also some lands which are rented, and derives an in- come from legacies of houses, government stock, and Bank of Brazil shares. The provinces of Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Pernambuco, Alagoas, S. Paulo, Maranhao, Cearh, Minas Geraes, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and others, have in the capital, Santas Casas de Misericordia with hospitals, generally, well organized, where the poor sick are trea- ted gratuitously, with care and kindness. Of these the most deserving of notice are : the Don Pedro II in Recife, and that of Pelotas in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. There are also many misericordias, or houses of cha- rity, in many cities, and in many towns in the interior of the provinces, which it would be tedious to enumerate. That of Bahia, besides the large hospital which has six medical, and three surgical infirmaries, in which the poor sick are treated, maintains a foundling hospital, a mad asylum, and a hospital for lepers. The service of the large hospital is under the care of the sisters of charity. From the 1st. of July 1873, to the 30th. of June 1874, it received 2,862 indoor patients of both sexes ; of these 2,044 were cured, 600 died and, 218 remained under treatment. The foundling hospital occupies two large buildings situated on spacious grounds, which possess every hygienic condition, aud which last year contained 277 children of both sexes. On arriving at the proper age, the boys are entrus- ted to masters, in order to learn some mechanical trade ; and the girls, after receiving an education in conformity with their circumstances, either marry, receiving a dowry from the Santa Casa, or are employed as school mis- tresses, or as servants in houses of undoubted morals. 57 The Santa Casa also maintains, contiguous to this es- tablishment, a primary school for the poor people of the neighborhood. Hospitals for lepers exist in Parh, Maranhao, and Mato Grosso. The capital of S. Paulo has a mad asylum and a hos- pital for lepers. Similar establishments have been founded in the cities of Itu, Constituigao, and Campinas ; and that of Guaratin- gueth has an establishment for poor girls, called Asylo do Bom Pastor. In the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, there ai’e, in the capital, and in the cities of Rio Grande and Pelotas, establishments for the education of desti- tute children of both sexes ; and in the capital of the pro- vince of Santa Catharina there is one for girls. The province of Rio de Janeiro has the following: Santa Leopoldina Asylum, established in the city of Nitheroy, has a fund of 509:500$ in government stock, a dowry fund, and owns the building in which 120 girls reside and are educated. They receive primary edu- cation, and learn needle- work and ironing clothes, as they are destined for domestic servants, if they do not marry before the age of 21. There is also in the same city a fine hospital maintained by the province ; and hou- ses of charity, some of them very well organized, in all its cities. The province last year expended over 62:000$ with these establishments. In the city of Petropolis, there is an establishment for the education of poor girls, due to the evangelical zeal of a Brazilian priest, through whose efforts it already has a very good fund, having received several legacies. CHARITABLE AND BENEVOLENT ASSOCATIONS Charitable and benevolent societies are very nume- rous throughout the Empire, and furnish undeniable proofs of the charitable disposition of the Brazilian people. Some have important funds, and relieve the desti- tute as far as their means allow, distributing large sums. Others, though with more limited funds at their disposal, by raising contributions, find means of affording valuable assistance to the destitute. These associations differ in nature : some have both temporal and spiritual views, uniting the practise of charity with that of religion, for the splendor of which they contribute, and have therefore a religious character ; others are merely benevolent. Of the first kind, are the third religious Orders, the Confraternities and the Brotherhoods. Of these insti- tutions the oldest, and that which has spread most, is the confraternity of the Misericordia, mentioned in another chapter. Then follow in importance several religious third orders, and brotherhoods, of which only the chief in the capital of the Empire will be mentioned, as it would be impossible, to notice, in this work, all those existing in the Empire. THIRD ORDERS Third Order of S. Francis of the Penitence. — Founded in 1619 ; besides divine cult, which is exercised with magnificence in its majestic temple, its object is to relieve its poor members with alms and treatment in sickness, its fund is converted into 169 urban build- ings, grounds rented and government stock. During its last financial year the revenue was 450:193$332, and the expenses were 426:424$689. It has a vast hospital furnished with every requisite for the treatment and confort of the patients, of whom 1.013 were treated there, in the said year, of these 893 were cured, and 53 died, 68 remaining under treatment. The mortality was 5 %. The order pays for the treatment of its members, suffering from mental deseases, in the Don Pedro II asylum, and provides medical treatment and medicine, in their own houses, to those who cannot go to the hos- pital. With the hospital the Order expends 45.592$860 ; in monthly and extraordinary alms 70.012$600, the rest being employed in the cult, in burials, and in impro- vements in its cemitery, and in other objects. Third Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel. — Es- tablished for the same object in 1638. It has a fund of 71 houses of the value of 746:000$000, and 283 bonds ( apolices ) of the public debt, and of that of the pro- vince of Rio de Janeiro. Last year its revenue was 77.440$000, and the expenditure 63:811$780. In its ex- — 453 — cellent hospital 1,765 patientes were treated in the year 1874. the deaths averaging 4.7 %. From 1813 to 1874 it expended the sum of 1.761: 11 1$241 with the treatment of its members, in alms, in suffrages, in burials, and in divine worship. It has a good cemitery in one of the suburbs of the city. Third Order of the Minimi of S. Francis de Paula. — This institution dates from 1756. It owns 26 houses, and 569 bonds of the public debt, and of that of the pro- vince of Rio de Janeiro. Its revenue last year was 118:164$807, and the ex- penditure 104:650$016. It spent the sum of 16:500$000 in assisting its indigent members. With its excellent hospital, in which 626 sick mem- bers were treated, the order incurs no expense, as this is borne by the members of the board of administra- tion, annuity renewed ; it is deserving of note that these expenses frequently exceed l:000$000 a month. The mortality was about 6 % of the patients, of whom 10 died of small pox, and one of yellow fever. In its temple, one of the most sumptuous, religious ce- remonies are celebrated with magnificence. Its cemitery, situated in one of the suburbs, is remar- kable for its funereal monuments. Third Order of Jesus of the Calvary. — Of a later date than the former, its object is also to benefit its poor members, for whose treatment in sickness it has built an excellent hospital, which, however, is not yet opened. Third Order of the Immanculate Conception. — It main- tains a charitable asylum, in which destitute women of good conduct are received, preference bsing given to — 454 — the members of the order, other conditions being equal. Its fund consits of eight houses, which give an annual rent of 3:420$000, 40 bonds of the public debt, besides 10 more, subject to the usufruct of a life, and one more with a special destination. BROTHERHOODS Of the Most Sacred Sacrament of Our Lady of Can- ] dlemas. — Has 100 houses, and about 300:000$000 in go- vernment stock. In the year 1873 — 74, its revenue amounted to 192:382$595, and the expenses to 160:037$265, of which 36:298$000 were distributed among poor members and < their families, and other persons. This brotherhood maintains the hospital for lepers, which was lately much improved, and intends founding a large charitable asylum, for the better attainment of < the object for which it was created. With its majectic temple, which was commenced in 1775, it expended in the last year the sum of 57:492$330, the stone for the dome having cost 31,017$210. The total expenditure with this temple exceeds 2.000:000$000. ’ Of the Holy Cross of the Military. — This was crea- ted by the military, for the colebration of religious acts, \ for the interment of deceased members, and to assist j their widows, and children. It is exclusively for military men of the army, belonging to the garrison of the ca- pital of the Empire and of the province of Rio de Ja- neiro, to whom it grants pensions equivalent to their half pay, if they fall into indigence ; this pehsion passes ; to the widows and children. The pensions paid last year, to 274 pensioners, amounted to 77.107$835. Its fund is invested in house property, yielding a rent of 87,740$000, and in 1.052 government bonds, which afford an income of 59,728$000. The receipts were, last year, 219,565$564, and the ex- penditure 169:730$044. Of S. Peter the Apostle. It was created by clerical men, but also admits lay members; it assists both one and the other, and buries the dead in its own cemitery. Of Our Lady of the Rosary and, S. Benedict. — Es- tablished by black men, it admits slaves as members, and promotes their emancipation, according to the means at the disposal of its special charitable fund. It assists des- titute members, and their widows. Besides the third Orders, and the Brotherhoods men- tioned, many others, not only in the capital of the Empire, but in all the provinces, relieve their sick and indigent members, and other persons, and have temples, many of which are sumptuous, for the celebration of divine worship. Institutions of the second kind are also numerous in the Empire. Some of these are purely national, some are mixed, and others are exclusively foreign. Of the foreign and mixed, in the capital of the Em- pire, the following may be mentioned : Academic Union Benevolent Society — Its object is to assist students of the Polytechnic School, who, from a deficiency of means, are unable to continue their stu- dies. The students of the Faculty of Medicine, organized a similar society. \ Commerce and Arts Benevolent Union. —Inaugurated l — 456 — in 1862, has a fund of 199:746$750 invested in govern- ment stock, besides 28:000$000 also in stock, intended I for the purchase of a building, it assists indigent mem- bers, and, on their decease, grants pensions to widows, and children, in conformity with the statutes, With these items it expended last year, the sum of 21:538$990, the revenue being 39:649$714, and the total expenditure 29:023$190. Union & Benevolent Founded in 1852; it assists with its income, arising from the monthly subscription of its members, the indigent families of deceased members. Honest family’s Benevolent Union. — Inaugurated in 1862. Admits members of both sexes, relieves them in sickness, and pays the funeral expenses of the decea- sed members. It distributes nearly 50,000$000 a year in this manner. Its fund is invested in 164 bonds of the public debt. It pays a medical practitioner who gives gratuitous consultations to the members. Funeral Union, First of July. -- This exists since 1853, and has now more than 3,000 members. Its fund is invested in government stock. Its object is to pay the funeral expenses of deceased members, and to have masses said for their souls. Brazilian Benevolent. This exists since 1853, its object is to assist sick members, to pay the funeral expenses of the deceased, and to assist, with pensions, their families. H. M. the Emperor is its August Protector. Industrial Benevolent Association. — For the same ob- ject as the preceding; it was created in 1862, and has now 1,300 members. Prevident Association for assisting Invalids. Just inau- l gurated with the object of giving the members monthly 457 — pensions of from 20$000 to 30$000, in case of tem- porary or permanent infirmity. After the age of 60, the member is considered as invalid, and acquires a right to the pension. Humanitarian. — Established to relieve the natives of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, S. Paulo Benevolent- Jose Bonifacio. — Created on the occasion of the inauguration of the Statue of Jose Boni- facio de Andrada e Silva, on the 7th of September 1872, to assist the natives of the province of S. Paulo, who may fall into indigence ; and to promote the interests of the province. Typographical Fluminense. — Created in 1853, for the object of assisting indigent members and their families ; for founding an asylum for those unable to work, and for promoting the development of the typographical art. Municipal Fund of Benevolence, and Congregation of Saint Thereza of Jesus. — Inaugurated by the municipal council in 1860, its object is to give dowries to poor girls of good conduct, and to build an asylum for old inva- lids. It has already given five dowries of 2:000$000 each. It is very efficiently assisted by the Congregation of Saint Thereza of Jesus, created in 1861, to better the lot of paupers and to build an asylum for them. In 1871 H. I. H. the Princess Donna Isabel, laid the foun- dation stone of the respective building, in one of the sub- urbs of the capital of the Empire ; the foundation already laid has cost 39:000$000. Its fund, entirely due to legacies, and to donations, ob- tained by the director and members of the congregation, ex- ceeds 150:000$000. Lover of Instruction. — Commenced modestly in 1831, and now maintains a day and a boarding school for poor 58 M — 458 — | girls. The boarding school is for orphan girls who, besides \ education, receive hoard, lodging and clothing. Asylum for destitute old age. — Founded with the view > of establishing asylums for destitute old persons of both - sexes. There are, besides those, the following societies: Benev- olent and Humanitarian, Good Friends Benevolent Union of Bom Fim, Artist’s Philanthropic, Perfect Friendship Benevolent, Lay Functionaries of the Church, and many others, too long to enumerate, in the capital of the Empire, and in the Provinces. It must here be mentioned that, within the last few years, many emancipation and edu- cation societies have been created, some with the object of, not only, creating schools, but also of assisting those who, for want of means, are unable to attend them. Among the foreign benevolent societies the following deserve mention; the objects for which they have been created are indicated in the respective titles : Swiss Philanthropic. Founded in 1821. Its important fund is invested in government stock. British Benevolent. — Inaugurated in 1837. Has no > fund. Its revenue is derived from annual subscriptions, and donative's, the amount being expended in alms, either monthly or in one amount. German Benevolent. — Created in 1844. With the means \ derived from its small fund, due to the annual subscriptions | of Germans resident in the capital of the Empire, and to the subvention given by the German and Austro-Hun : garian, and Austrian subjects. Belgian Benevolent. — Instituted in 1853. Its income is derived from subscriptions raised here, and in Belgium, from monthly contributions of its members, and from the interest of its fund, invested in government stock. — 459 — Italian Benevolent. — Founded in 1854. Its capital is ) invested in government stock, with the exception of the cash in hand, wherewith to afford assistance to indigent Italians. ; French Benevolent. — Inaugurated in 183G. ) French mutual aid. — Founded in 1856, it has now a fair fund. Span 'sh Benevolent— Commenced in 1859. Has a fund ; invested in government stock. Portuguese Benevolent. — Has been in existence 25 ; years. In one of the suburbs of the capital of the Em- pire, it has a magnificent building for a hospital, under < the name of S. Joao de Deus, opened in 1859. It has a ( valuable fund invested in government stock. Bon Pedro V relief fund. — Portuguese. Created in 1863, as a large revenue, derived from its fund, which ] ■ at present, amounts to more than 426:000$000, invested in government stock. By means of monthly subscriptions, i it not only defrays the expenses of the treatment of / ] many patients, of medical visits, and consultations, and > the necessary medicine, as well as law expenses in criminal cases, but also promotes the education of, and obtains situa- > tions for, the children of indigent Portuguese. During the last ten years, the association expended in ; these items the sum of 539:6658930. j ( ) Benevolent Union of Israelites in Brazil. — It is of recent > creation, Besides these, there are the American Benevolent, the Portuguese Lover of Monarchy and Benevolent, the Ma- \ drepora, and others of the same nature. In most of the capitals of of the provinces, and populous ) cities, there are similar societies, both national and foreign, i which afford assistance to their members, and to other des- ) titute persons. ) ANNUITIES SOCIETIES The Monte Pio de economics dos Servidores do Estado (State servant’s savings annuity society), the Monte Pio Geral (General annuity Society), and the Monte Pio da Marinha (Navy annuity Society), are the institutions of this nature which exist in the capital of the Empire. The first, founded in 1835, to which may belong pub- lic servants of both sexes, if the situations they hold be subject to the payment of imposts, be permanent and not mere commissions ; it has a capital of 3,20'J:000$000 in government stock, and receives an annual subsidy from the State. The inscriptions, entrance monies, and contributions are now regulated by the plan approved in 1870. The Monte Pio Geral, created in 1841, has a capital of 5,730:000$000 in government stock. In this establishment individuals of both sexes and of every class are admitted, and the annuitants do not, at any time, lose their annuities, whilst, in the preceding some lose it on attaining their majority. The annuities are paid only to the person indicated by the purchaser ; any person however may be at the same time purchaser and annuitant. No annuity can exceed 1:G00$000, except in certain cases foreseen in the statutes. Any individual may purchase annuities up to the sum of 4:000$000 in favor of others, and up to G:000$000 for his wife, children, and grand children. The Monte Pio da Marinha, was established for the protection of the families of naval officers, whose fa- milies on their demise receive the half pay. It is admin- istered in accordance with the plan organized for its foun- dation in 1795, and later legislative enactments ; its capital is formed by the deduction of a day’s pay every month. In the army, in stead of an annuity society, which it would be convenient to form, the widows, unmarried daughters, and sons under age, have a right to half the pay which their husbands or fathers would have recei- ved if superannuated, according to law. If the officer be a batchelor, or have no children, the pension passes to his mother, if she be a widow. Government also grants pensions, subject to the appro- val of the legislative powers, to the widows, unmarried daughters, and sons under age, of officers who die in the field or in the performance of other service considered important. HOUSES OF CORRECTION ( In the capital of the Empire, and in those of many pro- vinces there are houses of correction, and detention, for !> xr prisoners condemned or awaiting their trial. That of the capital of the Empire, not yet finished, was j commenced of a size to receive 800 inmates. It is to have four compartments for prisons, and the same ( number for work-shops, a tower in the centre, and the ) requisite dependencies. The regulations are those of the Auburn system. One of compartments for prisons, and two for work-shops are finished, one of those commenced to seiwe last year. On l the ground floor there is an infirmary for the treatment of s prisoners who become insane, a work room, a bath andem- brocation room, and cells for separating the turbulent or dangerous madmen, and for the quiet ones to restin. The establishment has a primary school, a library, a wash-house, a bake house, a stone quarry, which supplies the stone workers, and a photographic laboratory belon- ging to the establishment, and to the police. Besides the stone cutters work-shop, already mentioned, there are the following : cabinet-makers, book-binders, } tinmen, blacksmiths, marble workers and copper-smiths. >. The articles produced in these work-shops have obtained prizes at the different national exhibitions, and at the Vien- na universal exhibition. — 463 — *<§ Most of these work-shops receive frequent orders, princi- i | pally that of the cabinet makers, in which valuable work and furniture, of exquisite workmanship, for private houses ■ and for public departments, is made. The conclusion of the penitentiary depends on the solu- tion of the problem : which system is preferable, and which ; is more in harmony with the precepts of science, in the desire to combine punishment with education. In the financial year 1873-1874, the receipts of the House of correction of the capital were 75:087$878, the ex- penses amounting to 178:0228498. After the House of Correction of the capital of the Em- pire, that of the city of S. Paulo is the best adapted to the object in view, not only because it is situated in one of the most picturesque suburbs, where it occupies a spacious buil- ding, with different important work-shops, flower, fruit \ and kitchen gardens, but also on account of the cleanliness and order observed in the service. Then, that of Recife, in the province of Pernambuco, on which 727:582$000 have been expended. The House of Correction of Bahia, has two compartments ready ; in one of these there are 108 cells, and in the other, work-shops, school, infirmary, and oratory. PUBLIC ILLUMINATION The capital of the Empire is lighted by gas. An English company, that purchased the contract made with Viscount Maua in 1851, undertook the public illumi- nation of the capital, in which there are 5,351 burners, that last year consumed 1.849:966 cubic metres of gas, for which the sum of 545:347$579 was paid. The gas works, established in a vast building, which co- j vers an area of 2.2,012 square metres, lias powerful appara- tus for producing gas, which in the year 1874, distilled 24,267.94 metrical tons. This improvement has been adopted in the capitals of the following provinces : Para, with 1.200 lamps; Maranhao, the illumination being in the hands of a company with a capital of 550:000$000; Cearh, also in the hands of a com- pany; Pernambuco, with about 1,500 lamps, costing more than 90:000$000 a year ; Bahia, with 2,214 lamps, costing more than 185:000$000 ; Rio de Janeiro with 1,000 lamps, the capital of the company being £ 75,000 ; S. Paulo with / near 800 lamps, costing 80:000$000; Rio Grande do Sul, Pe- lotas, and Porto Alegre. The city of Olinda, in Pernambuco, is also illuminated by 190 gas lamps ; the cities of Campos, in the province of Rio l de Janeiro, and Santos, and Campinas, in that of S. Paulo, ) are also lighted by gas. The same system of illumination has been authorized for other capitals, and has been contracted for in those of Amazonas, Alagoas, Sergipe ; city of Goyana, in Pernam- buco, and in Victoria the capital of the province of Espirito Santo. $ < < < s < MUNICIPAL DISTRICT OF THE CAPITAL OF THE EMPIRE : The municipal district of the capital of the Empire, also called neutral municipal district, and municipal district of ; the court, has a special administrative organization. Objects of municipal administration, entrusted, in the provinces, to the provincial assemblies, and to the presi- dents, are, in the capital of the Empire, incumbent upon the General Assembly, and the Government, to whom the \ municipal council is immediately subordinate. Government tlx annually, the revenue and expenditure | of the district, under proposal of the municipal coun- cil ; decide appeals from their decisions, and approve, i provisionally, when the General Assembly is not sitting, enactments regarding the municipal police, proposed by the municipal council, and known by the name of Posturas. The municipal revenue is drawn from the following sources: special taxes, ground rents, police fines for breach of municipal enactaments, leases of marine lands, licences for opening commercial and industrial shops, including theatres and public amusements ; pecuniary subventions from the State for special purposes, and, lastly, the pro- ceeds of the additional impost on the tax of 10%, on house rent to be applied to paving the streets with stone I parallelepipeds. — 467 — The important fund of the municipal council consists of : the building in which it sits, and which is to be rebuilt with larger dimensions, other public buildings, among which are the primary schools created and maintained by it, lands leased at different dates, public markets and slaughter houses. The municipal revenue collected last year amounted to 1.244:293$282, the expenditure being 1,241 :845$379. The revenue has increased progressively, since the year 1830, when is was only 31, 221$660. In 1866 it had increa- ; ( sed to 670:430$590, and, in 1873 to 899:959$999, the in- crease last year being therefore 1,213:071$662, over the ■ firsts period, 573:862$692, over the second, and 344:333$283, \ over the last. ) Some taxes which, in the provinces, belong to the provin- cial revenue, in the capital of the Empire, belong to the general revenue, and last year produced 7,898:464$000. } ; ' \ In compensation, government takes charge of some ser- vice, which in the provinces, burthens either these, or the municipalities, such as : public illumination, water supply, { drainage, extinction of fires, houses of correction, police force, and others. . ) The city of S. Sebastiao do Rio de Janeiro, capital of the \ Empire, is situated on the western side of the bay of Ni- / theroy. Its astronomical position is : Lat: 22°53’51” S. and Long. 0°0’56”. E, of the meridian of the Imperial Observatory of Rio de Janeiro, placed on the Castle Hill in the same city ; and it is in Long. 44°7’6”. W of Greenwich, and Long. 45°27’15. W. of Paris. The circumference of the bay of Nitheroy exceeds 19,8 kilometres, its depth varies from 22 to 23 metres, attaining — 468 — in some places 110 ; the entrance of the bay offers no obs- truction to vessels of the largest size. The circumscription of the city comprizes seven islands, and that of the municipal district thirty three, besides many islets. The area of the municipal district covers 1,394 square kilometres. The district is divided into 20 parishes, and an indepen- dent curacy, with their respective parish churches and branch chapels. Of these parishes, 13 belong to the city, as well as 72 churches, and branch chapels, where divine service is regularly performed. Some of the parish churches, and branch chapels are remarkable for their solidity, and for the magnificence of their ornaments. There are seven monasteries and convents, six third or- ders, more than 100 confraternities and brotherhoods, and a great number of religious societies. The British Episcopal, the German Evangelical, and the Presbyterian Evangelical communities, have each their house of prayer. The police service is under the charge of three delega- tes, who exercise the functions cumulatively over the whole district, and 22 sub-delegates; there are also 25 district justices of the peace. In the municipal district there are 30,918 houses, and 44,211 families ; 23,689 of the former, and 37,463 of the latter are within the perimeter of the city. Of the 23,689 houses, 23,027 are liable to the tax ( clecima ) of 10 % on the rents, which represent the snm of 22,431 :191$000, 662 are exempt from this tax. There are 6,832 houses of one or more stories, 2,017 with raised basements, and 14,840 low houses. Of those 469 — exempt from the tax, 43 buildings belong to the crown, 223 to the State, 11 to the municipal fund, and 59 are for public worship. For some years past, and specially since 1867, house holders have shewn a great disposition to build more elegant houses, and more in conformity with achitectonic rules. Many of these buildings are grand, and are furnished with taste and magnificence. Of the public buildings the following deserve special mention : The Mint, one of the best buildings of the Empire, in which the second National Exhibition was held. It is situated on the western side of the Praga da Acclamacao (Acclama- ' tion Square) and covers an area of 4.688.8 square metres, including the second story of the frontage. The building for the war department and General Head Quarters, with military barracks ; it occupies the northern side of the same Square, and measures 281,6 metres in length, by 320,1 in depth. The National Museum is on the eastern side of that } Square; it has been recently augmented. The terminus of the Don Pedro II railway, at the extreme end of the western side of the said Square, with a garden in front. An elegant building, to which, a few years since, large and spacious ware-houses were added, which, however, are becoming insufficient, owing to the increase in the traffic. \ The vast buildings for the work-shops of the same rail- i way, 14 kil. m distant from the city, with houses for the operatives, a hotel, a garden, and other dependencies al- ) ready described. The building, which is being erected, on the eastern side of the same square, for the Santa Anna school. — 470 — The building in which the supreme court of justice, and \ the district court of appeal hold their sittings. The Fine Arts Academy, an elegant specimen of archi- tecture ; annexed to it is the Pinacotheca which contains \ some valuable paintings and plaster casts. The Musical Conservatory, a new building, distinguished ] for its beautiful design. The new palace for the Department of Agriculture, Com- j merce, and Public works, situated in Don Pedro II Square, l in which the fourth national exhibition is to be held. The National Treasury, lately rebuilt, of vast propor- ' ■ tions. The buildings for ihe departments of the Affairs of the > Empire, and of Justice, in which great improvements were ( lately made ; and those for the Departments of Foreign Affairs, and of Marine. The Polytechnic School, where the national exhibitions ; of 1861 and 1873 were held. j The Military and Naval hospitals. The public primary Schools of S. Sebastiao, S. Christo- \ vao, S. Jose, Gloria, and S. Francisco Xavier. The Imperial Don Pedro II Boarding School, situated in one of the suburbs of the city. The day school of the same establishment, in the centre ) of the city, now being rebuilt, and which has the most beautiful saloon in Rio de Janeiro, for the more solemn acts of the school. The Episcopal palace, the residence of the reverend dio- j cesan bishop, on the top of the Conceicao Hill. The Episcopal Seminary of S. Josd. The Custom House, comprizing large and commodious ( buildings, and many important works, and the docks which \ are being constructed. In these works there two steam engines of 100 horse power each, for compressing the water in two reservoirs from which tubing, a kilometre in extent, runs in the di- rection of the quay, inside and outside the projected ware- houses, to throw water on to the upper stories in case of fire. The House of Correction, with vast buildings, which occupy a large space. The Bank of Brazil, a small palace, very solidly built, and fire proof, for the most important banking establish- ment in the Empire. Facing it, is the building erected by the German Bank, which besides other improvements, has an excellent sub- terranean fire proof safe. The palace Isabel, the residence of II. I. II. the Most Serene Princess Isabel, and her August Consort H. R. H. Count d’Eu ; and the palace Leopoldina, belonging to H. R. H. the Duke «f Saxe, where his August Sons reside. These palaces are situated in healthy suburbs, and surroun- ded by gardens , and extensive grounds planted with trees. The Imperial palace of Boa Vista, whose parks and gar- dens, when finished, will be most remarkable. The following also deserve attention : The spacious buildings of the gas-works , for the lighting the city, which occupy an area of 23,435 square metres. The Hospital of the Santa Casa da Misericordia, with two parallel wings , which when finished will be 181,5 metres in length, and 54 in breadth, covering an area of 9,782.85 square metres. With regard to size, so- lidity and perfection of the works, it is one of the best in the world ; it lias magnificent infirmaries, and rooms, in which 1.200 patients can be accommodated. The Don Pedro II Asylum, also pertaining to the Santa Casa, for the treatment of mad people. Like the prece- ding, it is a monumental building, embracing an area of 7.560.1 square metres, with a frontage of 290 metres. The Hospital for Lepers, situated on a hillock, which commands a view of a great portion of the bay ; in the suburb called S. Christovao. That of S. Joao de Deus, belonging to the Portuguese Benevolent Society. That of the Third Order of S. Francisco da Penitencia. That of the Third Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel. That of the Third Order of the Minimi of S. Francisco de Paula. That of the Third Order of Jesus of the Calvary. That of the French mutual aid Society ; on a hill in a pleasant suburb. The School of the Immaculate Conception, on Botafogo bay, belonging to the S. Vincent de Paula Association. The buildings of the Naval, and War Arsenals, and that which is being erected, at the place called Realengo, 33kil“. distant from the city, and near the Don Pedro II railroad, with which it communicates by a branch, as was said. This second building is to occupy an area of 175,680 square metres. Its cost is estimated at 3.487:218$280, and, when fin- ished, will rival the best at present known out of the Empire. The Arms manufactory at the fortress of Conceigao Hill, in the city. The Pyrotechnical Laboratory of Campinho, 15 kilm. ----- 473 — distant from the city, and near the Cascadura station of the Don Pedro II railroad, with which it communica- tes by the Jacarepagua tram- way. The Public Library. The Cassino Fluminense. The Country’s Invalid Asylum, built to afford vast, and excellent accommodation, on the island of Senhor Bom Jesus. The Destitute Children's Asylum , with extensive grounds, in the neighborhood of the city. The mendicity Asylum, which is being erected by the Municipal Benevolent Society, at the estimated cost of 300.000$000. The city contains 312 streets, GO larger, and 40 smaller lanes and alleys, 33 large squares, 20 smaller squares, and 27 ascents. Nearly all the streets are paved with stone paralleli- pipeds, and most of the squares are planted with trees. The following are the principal squares : Onze de Junho; at the further side of which the S. Se- bastiao schoolhouse was built. Constituigao; in the centre of the garden, is the mag- nificent equestrian statue of D. Pedro I, Founder of the Empire, inaugurated on the 30th of March 1862, a work of great merit aud equalled by few. It weighs 55,500 kilograms : the statue by itself 28,000, the two larger groups 10,004 and the smaller 4,990 kilograms. Duke of Caxias; with a fine garden, in front of the Gloria parish church. S. Francisco de Paula ; in which is seen the sumptuous temple of this invocation, and where, in the centre of the garden, nearly three years since, was raised a statue of Jose Bonifacio de Andrada e Silva, in commemoration of 60 most important services rendered by him to the inde- pendence of the Empire. General Ozorio ; S. Domingos, Lapa, Don Pedro II, Squares ; and Marinlias, Imperatriz, or Municipal Squares with the respective quays. In the last, to commemorate the landing of H. M. the Empress, a column, of tho Corynthian order, cut out of one piece of granite, was inaugurated ; it was made in Rio de Janeiro and measures 4,4 metres in height. Acclamacao; nearly in the centre of the city, measu- ring 594 metres in length, and 308 in breadth. When tho garden is ready, and the projected monu- ment is erected in commemoration of the victories ob- tained by the Brazilian arms in Paraguay, this square will form one of the best parks in the world. In the city there are 9,750 commercial houses, includ- ing in this number, nine custom house stores, and tho manufactories, and work shops. Commercially considered, the capital *of the Empire is the most important city of South America, and, in North America, only New-York surpasses it. The mean value of the foreign trade of Rio de Janeiro both exports and imports included, amounted, according to the accounts of the last financial year liquidated, to 170,021:397$000. This trade was carried on by near upon 6,000 ves- sels, measuring more than 3,000:000 tons ; to this must be added the inland trade, between tho municipal dis- trict of the capital, and the province of Rio de Janeiro, Minas Geraes, S. Paulo, Goyaz, and Mato Grosso, which may be estimated at 24,000:0008000. The revenue of the Custon House of Rio de Janeiro is one of the largest of the world. — 475 — The proceeds of the import aad export duties collected m the financial year of 1873 — 74, amounted to 30, 163:587$73 \ If, to this sum, be added 8,556:890$728, collected by the municipal inland tax office, in the same year, the total 47,719:890$458, will represent the amount with which these two fiscal stations contributed to the gene- ral revenue of the Empire. The position of the port of Rio de Janeiro, nearly in the centre of South America, makes it the natural em- porium of the maritime trade of the United States of North America, and of Europe, with Asia and with the ports of the Pacific. The faculty of medicine, the polytechnic school, the military school, the naval boarding, and day schools, the general inspection of education, the Don Pedro II board- ing, and day schools ; the commercial, the blind, and the deaf and dumb institutes ; the fine arts academy, the musical conservatory, the lyceum of arts and trades, the museum, the dramatic conservatory ; many libraries, the public archives, the military archives, the military museum, the sinking fund department, the general di- rection of post offices, the general direction of telegraphs, the exchange, the general inspection of public works, the fire brigade, two police corps, the barracks of the garrison forces of the army, and navy, the department of public works, the official colonization agency, and the immigrants boarding house, are all in the city of Rio Janeiro. So are also: the central board of public health, to whom the sanitary service in general is confided ; the vaccine institute, with branches in all the provinces ; the marine hospital, in an appropriate situation, at a distance from the city, which is opened when the sanitary state re- quires it ; the general inspection of the health of the port, the medical corps of the army and navy , private and benevolent hospitals, and the foundling hospital ; two or- phan asylums, and one for destitute children ; a beau- tiful public garden, within the limits of the city, on the sea-shore, lit by gas, and containing many valuable in- digenous and exotic plants. In one of the suburbs, about 13kilm 200m from the cen- tre of the city, is the Botanical Garden, contaning nu- merous varieties of useful and curious plants : extensive grass plots, gardens, grottos, and avenues of trees. This establishment, under the immediate inspection of the Im- perial Agricultural Institute of Rio de Janeiro, has un- der its charge the model farm of practical agriculture, the Chili hat manufactory, the raw material for which is grown in the same Botanical Garden, the silk-worm rearing establishment, and the industrial museum, about to be opened. In the city there is a necroterium, where corpses, found in the streets, or on the beach, are deposited ; there are five cemiteries, three private and two public ; the former belong to the third orders of S. Francis de Paula, Mount Carmel, and Penitence ; the latter, called S. Francis Xavier, and S. John the Baptist, are under the direction of the Santa Casa da Misericordia ; protes- tants have their own cemiteries. The city contains a large number of banking establis- hments, commercial, and industrial companies, and socie- ties, benevolent societies, literary and scientific asso- ciations, and others merely for amusements, all of which were mentioned in another place. Communication between the city and its suburbs is — 477 — carried on, in a great measure, by tram-ways and ve- hicles drawn by animals. For this service there are six companies in effective service : the Botanical Garden, the Rio de Janeiro, the Villa Izabel, the Locomotora, the Fluminense, the Ca- rioca and Riachuelo, and the Santa Thereza, which con- vey upwards of 20.000:000 passengers every year. Similar undertakings have been authorized by govern- ment and they will shortly take advantage of some po- pulous suburbs, and lay down the lines between the city and the picturesque beach of Copacabana, outside the bay, where sea-bathing enjoys a merited reputation ; between Pedregulho and Penha ; and the Livramento line, which, through a tunnel in the Plill of that name, is to communicate the terminus of the Don Pedro II railway with the sea shore. The Locomotora company by the same system of tram- way and animal traction, conveys merchandize between the said terminus, and the centre of the city. There are about 2,500 public vehicles, besides diligences, which ply between the city, and its suburbs for mode- rate fares. The private carriages are about 400 in num- ber, and there are 2,000 carts, public and private. A model high road offers easy access to the heights of Tijuca, to far beyond Boa Vista, and, by other roads, a great portion of the mountains, on which are the na- tional nurseries of forest trees may be reached. The Tijuca mountain, which from the salubrity of its climate, its virgin forests, and its pure and crystaline, water-falls, so much attract and please the traveller, and which is a true sanitarium, may also be reached by another road, which, from the Botanical Garden, winds ; through mountains to the heights of Boa Vista, being 13 kilra 200” in length. The national forests, on the Corcovado mountain, and on the highest points of the Tijuca mountains are main- tained by government. These works of arboriculture, present an encouraging aspect, though of modern date. In the Tijuca forests alone, which are crossed by roads, and paths in different directions, there are more than 80.000 well grown trees, of the best timber of Brazil, and nearly 2,000 in nurseries. The city is supplied with water by means of con- duits of derivation and distribution, exceeding 337 kilm 727m in length. According to the estimate of the res- pective department, these conduits distribute 80 litres of water a day, or 3.33 litres per hour, to each in- habitant, The General Assembly has just authorized the expen- diture of 19.000:000$000 on new and important water • works for the supply of the present population, and of future generations, the water coming from rivers which rise in high mountains, some leagues distant from the city. When the works are finished the capital of the Empire will be one of the most abundantly supplied with water. For the present supply, the Carioca aqueduct was cons- tructed more than a century since ; it is a colossal work, more than 9 kil.m in extent, on arches, of the maxi- mum height of 17. G metres, between the Santa Thereza, and the Santo Antonio Hills. In the streets and squares of the city and suburbs, there are 8G1 pilastres, with water taps, and 47 fountains with 173 taps. Small derivations to the number of 5.815 supply more — 479 — than 7.000:000 litres of water daily, to private houses and public buildings. The declivity of the city towards the sea is but small, for the Praca d’Acclamacao (Acclamation Square) is only 3.2 metres above the mean high water mark; but the drainage, and embankments lately realized, have contri- buted to improve the level. The drainage service is on an improved system, and every thing that relates to it, is under the charge of the Rio de Janeiro City Improvements Company. In the ’ financial year of 1873 — 74 the expenditure with this service amounted to 989:554$000. The port of Rio de Janeiro is defended by seven forts > the most important of which is that of Santa Cruz, fur- ; nislied with casemates, as is also that of S. Joao, Two lines of steamers ply between the capital of the ’ Empire, and that of the province of Rio de Janeiro, star- ting every quarter of an hour. There are also steamers ' to the islands of Paqueta, and to the ports of Piedade, Villa Nova, and Maud. Seventy steamers ply in the bay, of these 13 are tugs, > 30 are for passengers, and freight, and 27 are launches, > of which 17 are employed by the war, and naval arse- j nals, by the captain of the port, the custom house, the > police, and the health departments ; there are besides \ nearly, 1,800 smaller craft, including barges, launches, ( faluas, and small boats. | The suburbs of the city are, generally, distinguished > for the mildness of the climate, and on that account, they are much frequented by the population, specially during the ( nights, and mornings of the warm season. > They have handsome country houses with well cul- } — 480 — tivated grounds, excellent fruit, flower and kitchen gardens, well designed, and carefully tended. In the suburban parishes there are 400 agricultural establishments, stock-breeding estates included, sugar mills and rum distilleries, coffee estates, large and small, and plantations of cereals ; 25 brick and tile makers, a large numbers of lime kilns, and several ma- nufactories, and work shops. Among the estates is that of Santa Cruz, belonging to the nation, 40 kil.m 200m in circumference, on it there is a palace, and all the necessary dependencies, it has easy communication by sea and land, an abundance of running water, and seventeen grazing meadows for cattle, for- ming a square of 12 kil.m on each side, from the ocean to the rivers Itaguahy, and Guandu. The new public slaughter-house is to be removed to that place ; its cost is estimated at 2.000:000$000, and it will be counected with the capital of the Empire, by a railroad, which meets the Don Pedro II railroad. Advantage has been taken of some of the islands in the bay of Rio de Janeiro, for establishing manufactories, docks, and coal wharves. Round these islands there are also large quantities of oysters, whence they are taken for exportation to the River Plate, and for the Rio de Janeiro market. One of the most remarkable islands, is that of Flores at a distance of 1 kil.m from the city, on which there is a large establishment of pisciculture, 900 bragas in circumference, (about 1,800 yards) on which the owner, Senator Silveira da Motta, lias expended 300:000$000. The island has seven docks built of rubble stones, the sea water being constantly renewed ; the principal walls of the docks are 2W 4 thick, and from 5 to 7 — 481 — metres deep, and the base, sometimes on a sandy bottom, sometimes on rocks, or mud, are generally 3m 5 in thick- ness ; parapets on the walls, one metre wide, sur- round the piscine docks, and form a walk round them, from which the fish may be observed and studied. The capacity of these walls is 3.400 cubic metres. The depth of the piscine docks varies according to the na- ture of the ground, and the shallowest measure three metres at the common high water mark, and the deep- est, for the largest fish, seven metres, at the equinoxial tides. During five years this establishment has supplied the city with 2,500 fishes of different sizes and qualities, seldom less than 3 spans long. The piscine docks at present contain between 9.000 and 10.000 fishes of the best qualities, in separate tanks, including the most esteemed, such as : garoupas, badejos, meros, robalos, vermelhos, pescadas amarellas, caranhas, chernes, and prejerebas. The system followed is that of natural fecundation and propagation ; but the island, with its important works, can be made available for artificial fecundation, and for the conveyance or importation of eggs, so successfully carried out by other nations. Though, generally damp, and hot, the climate of the city is not unhealthy. This is proved by the absence of endemic deseases of a dangerous nature, despite its situa- tion, adjoining a maritime port, much frequented, and consequently, subject to the immediate action of epide- mics imported from other places. This is also proved by the statistics of mortality. In 1874, the deaths were 10.262, including 567 still born children, and 198 from violent causes, if these be de- 61 — 482 ducted, the number of deaths from natural causes is reduced to 9,497. The percentage of deaths, in rela- tion to the population, is therefore less than 4 %. The yellow fever, which appeared the summer before last, did not come with much intensity, nor did it as- sume the epidemic form, and it therefore became un- necessary to adopt the salutary precaution of sending the immigrants into the interior, or of opening the Santa Izabel marine hospital. The same may be said of other fevers of infectious origin, the deaths from which were less than half those of the previous year. The number of deaths from small pox, was much lower than in the two previous years ; this was doubtless due to the constant renewal of the vaccine lymph from London, and to the establishment of medical stations in the least central, and in the suburban, parishes, in order to facilitate to the population the employment of this powerful prophylatic agent. The erysipelatous epidemics, which prevailed from 1870 to 1872, disappeared in the year 1874, and the cases observed did not present the same gravity as those of the former years. In the beginning of this year, a greater frequency of ) cases of yellow fever, caused some fear that the epi- demic would acquire intensity, especially on land, where the cases observed were more numerous, not only on i account of the large number of immigrants from Europe, and from the River Plate, but also owing to unfavorable meteorological conditions. However, the steps taken by the municipal council, ) and by government, arrested the progress of the evil, — 483 — which did not really attain the proportions of an epi- • demic. The most important of these measures, was the re- • moral of 8.747 immigrants, who arrived at that time, to beyond the Sea range of mountains, near the Don Pedro II railway, where government provided them with good lodging, abundant, and wholesome food, and medi- cal treatment, in sickness, in the hospital established there, or in their own dwellings. In the hospital 3G1 immigrants were treated, of whom 11 died, five being of yellow fever, caught in the capi- tal, where the deceased had delayed some time. The sums expended on this service amounted of 234:307$100. Infectious fevers have also decreased considerably within the last few years. Every thing leads to the belief that this result, was arrived at, owing to the hygienic measures mentioned, and to the improvements introduced into the system of drainage, by the construction of supplemental galleries, by increasing the capacity of others, and of some sub- sidiary collecting tanks ; we must also include, as con- tributing to the results obtained, the service for clean- sing the shore, and the rivers, and the removal to the island of Sapucaia, where they are submitted to the process of incineration, all animal or vegetable refuse, ; which contribute so much to the development of these ; deseases. ) Government is not inattentive to this subject, and, be- sides the water supply, have their attention turned to ( the filling in of some marshy grounds, near the centre of the city, to the removal of the obstructions in the ; canal of the cidade nova (new city) and its conclusion, \ — 484 — to the extension, to other districts, of the sewerage ser- vice, and to promote the building of regular, and healthy dwelling houses for the poorer classes. These measures, to which must be added the planting of trees in the public squares, a work already consider- ably advanced, will improve the sanitary conditions of the capital of the Empire, and inspire the hope of the execution of others, not less important, to complete the hygienic measures required by the increase in the popu- lation. INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITIONS Four national exhibitions have been held in the capital of the Empire : the first, was opened on the 2nd of De- cember 1861, and closed on the 16th of January of the following year ; the second, was inaugurated on the 19th of ; October 1866, and closed on the 16th of December of the ' same year; the third, was opened on the 1st of January 1873, and closed on the 3rd of February following ; the fourth, and last, commenced on the 2nd of December of ' this year, and will be closed on 11th of January 1876. They were all inaugurated by His Majesty the Emperor, \ and were preceded by exhibitions in the capitals of some \ provinces. Products, selected by the jury of the capital $ of the Empire, were sent to the international exhibi- | tions of London, Paris, Vienna, and will now be sent to s that of Philadelphia. The Imperial government are organizing general, and , special agricultural, and zootechnical exhibitions, hoping > that, as has been the case with other nations, they will be a powerful incentive to the improvement of agriculture. They also intend to regulate industrial exhibitions, and to erect a vast building adapted for the purpose. It is but just to say, that private activity has seconded the efforts of the imperial government. In the capital of the Empire, an association of exhi- bitors lias been reorganized, which lias most efficiently assisted government in the last two exhibitions. On their side, the directors of the Society for the pro- motion of National Industry, in view of the progress noted in flower gardening, resolved on initiating, and carrying out, the first floricultural exhibition of South America. It took place on the lGth of November 1871, and was solemnly inaugurated, in the Public Garden by Her Hig- hness the Imperial Princess Regent, in the absence of His Majesty the Emperor. > This first exhibition was satisfactory, not only on ac- count af the number of visitors of all classes, but also owing to the variety of products, though the interval, ) between the invitations, and the opening day, was but short. ) This attempt of the society was neither lost nor unpro- ductive, for, through encouragement from Her Highness the Imperial Princess, and under the valuable protection of Their Imperial Majesties, a horticultural exhibition was solemnly inaugurated, on the 2nd of February of this year, at Petropolis, to which no small number of exhibitors contributed. \ s During the three days, which the exhibition lasted, the public had an opportunity of admiring the beauty of many and varied plants, nosegays, and flowers, different kinds of fruit, and many other vegetable products. A sufficiently large capital has been created to permit similar annual exhibitions, The conviction of the necessity for repeated, and special — 487 — exhibitions, appears to have taken root in the spirit of Bra- zilians, as an incentive to the development and progress of useful industries. Some cities of the Empire, such as Ouro Preto, the capital of the province of Minas Geraes, Campos, and Itaborahy, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, hold annual exhibi- tions, promoted by the respective municipal chambers. BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE NATIONAL EXHIBITION P RESIDENT H. R. H. Dox Louis Philippe Marie Ferdinand Gaston d’Orleans, Count d'Eu. — A Marshal in the army, a Councillor of State, Grand cross of all the Brazilian orders, and decorated with the medals of Uruguayana, of military merit, and of the campaign. FIRST VICE-PRESIDENT Viscount Jaguary. — Member of the council of H. M. the Emperor, Councillor of State, President of the Senate, Senator and Grandee of the Empire, Batchelor in social and juridical sciences, Grand cross of the order of Christ, Chevalier of the order of the Rose, Vice president of the audit board of the Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio de Janeiro, Member of the Historical Geographical and Ethnographical Institute of Brazil, and of the Society for the Promotion of National Industry, and ex Minister of State. SECOND VICE PRESIDENT Viscount Bom Retiro. — Member of the council of H. M. the Emperor, Councillor of State, Gentleman of the Impe- rial Household, Secretary to the Council of State, Senator and Grandee of the Empire, Doctor in social and juridical sciences, Officer of the Imperial orders of the Cross, and of the Rose, Grand Cross of the order of Christ of Brazil, Grand Cross of the order of Leopold of Austria, and of the order of Concei§ao de Nossa Senhora de Villa Vicosa, of Por- tugal, Grand Officer of the Legion of Honor of France, In- spector General of the Sinking Fund Department, President of the Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio de Janeiro, and of the Historical, Geographical, and Ethnographical Insti- tute of Brazil, Member of the Society for the Promotion of National Industry, and of the Acclimatizing Society ofRio de Janeiro, and others ; corresponding member of the Paris < Acclimatizing Society : government commissioner in diffe- rent institutes, ex-Minister of State, and ex-Professor of the S. Paulo Faculty of Law. S SECRETARY Joaquim Antonio de Azevedo. — Commander of the order of the Rose, Chevalier of the order of Christ, Vicep resi- dent of the Society for the Promotion of National Industry, First Secretary, and founder, of the Rio de Janeiro Accli- matizing Society, Member of the board of the Imperial Agri- cultural Institute of Rio de Janeiro, and a functionary in the Custom House of the capital of the Empire. 62 — 490 — COMMISSIONER / { j Dr. Francisco Ignacio Marcondes Homem de Mello. — Member of the council of H. M. the Emperor, Dignitary ; of the order of the Rose, Member of the Historical, Geogra- i ; phical, and Ethnographical Institute of Brazil, of the Society / for the Promotion of National Industry, and of other j societies, ex President of different provinces, and ex deputy ' to the General Assembly. ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER l ? s ) Francisco Antonio Gonqalves. — Officer of the order of the Rose. MEMBERS ATTACHED I I Dr. Agostinho Victor de Borja Castro. — Commander of the order of the Rose, Cathedrated professor of the Poly- technic School. Dr. Benjamin Franklin Ramiz Galvao. — Officer of the > order of the Rose, Chevalier of the order of Francis Joseph, of Austria, Officer of Public Instruction, of France As- sistant Professor of the Faculty of medecine of Rio de Janeiro, and public librarian. Dr. Charles Glasiou. — Officer of the order of the Rose, \ and director of the Botanical Garden, Francisco Joaquim Bittencourt daSilva. — Commander < of the order of the Rose, Chevalier of the order of Christ, ; ) and professor of drawing at the Polytechnic School. Henrique de Beaurepaire Rohan. — Member of the j — 491 — council of H. M. the Emperor, Brevet Field Marshal, Cham- berlain to H. M. the Emperor, Dignitary of the order of ( the Rose, commander of the orders of Christ, and Aviz, Decorated with the Urugayana medal, and ex-Minister of State. Dr. Joaquim Monteiro Caminhoa. — Commander of the order of Rose, Chevalier of the order of Christ, commander of the order of Francis Joseph of Austria, decorated with several medals of campaign, Cathedrated professor of the faculty of medicine of Rio de Janeiro, and first surgeon of the navy. Dr. Jose de Saldanha da Gama. — Commander of the or- ders, of the Rose, of Concei§ao de Nossa Senhora da Villa Vigosa, of Portugal, of Francis Joseph, of Austria, Officer of the order of the Crown of Italy, and professor of Botany at the Polytechinc School. Dr. Joao Martins da Silva Coutinho. — Commander of ' the order of the Rose, Chevalier of the Legion of Honor of France, and of the order of Isabel the Catholic, and a civil > engineer. Jose Ewbanic da Camara. — Civil engineer. Dr. Ladislau de Souza Mello e Netto. — Officer of the order of the Rose, and director of the National museum. Luiz Antonio Alves de Carvalho Junior. — Assistant at the National Museum. Dr. Miguel Antonio da Silva. — Commander of the or- ders of the Rose, and of Francis Joseph of Austria, and cathedrated professor of the Polytechnic School. Dr. Nicolau Joaquim Moreira. — Commander of the order of the Rose, Chevalier of the order of Christ, Second vice president of the Acclimatizing Society, of the Society for ;i the promotion of National Industry, and of the Society for the Propagation of the Fine Arts. Dr. Pedro Gordii.ho PaesLeme. — Chevalier of the orders of Christ, and of the Rose. Dr. Rozendo Moniz Barreto. — Officer of the order of the Rose, decorated with the medal of the Paraguayan war, and chief of a section of the Department of Agriculture, Commerce and Public Works. ) COMMITTEE REPRESENTING THE EMPIRE OF BRAZIL, AT THE UNIVERSAL EXHIBITION OF 1876, IN PHILADELPHIA ) PRESIDENT s Antonio Pedro de Carvalho Borges. — Member of the council of H. M. the Emperor, Officer of the orders of the Rose, and of Christ, Envoy extraordinary and minister ple- nipotentiary of Brazil, in the United States of North America. VICE PRESIDENT Phillippe Lopes Netto.— Member of the council of H. M. the Emperor, Dignitary of the Order of the Cross, Commander of that of the Rose, decorated with several foreign orders, and batchelor in juridical and social sci- ences. SECRETARY Dr. Joao Martins da Silva Coutinho. — Commander of the order of the Rose, Clievalier of the Legion of Honor of France, and of that of Izabel the Catholic of Spain, and a civil engineer. — 494 — MEMBERS Dr. Hermenegildo Rodrigues de Alvarenga. Dr. Jose de Saldanha da Gama. — Commander of the Or- ders of the Rose, of Conceigao de Nossa Senhora de Villa Vigosa of Portugal, of Francis Joseph of Austria, Offi- cer of that of the Crown of Italy, and professor of Bo- tany at the Polytechnic School. Dr. Nicolau Joaquim Moreira. — Commander of the Order of the Rose, chevalier of that of Christ, 2nd vice president of the societies, of Acclimation, Promoter of National Industry, and Propagator of Fine Arts. Dr. Pedro Dias Gordilho Paes Leme. — Chevalier of the Orders of Christ, and of the Rose. provincial CLASSIFICATION List of railroad enterprises in Brazil on the 1st of December 1875 (Table N.° 3) PROVINCES TITLE ESPIRITO-SANTO RIO I)E JANEIRO... Victoria and Rio Dore.. Cantagnllo Sanla-Marin-Mogdalena.. Paqucqucr Valcnc*.. Nlellieroy and Campos (1st section; . Sanin-Dobcl and RIo-Prolo — MaCahA and Campos MaraliA and SaDta-Mario-Magdalcna . . Itaborahy and Caplvary Man a - Pctropolls Campos and S.-Sebaslhlo .. S.-JoAo-do-Prlnclpo Campos and Cargo hi) Gargnhu and I.lmeira S.-Fidelis and S.-JoSo-da-Barrn S.-Fldolis and Snnto-Antonio-do Padua . Plrohy and Rio-Proto.. Cummvrclo Campos and Tombos. . Guarntllm. , . . JacorApoguA, . . Paty-do-Alfcros. Marie) Thercsopolis S.-JojA-do-LAonlssn Porto. das-Flore* Commorelo and Modas-Florcs MossnmborA Volto-Rodonda Appnrceida Itabapoona Nlclhoroy and Marie) Canlagiillo Rranrli Campinas and S.-JoSo-do-Rlo-Clan).., Mogynnno Ituona S.-Poulo and Rlo-dc-Jandro . . Atihala . Ilr.iganta. . TaubalA .. Ilapctlninga . . Ubatuba COMMENCEMENT, TERMINUS AND SOME OF THE INTERMEDIATE STATIONS Brought forward From the city of Victoria to Natividade, above Porto de Souza, on the Rio Dree.. From Villa-Nova to station of Carhoeiras and to Nova-Friburgo.. From Nova-Friburgo to Santa-Maria-Magdalena, From Cantagnllo R. n. to Paquequcr From station of Dcsengano, D.-Pedro-II R. R., to Valenga From the city of Nlclhoroy to Neves, in MacohA, with branch to Villa-Nova From Darra-do-Pirahy to Sanla Izabel-do-Rio-Prcto, vi) Ipiabas and Rio-Bonito. . From the city of MacahA to Campos From the city of MacahA to Sanla-M’ria-Magdalena From Porto das Ceixas to Itaborahy, Rio-Bonito and Capivary From MauA to Serro da Estrella - From Mau) R. R. to Pelropolis, viA Serra da Estrella From city of Campos to S.-SebasliAo viA S.-Gonfalo From S.-JnAo-do-PiincIpc to station of Sanl’Anna, on D.-Tedri -It R.R . From the city of Campos to Gargnhu Frf S.-Paulo to Yponcma, viA Cotin. S. Ro<|ui! and Sororaba. . From Jundia'hy to Belfim From BelAra io Braganca From L'ba tuba to TaubalA 1'i'om X'ririca to tho city ot Castro (Parana) frrom Haprtininga to P,om Ubaluba to Gunratinguct), with branch to Pindaraonhangaba From Porto de D.-Pedro-II to Morretes and to Curitiba. . From Porto-Alegrc to Nova-llamburgo Iron* tho city of JnguarSo to Candiota From the town of S.-Jcronymo to From Santo-Amaro to Jacuby Itoui Pclotss to Alegrete, and afterwards from Rio-Grande tc Uruguayan! Prc.m S.-Joflonlo-Montc- Negro to noa-Esperan;a and to Lagda-Yerroclha. . From Santo-Amaro to Santa-Marla-da-Boca-d'l-Monte F>om Santa-Cruz to 54.000 105,192 113.000 49,000 41,900 43,600 53.000 60.000 66,000 71.000 73,800 31.000 80.000 51.000 26.000 33,600 645.000 154,511 94,600 31.000 25.000 553,000 97.000 30.000 61.000 23.100 17,600 50.000 53.000 60.000 66,000 71.000 73,800 31.000 80.000 6,000 180,000 10,500 00,000 31,000 51.000 26.000 42.000 20.000 19,500 185,209 205,192 191.000 231,020 120.000 42,500 170.000 25.000 4S5.000 645,000 39,000 DISTANCE in kilometres from Rio de Janeiro to the first Station 30.000 j 89.000 105,000 I 77,000 145,000 145.000 35.000 19.000 18,400 12.000 ’.9,500 222.000 202,000 257.000 205.000 2.8,000 81,000 222,000 78,000 361.000 301.000 414.000 348.500 1.620,000 1.550.000 1. 560.000 1.270.000 33,500 117.000 157.000 132.000 6,000 160,000 160,000 40.000 41,650 22,500 300,000 61,672 300.000 280.000 285.000 350.000 30.000 108.000 300.000 92.517 538.000 538.000 89,000 378.600 1.950.000 1.000,000 1.675.000 2.029.000 ai o o ea Oct. 23, 1853. April 22, 1873. Nov., 1873.... Oft. 31, 1871.. June 6, 1S73., Sept. 8, 1858 . Nov. 25, 1871. Dec. 2S, 1872. July 26, 1873 . Dec. 21, 1871. Dec. 4. 1871 . March 20, 1871 March 21, 1872. March 24, 1870 March 24, 1871 March 29, 1871 April 6, 1872... May 4, ',871... GOVERNMENT MAKING THE GRANT Provincial government of Espirito-Santo. . Provincial government of Rio-do-Janeiro... Provincial government of Rio-de-Janciro . Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro. . Provincial government ofRio-dc-Janelro- .. Provincial government of Rio-dc-Janeiro Prcv. assembly of Rio (voted over president's veto). Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro Provincial government of Rin-de-Janciro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janciro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro Provincial government ofRio-dc-Janelro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janciro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janciro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro Provincial government of Rio-de-Janciro Provincial assembly of Rio-Janeiro Provincial government of Rio-dc- Janeiro.. Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro.. General government of Brazil Provincial government of Rio-dc-Janciro.. Provincial government of Rio-dc Janeiro. . Provincial government of Rio-dc-Janeiro.. Provincial government ol Rio-de-Janeiro.. Provincial government of Rio-de-Janciro. . Provincial government of Rio-dc-Janeiro .. Provincial government of Rio-dc Janeiro... Provincial government of Rio-dc-Janciro .. Provincial government of Rio-dc-Janciro .. Provincial government ol Rio-de-Janeiro .. Provincial government of Rio-de-Janeiro.. Provincial government of Rio-de-Juneiro. . Provincial government of S.-Poulo.. Provincial government of S. -Paulo .. Provincial government of S.-Paulo. . Provincial government of S.-Paulo. . Provincial government of S.-Paulo.. Provincial government of S.-Paulo . Provincial assembly Provincial government of S.-Paulo. . Provincial government of S.-Paulo. . Provincial government of Paran).. Provincial Provincial Provincial Provincial Provincial Provincial Provincial government of Rio-Grande-do-Su! .. government of Rio-Grande-do-Sul.. . government of Rio-Grande-do-Sul . . government of Rio-Grande-do-Sul .. government of Rio-Grande-do-Sul. . government of Rio-Grande-do-Sul.. government of Rio-Grande-do-Sul . . 7% 7% 7 7. 7 7. 7 7. 7 7. 7 7. 3.200:000*000 1 2.000:000*000 5.000H 1.000:000*000 1 . 100:000^000 600:000*000 j 1.600:000^000 l1 200: 000*000 500:000$000 • 1.800:000*000 1.000:000*000 5.000:000*000 3.500.000*000 3,000:000$000 3.100:000*000 10.665:000*000 j REMARKS Brought forward from Table N. Act \\o 37 of 1872 guaranteed 4 7. — - alterations in the previous Act. Act N general government guarantees 7 •/, J ^i* ;000$. Act N n In of 18i3 authorized the government to make the necessary 1°l, 18';J approved the contract granting 7 •/„ guaranteo on 6.000:000*000. The kilometres and 1 600*000 per kilometre. The province also took 3.680 shares ot the company. Opened to Irafllc os far os Nova Frlburgo on Doc. 18, 1873. Gauge, lm,10. i: .as? Fcb- * is;!- c°-1 “ii"*i,d ■> «■«*>•• »» *«<»• Act N'.o 1672, of Dec. 21, 1871 ; contract o( Sept. 18, 1872. The province of Rio de Janeiro contributed 200:000*000. Decrees N.o 5593, of April 11, 1874, and N.o 5806, of April 10 1875. Opened to Ironic on May 10. 1871. r The Lunrontee was raised to 8 »/„ by Act of Sept. 18,1857. AotofNov. 13, 187 Nu theroy und Mamhe. Contracts ol Aug. 16, 1872 ,and Nov. 26, 1874, ( metre. Gauge, 1 metre. Chartered by Act N.« 1464, of Nov. Id, I860. By Art N.o 1182, of Jan 4, 1873, and order of President, of MavV 1873, obliged lo open a seaport station on Imbetiba inlet. Works completed, Jau. 15, 1875. Gauge, 1 metro. Act N,o |467, of Nov. 16, I860; contract ot Feb. 9, 1870. Contract of July 24, 1871. Primitive contract, April 27, 1852. First railrood opened in Brnzil. Gauge, 1”’,00. Plain ready for construction up tho mountain side. Cost estimated at 1 100:000*000. Projected on tho Rigid system. Chartered by Act N o 1407 of Dec. 21, 1868 ; contracted on Sept. 4, 1869. Works commoncod on Oct. 2, 1873. Completed to S. SebustiAo, Dec. 21, 1873. Has a subsidy of 9.000*000 per kilomotro. Conlrucl of Feb 28, 1872. Act N.<> 1662, of Dec. 20, 1871. Contract of April 13, 1872 Contract of Ap. 24, 1872. Had already obtained subsidy of 7:000*000 nor kilometre in virtue of Act N.o 1816. of Jan. 3, 1873 ; (bartered by Act N.o 1702, ol Doc.23, 18<1 ; contracted, April 25, 1872, Act N.o 1574. Contract of May 11, 1872. Contracted, Aug. 16, 1874. Statutes approved by Dccrco N.o 5281, of May 19, 1873. Contract of Aug. 16, 1872. Contract of Juno 26, 1874, in virluo ol Ads or provincial assembly, N.o 1072, of Doc. 21, 1871, and N.o 1923, of Oct. 20, 1872. Horse co- wed on l'cli. 26, 1871. Guaranteed by Docruo of gonoral government, N.o 5822, First section opened, December, 1875. Act of provincial assembly, .N° 1961. Contract of Nov. 15, 1873, renewed May 1 1, 1871. Surrender of charter, Jan. 28, 1875. Act of provincial assembly, N.O 1813. :t of Sept. 18, 1872. Right of option lo a subsidy of 9:000*000 por kllomdro. Provincial Decree N.° 1639. Contracted b> president of Rio de Janeiro with Ilaron of Nova Frlburgo, March 12, 1874. Also Wide gauge. Act of July 12, 1869, had guaranteed 7 mil* u freight table guaranteeing 7 /• Income. Belo'i railed to 10.000:0008 In Decree N.u 5.497, of Dec. 10. 1873. Guassu, estimated at 3. 450:000 SUU0. Act N.° 18; Cot in 1875. Tl Gauge, 1 metre. Opened to Capivary in August, 1875. guarantee Interest, but per- Company wh-so capital was 4 of branch olroudy explored from Siiltlnlio to Mogy- a l» In exploration. Gouge, 1 metre. Opened lo trofllc Guarantee secured by Decree N." 5607, of April 25, 187 I. cc N." 5903. of April 24, 1875. This railway is Hie i explored in 187 1 1 line, 3.000 metres beyond Atibaia. An Act of the provincial assembly of March 21. 1870, hod guaranteed 7 */,. on 1.200:000*000 for the line from the Ilii toSoro- i ,i lid . By Decree S." 5810, «f Im . 26, 1874, the ejpii.il was raised to 6 .200:000*000. Of this capital 1.000:OOOJOUO havo security ror guaranteed interest in virtue of Decree N. 5*38, of Dec. 26, 1874. Duugu 1 metre. Opened to traflic in 187o. Bill not yet sanctioned by President. During construction. The Provincial Assembly's grant has not been sam lioned by tho President. The Provincial Assembly's grant voted in 1873 has not boon sanctioned by tho President. Provincial Assembly's grant not sanctioned by President. Contract of Aug. J9, 1874. Work- commenced, Dec. ?. 1873. Act N." 413, of April 16, I becoming aecurltv for guarantee, and guaranteeing Inter N * 5912, of May I, 1875. English rompany by a financial operation raised to 7 o/0 the original guarantoo of 5 ®/0 Intcicsl on 1.800:0005000. Completed to S. Lcopoldo, April 14, 1874. For establishing communication with the Coal mines. For establishing communication w ith the Coal mines. First line chartered by Act of Provincial Assembly, Sfi 776. of May 4, 1871, and converted into 2d by Act N.o 811, of Oct. 30, 1872. Contracted, Dec. 22 1874. Intended to esUbllih communication with tho colonies Morato, Nova-PetfOpoll*, Condo d’Eu and V Isabel. 1 metre gauge. 1 metre gauge. provincIaTrailroads INDICATIONS Railroad* huilt * building » projected it* iltnpmaJ .JruMtj/.' .-fr-tu/tf* F2508 ,E5 The empire of Brazil at the Universal Princeton Theological Seminary-Speer Library 1 1012 00005 3878